Selected quad for the lemma: lord_n

Word A Word B Word C Word D Occurrence Frequency Band MI MI Band Prominent
lord_n aaron_n according_a honour_n 25 3 5.0780 4 false
View all documents for the selected quad

Text snippets containing the quad

ID Title Author Corrected Date of Publication (TCP Date of Publication) STC Words Pages
A10675 The Bible and Holy Scriptures conteyned in the Olde and Newe Testament. Translated according to the Ebrue and Greke, and conferred with the best translations in diuers languges. VVith moste profitable annotations vpon all the hard places, and other things of great importance as may appeare in the epistle to the reader; Bible. English. Geneva. Whittingham, William, d. 1579.; Gilby, Anthony, ca. 1510-1585.; Sampson, Thomas, 1517?-1589. 1561 (1561) STC 2095; ESTC S121352 3,423,415 1,153

There are 75 snippets containing the selected quad. | View lemmatised text

offrings of the wicked * nether is he pacified for sinne by the multitude of sacrifice 21 Who so bringeth an offring of the goods of the poore doeth as one that sacrifiseth the sonne before the fathers eyes 22 The bread of the nedeful is the life of the poore he that defraudeth him thereof is a murtherer 23 He that taketh away his neighbours liuing slayeth him * and he that defraudeth the la bourer of his hyre is a blood shedder 24 ¶ When one buyldeth and another breaketh downe what profite haue they then but labour 25 When one prayeth and another curseth whose voyce wil the Lord heare 26 * He that washeth him self because of a dead bodie and toucheth it againe what auaileth his washing 27 * So is it with a man that fasteth for his sinnes and committeth them againe who wil heare his prayer or what doeth his fasting helpe him CHAP. XXXV 1 Of true sacrifices 14 The prayer of the fatherles and of the widowe and him that humbleth him self 1 WHO so kepeth the Law * bringeth offrings ynough he that holdeth fast the commandements offreth an offring of saluacion 2 He that is thankeful to them that haue wel deserued offreth fine floure * and he that giueth almes sacrifiseth praise 3 To departe from euil is a thankeful thing to the Lord and to forsake vnrighteousnes is a reconciling vnto him 4 * Thou shalt not appeare emptie before the Lord. 5 For all these things are done because of the commandement 6 * The offring of the righteous maketh the altar fat and the smel there of is swete before the most High 7 The sacrifice of the righteous is acceptable and the remembrance thereof shal neuer be forgotten 8 Giue the Lord his honour with a good and liberal eye and diminish not the first frutes of thine hands 9 * In all thy giftes shewe a ioyeful countenan ce and dedicate thy tithes with gladnes 10 Giue vnto the moste High according as he hathe enriched thee * and loke what thine hand is able giue with a chareful eye 11 For the Lord recompenseth and wil giue thee seuen times as muche 12 * 〈◊〉 nothing of thine offring for he wil not receiue it and absteine from wrong ful sacrifices for the Lord is the iudge and regardeth no * mans persone 13 He accepteth not the persone of the poore but he heareth the prayer of the oppressed 14 He despiseth not the desire of the fatherles nor the widdow when she powreth out her prayer 15 Doeth not the teares runne downe the wid dowes chekes and her crye is against him that caused them for from her chekes do they go vp vnto heauen and the Lord which heareth them doeth accept them 16 He that serueth the Lord shal be accepted with fauour and his prayer shal teache vnto the cloudes 17 The prayer of him that humbleth him self goeth thorowe the cloudes and ceaseth not til it come nere wil not departe til the most High haue respect thereunto to iudge righteously and to execute iudgement 18 And the Lord wil not be slacke nor the Almightie wil tarie long from thē til he hathe smitten in sunder the loynes of the vnmerciful and aduenged him self of the heathen til he haue takē away the multitude of the cruel and broken the scepter of the vnrighteous til he 〈◊〉 euerie man after his workes and rewarde them after their deuises til he haue iudged the cause of his people and cōforted them with his mercie 19 Oh how faire a thing is mercie in the time of anguish and trouble It is like a cloude of raine that cometh in the time of a drought CHAP. XXXVI 1 A prayer to God in the persone of all faithful men against those that persecute his Church 22 The praise of a good woman 1 HAue mercie vpon vs ô Lord God of all things and beholde vs ād shewe vs the light of thy mercies 2 And send thy feare among the naciōs whiche seke not after thee that they may know that there is no God but thou and that they may she we thy wonderous workes 3 Lift vp thine * hand vpon the strange naciōs that they may se thy power 4 As thou art sanctified in vs before them so be thou magnified among them before vs 5 That they may know thee as we know thee for there is none other God but onely thou ô Lord. 6 Renue the signes and change the wonders shewe the glorie of thine hand and thy right arme that they may shewe forthe thy wonderous actes 7 Raise vp thine indignacion and powre out wrath take away the aduersarie and smite the enemie 8 Make the time shorte remēber thine othe that thy wonderous workes may be praised 9 Let the wrath of the fyre 〈◊〉 them that escape and let them perish that oppresse the people 10 Smite in sonder the heades of the princes that be our enemies and say There is none other but we 11 〈◊〉 all the tribes of Iacob together that they may knowe that there is none other God but onely thou and that they may shew thy wonderous workes and inherit thou them as from the beginning 12 O LORD haue mercie vpon the people that is called by thy Name and vpon Israel * whome thou hast likened to a first borne sonne 13 Oh be merciful vnto Ierusalem the citie of thy Sanctuarie the citie of thy rest 14 Fill 〈◊〉 that it may magnifie thine oracles and fill thy people with thy glorie 15 Giue witnes vnto those that thou hast possessed from the beginning and raise vp the prophecies that haue bene shewed in thy Name 16 Rewarde them that waite for thee that thy Prophetes may be founde faithful 17 O Lord heare the power of thy seruants ac cording to the * blessing of Aaron ouer thy people and guide thou vs in the way of righ teousnes that all they which dwell vpon the earth may knowe that thou art the Lord the eternal God 18 ¶ The belie deuoureth all meates yet is one meat better then another 19 As the throte tasteth venisone so doeth a wise minde discerne false wordes 20 A frowarde heart bringeth grief but a man of experience wil resist it 21 A woman is aptto receiue euerie man yet is one daughter better then another 22 The beautie of a woman chereth the face and a man loueth nothing better 23 If there be in her tongue gentlenes mekenes and wholesome talke thē is not herhous band like other men 24 He that hathe gotten a vertuous woman hathe begone to get a possession she is an helpe like vnto himself and a piller to rest vpon 25 Where no hedge is there the possession is spoiled and he that hathe no wife wādereth to and fro mourning 26 Who wiltrust a thief that is alway readie wandereth from towne to towne and likewise him
the hoste remoued 46 The nomber of the thre families of Koháth Gershon and Merari ANd the Lorde spake vnto Mosés and to Aarón saying 2 Take the summe of the sonnes of Koháth from among the sonnes of Leui after their families and houses of their fathers 3 From thirtie yere olde and aboue euen vntil fiftie yere olde all that entre into the assemblie to do the worke in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 4 This shal be the office of the sonnes of Koháth in the Tabernacle of the Congregaciō about the Holiest of all 5 ¶ When the hoste remoueth then Aarôn and his sonnes shall come and take downe the coueryng vaile and shall couer the Arke of the Testimonie there with 6 And they shall put thereon a couerynge of badgers skins ād shall spread vpon it a cloth altogether of blewe silke and put to the barres thereof 7 And vpon the * table of shewe bread they shall spread a cloth of blewe silke and put thereon the dishes and the incens cups ād goblets and couerings to couer it with ād the bread shal be the eon continually 8 And they shal spread vpon them a couering of skarlet and couer the same with a coueryng of badgers skins aud put to the barres thereof 9 Then they shall take a cloth of blewe silke and couer the * candelsticke of lyght wyth his lampes and his snoffers * and hys snoffedishes and all the oyle vessels thereof which they occupie about it 10 So they shall put it and all the instruments thereof in coueryng of badgers skins and put it vpon the barres 11 Also vpon the golden altar they shal spread a cloth of blewe silke and couer it with a coueryng of badgers skins and put to the barres thereof 12 And they shal take al the instruments of the ministerie wherewith they minister in the Sā ctuarie and put them in a cloth of blewe silke and couer them wyth a coueryng of badgers skins and put them on the barres 13 Also they shal take away the ashes from the altar and spread a purple cloth vpon it 14 And shal put vpō it all the instruments therof which they occupie about it the censers the fleshhokes and the besomes and the basens euen all the instrumentes of the altar and they shall spread vpon it a coueryng of badgers skins and put to the barres of it 15 And when Aarôn and his sonnes haue made an end of coueryng the Sanctuarie and all the instruments of the Sanctuarie at the remouing of the hoste afterwarde the sonnes of Koháth shall come to beare it but they shalnot touche anie holy thynge lest they dye Thys is the charge of the sonnes of Koháth in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 16 ¶ And to the office of Eleazār the sonne of Aarón the Priest perteineth the oyle for the light and the * swete incens and the dailie meat offring and the * anointing oyle with the ouersight of all the Tabernacle and of all that therein is bothe in the Sanctuarie and in all the instruments thereof 17 ¶ And the Lorde spake vnto Mosés and to Aarón saying 18 Ye shal not cut of the tribe of the families of the Kohathites from among the Leuites 19 But thus do vnto them that they may liue and not dye when they come nere to the moste holy thyngs let Aarón and his sonnes come and appoint them euerie one to hys office and to his charge 20 But let them not go in to se when the Sanctuarie is folden vp lest they dye 21 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 22 Take also the summe of the sonnes of Gershón euerie one by the houses of their Fathers throughout their families 23 From thirtie yere olde and aboue vntil fiftie yere olde shalt thou nombre them al that entre into the assemblie for to do seruice in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 24 This shal be the seruice of the families of the Gershonites to serue and to beare 25 They shall beare the curtaines of the Tabernacle and the Tabernacle of the Congre gacion hys coueryng and the coueryng of badgers skins that is on hie vpon it and the vayle of the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 26 The curtaines also of the court the vaile of the entryng in of the gate of the court whiche is nere the Tabernacle and nere the altar round about with their cordes and all the instruments for their seruice and all that is made for them so shall they serue 27 At the commandement of Aarón and hys sonnes shall all the seruice of the sonnes of the Gershonites be done in all their charges and in all their seruice and ye shal appointe them to kepe all their charges 28 This is the seruice of the families of the son nes of the Gershonites in the Tabernacle of the Congregaciō and their watch shal be vnder the hande of Ithamár the sonne of Aarón the Priest 29 ¶ Thou shalt nomber the sonnes of Merari by their families ād by the houses of their fathers 30 From thirtie yere olde and aboue euen vnto fiftie yere olde shalt thou nōber them all that entre into the assemblie to do the seruice of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 31 And this is their office and charge accordynge to all their seruice in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion the * boardes of the Tabernacle with the barres thereof and hys pillers and his sockets 32 And the pillers round about the court with their sockets and their pins and their cordes with all their instrumentes euen for all their seruice and by name ye shall rekē the instruments of their office and charge 33 This is the seruice of the families of the son ne of Merari accordynge to all their seruice in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion vnder the hande of Ithamár the sonne of Aarón the Priest 34 ¶ Then Mosés and Aaron and the princes of the Congregacion nombred the sonnes of the Kohathites by their families and by the houses of their fathers 35 From thirtie yere olde and aboue euen vnto fiftie yere olde all that entre into the assemblie for the seruice of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 36 So the nombers of them throughout their families were two thousand seuen hūdreth and fiftie 37 These are the nombers of the families of the Kohathites all that serue in the Taberna cle of the Congregacion which Mosés and Aaron did nomber according to the commā ment of the Lord by the hand of Mosés 38 Also the nombers of the sonnes of Gershón throughout their families houses of their fathers 39 From thirtie yere olde and vpwarde euen vnto fiftie yere olde all that entre into the assemblie for the seruice of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 40 So the nombers of them by their families and by the houses of their fathers were two
thousand six hundreth and thirtie 41 These are the nōbers of the families of the sonnes of Gershon of all that did seruice in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion whom Mosés and Aaron did nomber according to the commandement of the Lord. 42 ¶ The nombers also of the families of the sonnes of Merari by their families and by the houses of their fathers 43 From thirtie yere olde and vpward euen vn to fiftie yere olde all that entre into the assemblie for the seruice of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 44 So the nombers of them by their families were thre thousand and two hundreth 45 These are the summes of the families of the sonnes of Merari whome Mosés and Aaron nombred according to the commandement of the Lord by the hand of Mosés 46 So all the nombers of the Leuites whiche Mosés and Aaron and the princes of Israél nombred by their families and by the houses of their fathers 47 From thirtie yere olde and vpwarde euen to fiftie yere old euerie one that came to do his duetie office seruice and charge in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 48 So the nombers of them were eight thousand fiue hundreth and foure score 29 According to the cōmādemēt of the Lord by the hād of Mosés did Aarō nōber thē euerie according to his seruice and according to his charge Thus were they of that tribe nōbred as the Lord cōmāded Mosés CHAP. V. 2 The Leprous and the polluted shal be cast forthe 6 The purging of sinne 15 The 〈◊〉 of the suspect wife 1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 2 Commande the chyldren of Israél that they * put out of the hoste euerie leper and euerie one that hathe * an issue and whosoeuer is defiled by * the dead 3 Bothe male and female shall ye put out out of the host shall ye put them that they defile not their tentes among whome I dwel 4 And the childrē of Israél did so and put thē out of the hoste euen as the Lord had commanded Mosés so did the children of Israél 5 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 6 Speake vnto the children of Israél * When a man or womā shal commit ame sinne that men commit and trāsgresse against the Lord when that persone shall trespas 7 Then they shall confesse their sinne whiche they haue done and shal restore the domma ge thereof * with his principall and put the fift part of it more thereto ād shal giue it vnto him against whome he hathe trespassed 8 But if the man haue no kinsman to whome he shulde restore the dommage the dommage shal be restored to the Lord for the Priests vse besides the ram of the atonemēt whereby he shall make atonement for him 9 And euerie offring of all the holy thyngs of the children of Israél whiche they bring vnto the Priest shal be * his 10 And euerie mans halowed thyngs shal be his that is whatsoeuer anie mā giueth the Priest it shal be his 11 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 12 Speake vnto the children of Israél and say vnto them If anie mans wife turne to euil and commit a trespas against him 13 So that another man lie with her fleshly and it be hid from the eyes of her housband and kept close and yet she be defiled and there be no witnes agaynst her nether she taken with the maner 14 If he be moued with a ielous minde so that he is ielous ouer his wife which is defiled or if he haue a ielous minde so that he is ielous ouer his wife whiche is not defiled 15 Then shall the man bryng hys wyfe to the Priest and bryng her offryng with her the tenth parte of an Epháh of barly meale but he shall not powre oyle vpon it nor put incens thereon for it is an offryng of ielousie an offring for a remembrance callynge the sinne to minde 16 And the Priest shall bryng her and set her before the Lord. 17 Then the Priest shal take the holy water in an earthē vessel of the dust that is in the floure of the Tabernacle euen the Priest shal take it and put it into the water 18 After the Priest shall set the women before the Lorde and vncouer the womans head and put the offryng of the memorial in her hand it is the ielousie offring and the Priest shall haue bitter and cursed water in his hand 19 And the Priest shall charge her by an othe and say vnto the woman If no man haue lien with thee nether thou hast turned to vnclēnes from thine housband be fre from this bitter and cursed water 20 But if thou hast turned frō thine housbād and so art defiled some man hath lien with thee beside thine housband 21 Thē the Priest shal charge the womā with an othe of cursing and the Priest shall say vn to the woman The Lord make thee to be accursed and detestable for the othe among thy people and the Lord cause thy thigh to rott and thy belly to swell 22 And that this cursed water maie go into thy bowels to cause thy belly to swell and thy thigh to rott Then the woman shal answer Amen Amen 23 After the Priest shall write these curses in a boke and shall blot them out with the bit ter water 24 And shall cause the woman to drinke the bitter cursed water and the cursed water turned into bitternes shall entre into her 25 Then the Priest shall take the ielousie offring out of the womans hand shall shake the offring before the Lord and offer it vpō the altar 26 And the Priest shall take an handful of the offring for a memoriall thereof and burne it vpon the altar and afterward make the woman drinke the water 27 When he hath made her drinke the water if she be defiled and haue trespassed against her housbād then shal the cursed water tur ned into bitternes entre into her her belly shal swel her thigh shal rott the woman shal be accursed among her people 28 But if the woman be not defiled but be cleane she shal be fre shal cōceiue beare 29 This is the lawe of ielousie when a wif tur neth from her housband and is defiled 30 Or whē a mā is moued with a ielous minde being ielous ouer his wife thē shal he bring the woman before the Lorde and the Priest shal do to her according to all this lawe 31 And the man shal be fre frō sinne but this woman shal beare her iniquitie CHAP. VI. 2 The lawe of the consecration of the Nazarites 24 The maner to blesse the people 1 ANd the Lorde speake vnto Mosés saying 2 Speake vnto the children of Israél and say vnto them When a man or a woman doeth separate thē selues to vowe a vowe of a
not lyke Kórah and his companie as the Lord said to hym by the hand of Mosés 41 ¶ But on the morowe all the multitude of the children of Israél murmured against Mosés and agaynst Aarōn saying Ye haue killed the people of the Lord. 42 And when the Congregacion was gathered agaynst Mosés and agaynste Aarón then they turned theyr faces toward the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and beholde the cloude couered it and the glorie of the Lord appeared 43 Then Mosés and Aarón were come before the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 44 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Moses saying 45 Get you vp frome among this Congregacion for I will consume them quickely then they fel vpon their faces 46 And Mosés said vnto Aarón Take the cen ser and put fire therein of the Altar and put therein incens and go quickely vnto the Congregacion and make an atonement for them for there is wrath gone out frome the Lord the plague is begonne 47 Then Aarón toke as Mosés commaunded him and ran into the middes of the Congregacion and beholde the plague was begonne among the people and he put in incens and made an atonemēt for the people 48 And when he stode betwene the dead and thē that were aliue the plague was stayed 49 So they dyed of this plague fourtene thousand and seuen hundreth beside them that dyed in the conspiracie of Korah 50 And Aarōn went againe vnto Mosés before the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and the plague was stayed CHAP. XVII 2 The twelue rods of the twelue princes of the tribes of Israél 9 Aarons rod buddeth and beareth blossoms 10 For a testimonie against the rebellious people 1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 2 Speake vnto the children of Israél and take of euerie one of them a rod after the house of their fathers of all their princes according to the familie of their fathers euē twelue rods and thou shalte write euerie mans name vpon his rod. 3 And write Aarons name vpon the rod of Leui for euerie rod shal be for the head of the house of their fathers 4 And thou shalt put them in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion before the Arke of the Testimonie * where I wyll declare my selfe to you 5 And the mans rod whome I chose shal blos som and I wil make cease from me the grudgyngs of the children of Israél which grudge against you 6 ¶ Then Mosés spake vnto the children of Israél and all their princes gaue him a rod one rod for euerie prince according to the houses of their fathers euen twelue rods ād the rod of Aaron was among their rods 7 And Mosés laid the rods before the Lorde in the Tabernacle of the Testimonie 8 And when Mosés on the morowe went into the Tabernacle of the Testimonie beholde the rod of Aaron for the house of Leui was budded and broght for the buddes and broght forth blossoms and bare ripe almondes 9 Then Mosés broght out all the rods frome before the Lord vnto all the children of Israél and they loked vpon them and toke euerie man his rod. 10 ¶ After the Lord sayd vnto Mosés * Bryng Aarons rod againe before the Testimonie to be kepte for a token to the rebellious chyldren ād thou shalt cause their murmurings to cease from me that they dye not 11 So Mosés did as the Lorde had commanded him so did he 12 ¶ And the children of Israél spake vnto Mo sés saying Beholde we are dead we perish we are all lost 13 Whosoeuer commeth nere or approcheth to the Tabernacle of the Lord shal dye shall we be consumed and dye CHAP. XVIII 1. 7 The office of Aaron and his sonnes 2 with the Leuites 8 The Priests parte of the offrings 20 God in their portion 26 The Leuites haue the tithes and offer the tenthes thereof to the Lord. 1 ANd the Lord said vnto Aarōn Thou and thy sonnes and thy fathers house wyth thee shal beare the iniquitie of the Sanctua rie bothe thou and thy sonnes with thee shal beare the iniquitie of your Priests office 2 And brynge also wyth thee thy brethren of the tribe of Leui of the familie of the father whiche shal be ioyned wyth 〈◊〉 and minister vnto thee but thou and thy sonnes with thee shal minister before the Tabernacle of the Testimonie 3 And they shall kepe thy charge euen the charge of all the Tabernacle but they shall not come nere the instruments of the Sanctuarie nor to the altar lest they dye bothe they and you 4 And they shal be ioyned with thee and kepe the charge of the Tabernacle of the Cōgre gacion for all the seruice of the Tabernacle and no stranger shal come nere vnto you 5 Therefore shall ye kepe the charge of the Sanctuarie and the charge of the altar so there shall fall no more wrath vpon the chil dren of Israél 6 For lo I haue * taken your brethren the Leuites from among the childrē of Israel whiche as a gift of yours are giuen the Lorde to do the seruice of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 7 But thou ād thy sonnes with thee shal kepe your Priests office for all things of the altar and within the vaile therefore shal ye serue for I haue made your Priests office an office of seruice therefore the stranger that commeth nere shal be slaine 8 ¶ Agayne the Lorde spake vnto Aarôn Beholde I haue giuen thee the keping of mine offrings of all the halowed thyngs of the children of Israél vnto thee I haue gyuen them for the anoyntynges sake and to thy sonnes for a perpetual ordinance 9 This shal be thine of the most holie things reserued from the fire all their offryng of all their meat offryng and of all their sin offring and of all their trespas offring whiche they bryng vnto me that shal be moste holy vnto thee and to thy sonnes 10 In the most holy place shalt thou eat it eue rie male shal eat of it it is holy vnto thee 11 This also shal be thine the heaue offringe of their gift with all the shake offrings of the children of Israél I haue giuen them vnto thee and to thy sonnes and to thy daughters with thee to be a duetie for euer all the cleane in thine house shall eat of it 12 All the fat of the oyle and all the fat of the wine and of the wheat whiche they shal offer vnto the Lord for their first frutes I haue giuen them vnto thee 13 And the firste rype of all that is in theyr land whiche they shall bring vnto the Lord shal be thyne all the cleane in thyne house shal eat of it 14 * Euerie thing separate from the commune vse in Israél shal be thine 15 All that first openeth the * matrice of anie fleshe whiche they shal offer vnto the Lord
which wēt out of the land of Egypt according to their bandes vnder the hand of Mosés and Aaron 2 And Moses wrote their goīg out by their iourneyes according to the commandement of the Lord so these are the iourneies of their going out 3 Now they * departed from Ramesés the first moneth euen the fiftenth day of the first moneth on the morowe after the Pas seouer and the children of Israél went out with an hie hand in the sight of all the Egyptians 4 For the Egyptiās buried all their first bor ne which the Lord had smitten among them vpon their gods also the Lord did execution 5 And the children of Israel remoued from Ramesés and pitched in Succoth 6 And they departed from * Succoth and pitched in Etham which is in the edge of the wildernes 7 And they remoned from Ethàm and turned againe vnto Pi-hahiroth which is before Baal-zephon and pitched before migdol 8 And they departed from before hahiroth and * wēt through the middes of the Sea into the wildernes and went thre dayes iourney in the wildernes of Etham and pitched in Marah 9 And they remoued from Marah and came vnto * Elim and in Elim were twelue foun tains of wator and seuent y palme trees and they pitched there 10 And they remoued from Elim and cāped by the red Sea 11 And they remoued from the red Sea and laye in the * wildernes of Sin 12 And they toke their iourney out of the wildernes of Sin and set vp their tentes in Dophkah 13 And they departed from Dophkah lay in Alush 14 And they remoued from Alúsh and lay in * Rephidim where was no water for the people to drinke 15 And they departed from Rephidim pitched in the * wildernes of Sinai 16 And they remoued from the desert of Sinai and pitched * in Kibroth Hattaauah 17 And they departed from Kibroth Hattaauah and lay at Hazeroth 18 And they departed from Hazeroth and pitchet at Rithmah 19 And they departed from Rithmah pit ched at Rimmon Parez 20 * And they departed from Rimmon Parez and pitchet in Libnah 21 And they remoued from Libnah and pitched in Rissah 22 And they iournied from Rissah and pitched in Kehelathah 23 And they wont from Kehelathah and pit ched in mount Shapher 24 And they remoued froūt mount Shapher aud lay in Haradah 25 And they remoued from Haradah pitched in Makheloth This mappe properly apperteineth to the 33 Chap. of Nombres This mappe declareth the way which the Israélites went for the space of fourtie yeres from Egypt through the wildernes of Arabia vntil they 〈◊〉 into the land of Canaan as it is mencioned in Exod. Nomb. Deut. It cōteineth also the 42 places where they pitched their tentes which are named Nomber 33 with the obseruacion of the degrees concerning the length and the breadth and the places of their abode set out by nombers 27 And they departed from Tahath pitched in Tarah 28 And they remoued from Taràh pitched in Mithkah 29 And they went from Mithkah pitched in Hashmonah 30 And they departed from Hashmonah and lay in Moseróth 31 And they departed from Moserôth and pitched in Bene-iaakan 32 And they remoued from Bene-iaakan lay in Hor-hagidgad 33 And they went from Hor-hagidgad and pitched in Iotbathah 34 And they remoued from Iotbathah and lay in Ebronah 35 And they departed from Ebronah and lay in Ezion-gaber 36 And they remoued from Ezion-gaber and pitched in the * wildernes of Zin which is Kadésh 37 And they remoued from Kadésh and pitched in mount Hor in the edge of the lād of Edóm 38 * And Aarón the Priest went vp in to mount Hor at the commandement of the Lord and died there in the fourtieth yere after the children of Israél were come out of the land of Egypt in the first day of the fifth moneth 39 And Aarôn was an hundreth and thre twētie yere olde whē he died in moūt Hor 40 And * King Arad the Canaanite which dwelt in the South of the land of Canaan heard of the comming of the children of Israél 41 And they departed from mounte * Hor and pitched in Zalmonah 42 And they departed from Zalmonah and pitched in Punón 43 And they departed from Punón and pitched in Obóth 44 And they departed from Obóth and pitched in Iie-abarim ī the borders of Moab 45 And they departed from * Iim and pitched in Dibón-gad 46 And theiremoued from Dibón-gad and lay in Almón-diblathaim 47 And they remoued from Almón-diblathaim and pitched in the mounteines of Abarim before Nebô 48 And they departed from the mounteines of Abarim and pitched in the playne of Moàb by Iorden toward Ierichô 49 And they pitched by Iordén from Bethieshimôth vnto * Abel-shittim in the plai ne of moab 50 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés in the plaine of Moab by Iordén toward Ierichô saying 51 Speake vnto the children of Israél and say vnto them * When ye are come ouer Iordén to entre in to the land of Canaan 52 Ye shal then driue out all the inhabitants of the land before you destroy all their pictures breake a sunder all their images of metal plucke downe all their hie places 53 And ye shal possesse the land and dwel the rein for I haue giuen you the land to possesse it 54 And ye shal inherit the land by lot accordīg to your families * to the more ye shal giue more inheritance to the fewer the lesse inheritance where the lot shal fall to anie man that shal be his according to the tribes of your fathers shal ye inherit 55 But if ye wil not driue out the inhabitants of the land before you then those which ye let remaine of them shal be * prickes in your eies and thornes in your sides shal vexe you in the land wherein ye dwel 56 Moreouer it shal come to passe that I shal do vnto you as I thoght to do vnto them CHAP. XXXIIII The coactes and borders of the land of Canáan 〈◊〉 Certeine men are assigned to deuide the land 1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 2 Commande the children of Israél and say vnto them When ye come into the lād of Canaan this is the land that shal fal vn to your inheritance that is the land of Canaan with the coastes thereof 3 * And your Southquarter shal be from the wildernes of Zin to the borders of Edôm so that your Southquarter shal be from the salt Sea coast Eastward 4 And the border shal cōpasse you from the Southe to Maaleh-akrabbim and reache to Zin and go out from the Southe to Ka desh-barnea thence it shal stretch to Hazar-addar and go along to Azmôn 5 And the border shal compasse from Azmō vnto the riuer of Egypt and shal
〈◊〉 the earth 34 Praise the Lord for he is good for his mercie endureth for euer 35 And say ye Saue vs ô God our saluacion gather vs and deliuer vs from the heathen that we may praise thine holy Name and glorie in thy praise 36 Blessed be the Lord God of Israél for euer and euer and let all people say So be it and praise the Lord. 37 ¶ Then he left there before the Arke of the Lords couenant Asáph and his brethren to minister continually before the Arke that which was to be done euerie day 38 And Obéd Edóm and his brethrē thre score and eight and Obéd Edóm the sonne of Ieduthún and Hosáh were porters 39 And Zadōk the Priest and his brethren the Priests were before the Tabernacle of the Lord in the hie place that was at Gibeōn 40 To offer burnt offrings vnto the Lord vpon the burnt offring altar cōtinually in the mor ning and in the euening euen according vnto all that is written in the Lawe of the Lord which he commanded Israél 41 And with them were Hemán Ieduthún and the rest that were chosen which were appointed by names to praise the Lord because his mercie endureth for euer 42 Euen with them were Hemán and Ieduthún to make a sounde with the cornets and with the cymbales with excellent instrumēts of 〈◊〉 and the sonnes of Ieduthún were at the gate 43 And all the people departed euerie man to his house and Dauid returned to blesse his house CHAP. XVII 3 Dauid is forbidden to buylde an house vnto the Lord. 12 Christ is promised vnder the figure of Salomón 18 Dauid 〈◊〉 thankes 23 And prayeth vnto God 1 NOw * afterwarde whē Dauid dwelt in his house he said to Nathán the Prophet Be 〈◊〉 I dwel in an house of cedre trees but the Arke of the Lords couenant remaineth vnder curtaines 2 Then Nathán said to Dauid Do all that is in thine heart for God is with thee 3 And the same night euen the worde of God came to Nathán saying 4 Go and tel Dauid my 〈◊〉 Thus saith the Lord Thou shalt not buylde me an house to dwel in 5 For I haue dwelt in no house since the day that I broght out the children of Israél vnto this day but I haue bene from tent to tent and from habitacion to habitacion 6 Wheresoeuer I haue walked with all 〈◊〉 spake I one worde to anie of the iudges of Israél whome I commanded to fede my peo ple saying Why haue ye not buylt me an house of cedre trees 7 Now therefore thus shalt thou say vnto my seruant Dauid Thus saith the Lord of hostes I toke thee from the shepe coate from following the shepe that thou shuld est be a prince ouer my people Israél 8 And I haue bene with thee whethersoeuer thou hast walked haue destroyed all thine enemies out of thy sight haue made thee a name like the name of the great men that are in the earth 9 Also I wil appoint a place for my people Israél and wil plant it that they may dwel in their place and moue nomore nether shal the wicked people vexe then anie more as at the beginning 10 And since the time that I commanded iudges ouer my people Israél And I wil subdue all thine enemies therefore I say vnto thee that the Lord wil buylde thee an house 11 And when thy dayes shal be fulfilled to go with thy fathers then wil I raise vp thy sede after thee which shal be of thy sonnes and wil stablish his kingdome 12 He shal buylde me an house I wil stablish his throne for euer 13 I wil be his father and he shal be my sonne I wil not take my mercie away from him as I toke it from him that was before thee 14 But I wil establish him in mine house and in my kingdome for euer and his throne shal be stablished for euer 15 According to all these wordes and according to all this vision So Nathán spake to King Dauid 16 ¶ And Dauid the King went in and sate before the Lord and said Who am I ô Lord God and what is mine house that thou hast broght me hetherto 17 Yet thou esteming this a smale thing ô God hast also spokē concerning the house of thy seruant for a great while and hast regarded me according to the estate of a man of hye degre ô Lord God 18 What can Dauid desme more of thee for the honour of thy seruant for thou knowest thy seruant 19 O Lord for thy seruants sake euen according to thine heart hast thou done all this great thing to declare all magnificence 20 Lord there is none like thee nether is there anie God besides thee according to all that we haue heard with our eares 21 Moreouer what one nacion in the earth is like thy people Israél whose God went to re deme then to be his people to make thy self a Name to do great terrible things by casting our naciōs frō before thy people whome thou hast deliuered out of Egypt 22 For thou hast ordeined thy people Israél to be thine owne people for euer thou Lord art become their God 23 Therefore now Lord let the thing that thou hast spoken concerning thy seruant and cōcerning his house be confirmed for euer and do as thou hast said 24 And let thy Name be stable and magnified for euer that it may be said The Lord of hostes God of Israél is the God of Israél and let the house of Dauid thy seruant be sta blished before thee 25 For thou ô my God hast reueled vnto the eare of thy seruāt that thou wilt buylde him an house therefore thy seruant hathe bene bolde to pray before thee 26 Therefore now Lord for thou art God and hast spoken this goodnes vnto thy seruant 27 Now therefore it hathe pleased thee to bles se the house of thy seruant that it may be before thee for euer for thou ô Lord hast blessed it and it shal be blessed for euer CHAP. XVIII 1 The battel of Dauid against the Philistims 2 And agaīst Moab 3 Zobáh 5 Arám 12 And Edóm 1 ANd after this Dauid smote the Philistims and subdued them and toke Gath and the villages thereof out of the hand of the Philistims 2 And he smote Moáb and the Moabites became Dauids seruants and broght giftes 3 ¶ And Dauid smote Hadarézer King of Zobáh vnto Hamáth as he went to stablish his border by the riuer Peráth 4 And Dauid toke from him a thousand charets and seuen thousand horsemen and twētie thousand fotemen and * destroyed all the charets but he reserued of thē an hundreth charets 5 ¶ Then came the Aramites of Damascus to succour Hadarézer King of Zobáh but Dauid slewe of the
house to the Name of the Lord my God 8 But the worde of the Lord came to me saying * Thou hast shed muche blood hast made great battels thou shalt not buylde an house vnto my Name for thou hast shed muche blood vpon the earth in my sight 9 Reholde a sonne is borne to thee which shal be a man of rest for I wil giue him rest from all his enemies round about therefore his name is Salomón and I wil send peace quietnes vpon Israél in his dayes 10 * He shal buylde an house for my Name and he shal be my sonne and I wil be his father I wil establish the throne of his kingdome vpon Israél for euer 11 Now therefore my sonne the Lord shal be with thee and thou shalt prosper and thou shalt buylde an house to the Lord thy God as he hathe spoken of thee 12 Onely the Lord giue thee wisdome vnderstāding and giue thee charge ouer Israél euen to kepe the Law of the Lord thy God 13 Then thou shalt prosper if thou take hede to obserue the statutes and the iudgements which the Lord cōmanded Mosés for Israél be strong and of good courage feare not ne ther be afraied 14 For beholde according to my pouertie ha ue I prepared for the house of the Lord an hundreth thousand talents of golde and a thousand thousand talents of siluer and of brasse and of yron passing weight for there was abundance I haue also prepared timbre and stone and thou maiest prouide more thereto 15 Moreouer thou hast workemen with thee ynough hewers of stone workemen for timbre and all men expert in euerie worke 16 Of golde of siluer and of brasse and of yron there is no nomber Vp therefore and be doing the Lord wil be with thee 17 Dauid also commanded all the princes of Israél to helpe Salomón his sonne saying 18 Is not the Lord your God with you and ha the giuen you rest on euerie side for he hathe giuen the inhabitants of the land into mine hand and the lands is subdued before the Lord and before his people 19 Now set your hearts and your soules to seke the Lord your God arise buylde the Sanctuarie of the Lord God to bring the 〈◊〉 of the couenant of the Lord and the holy vessels of GOD into the house buylt for the Name of the Lord. CHAP. XXIII 1 Dauid being olde ordeineth Salomon King 3 He causeth the Leuites to be nombred 4 And assigneth them to their offices 13 Aaron and his sonnes are for the hie Priests 14 The sonnes of Moses 1 SO when Dauid was olde and ful of daies * he made Salomón his sonne King ouer Israél 2 And he gathered together all the princes of Israél with the Priests and the Leuites 3 And the Leuites were nombred frō the age of thirtie yere and aboue and their nomber according to their summe was eight and thir tie thousand men 4 Or these foure and twentie thousand were set to aduance the worke of the house of the Lord and six thousand were ouerseers iudges 5 And foure thousand were porters foure thousand praised the Lord with instrumēts which he made to praise the Lord. 6 * So Dauid deuided offices vnto them to wit to the sonnes of Leui to * Gershón Ko háth and Merari 7 Of the Gershonites were Laadān and Shimei 8 The sonnes of Laadán the chief was Iehiél and Zethám and Ioél thre 9 The sonnes of Shimei Shelomith Haziél and Haram thre these were the chief fathers of Laadán 10 Also the sonnes of Shimei were Iáhath Ziná Ieúsh and Beriáh these foure were the sonnes of Shimei 11 And Iáhath was the chief and Zizáh the seconde but Ieúsh and Beriáh had not many 〈◊〉 therefore they were in the families of their father counted but as one 12 ¶ The sonnes of Koháth were Amrám Izhár Hebrón and Vzziél foure 13 * The sonnes of Amrám Aarōn and Mosés and Aarōn was separated to sanctifie the moste holy place he and his sonnes foreuer to burne incēse before the Lord to minister to him and to 〈◊〉 in his Name for euer 14 ¶ Mosés also the man of God and his children werenamed with the tribe of Leui 15 The sonnes of Moses were Gershóm and Eliézer 16 Of the sonnes of * Gershóm was Shebuél the chief 17 And the sonne of Eliézer was Rehabiāh the chief for Eliézer had none other sonnes but the sonnes of Rehabiáh were very many 18 The sonne of Izhár was Shelomith the chief 19 The sonnes of Hebrōn were Ieriáh the first Amariáh the seconde Iahaziél the third and Iekamiám the fourt 20 The sonnes of Vzziél were Micháh the first and Isshiáh the seconde 21 ¶ The sonnes of Merari were Mahli and Mushi The sonnes of Mahli Eleazár and Kish 22 And Eleazár dyed and had no sonnes but daughters and their brethren the sonnesof Kish toke them 23 The sonnes of Mushî were Mahli Edér and 〈◊〉 thre 24 These were the sonnes of Leui according to the house of their fathers euen the chief fathers according to their offices according to the nomber of names and their summe that did the worke for the seruice of the house of the Lord from the age of twenty yeres and aboue 25 For Dauid said The Lord God of Israél hath giuen rest vnto his people that they may dwelin Ierusalém for euer 26 And also the Leuites shal nomore beare the Tabernacle and all the vessels for the seruice thereof 27 Therefore according to the last wordes of Dauid the Leuites were nombred frō twētie yere and aboue 28 And their office was vnder the hād of the sonnes of Aaron for the seruice of the house of the Lord in the courtes and chambers in the purifying of all holy things and in the worke of the seruice of the house of God 29 Bothe for the shewe bread and for the fine sloure for the meat offring and for the vnleauened cakes and for the fryed things and for that which was rosted and for all measures and cise 30 And for to stand euerie morning to giue thankes and to praise the Lord and like wise at euen 31 And to offer all burnt offrings vnto the Lord in the Sabbaths in the moneths and at the appointed times according to the nomber according to their custome continnally before the Lord 32 And that they shulde kepe the charge of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and the charge of the holie place and the charge of the sonnes of Aaron their brethren in the ser uice of the house of the Lord. CHAP. XXIIII Dauid assigneth offices vnto the sonnes of Aarón 1 THese are also the * diuisions of the sonnes of Aarón The sonnes of Aarón were Nadáb and Abihú Eleazár and Ithamár 2 But Nadáb and Abihú dyed before their father
had no children therefore Eleazar and Ithamár executed the Priests office 3 And Dauid distributed them euen Zadok of the sonnes of Eleazár and Ahimélech of the sonnes of Ithamár according to their offices in their ministration 4 And there were found mo of the sonnes of Eleazár by the nomber of men then of the sonnes of i th amár and they deuided them to wit amōg the sonnes of Eleazár sixtene heades according to the housholde of their fathers and among the sonnes of Ithamár according to the housholde of their fathers eight 5 Thus they distributed them by lot the one from the other and so the rulers of the Sanctuarie and the rulers of the house of God were of the sonnes of Eleazar and of the sonnes of Ithamār 6 And Shemaiáh the sonne of Nethaneél the scribe of the Leuites wrote them before the King and the princes and Zadók the Priest and Ahimelech the sonne of Abiathát and before the chief fathers of the Priests and of the Leuites one familie being reserued for Eleazár and another reserued for Ithamár 7 And the first lot fel to Iehoiarib and the second to Iedaiáh 8 The third to Harim the fourt to Seorim 9 The fift to 〈◊〉 the sixt to Miiamin 10 The seuent to Hakkóz the eight to Abiiáh 11 The ninte to Ieshúa the ten to She caniáh 12 The eleuent to Eliáshib the twelft to Iakim 13 The thirtente to Huppáh the fourtene to Ieshebeáb 14 The fiftene to Bilgáh the sixtente to Immér 15 The seuentente to Hezir the eightene to Happizzér 16 The ninetente to Pethahiáh the twentieth to Iehezek el 17 The one and twentie to Iachin the two and twentie to Gamúl 18 The thre and twentie to Deliāh the foure and twentie to Maaziáh 19 These were their ordres according to their offices when they entred into the house of the Lord according to their custome vnder the hand of Aaron their father as the Lord God of Israél had comman ded him 20 ¶ And of the sonnes of Leui that remained of the sonnes of Amrám was Shubaél of the sonnes of Shubaél Iedeiáh 21 Of Rehabiáh euen of the sonnes of Rehabiah the first Isshiiah 22 Of Izhari Shelomóth of the sonnes of She Iomóth Iahath 23 And his sonnes Ieriáh the first Amariáh the seconde Iahaziél the thirde and Iekameám the fourt 24 The sonne of Vzziél was Micháh the son ne of Micháh was Shamir 25 The brother of Micháh was Isshiiáh the sonne of Isshiiáh Zechariáh 26 The sonnes of Merari were Mahli Mushi the sonne of Iaaziiah was Benō 27 The sonnes of Merari of Iahaziah were Benó and Shóham and Zaccur and Ibri 28 Of Mahli came Eleazar whiche had no sonnes 29 Of Kish the sonne of Kish was Ierahmeél 30 And the sonnes of Mushi were Mahli and Edér and Ierimóth these were sonnes of the Leuites after the housholde of their fa thers 31 And these also cast lottes with their brethrē the sonnes of Aarón before King Dauid and Zadōk and Ahimélech and the chief fathers of the Priests and of the Leuites euen the chief of the families against their yōger brethren CHAP. XXV The singers are appointed with their places lottes 1 SO Dauid and the captaines of the armie separated for the ministerie the sonnes of Asaph and Hemā and Ieduthún who shulde sing prophecies with harpes with violes and with cymbales and their nomber was euen of the men for the office of their ministerie to wit 2 Of the sonnes of Asaph Zaccûr and Ioséph and Nethaniah and Asharélah the sonnes of Asaph were vnder the hād of Asaph which sang prophecies by the commission of the King 3 Of Ieduthûn the sonnes of Ieduthún Gedaliah and Zeri and Ieshaiah Ashabiah and Mattithiah six vnder the hands of their father Ieduthún 〈◊〉 prophecies with an harpe for to giue thankes and to praise the Lord. 4 Of Heman the sonnes of Heman Bukkiah Mattaniah Vzziél Shebuél and Ierimóth Hananiah Hanani Eliathah Giddalti Romamti-ézer Ioshbekashah Mallóthi Hothir and Mahazióth 5 All these were the sonne of Hemán the Kings Seer in the wordes of God to lift vp the 〈◊〉 and God gaue to Hemán fourtene son nes and thre daughters 6 All these were vnder the hand of their father singing in the house of the Lord with cymbales violes and harpes for the seruice of the house of God and Asáph Ieduthún and Hemán were at the Kings commande ment 7 So was their nomber with their brethrē that were instruct in the songs of the Lord euē of all that were conning two hūdreth foure score and eight 8 And thei castlottes charge against charge aswel small as great the cunning man as the scholer 9 And the first lot fell to Ioséph which was of Asáph the secōde to Gedaliáh who with his brethren and his sonnes were twelue 10 The third to Zaccúr he his sonnes and his brethren were twelue 11 The fourte to Izri he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 12 The fift to Netaniáh he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 13 The sixt to Bukkiáh he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 14 The seuent to Iesharéláh he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 15 The eight to Ieshaiáh he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 16 The nint to Mattaniáh he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 17 The tent to Shimei he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 18 The eleuent to Azaréel he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 19 The twelft to Ashabiáh he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 20 The thirtene to Shubaél he his sonnes his brethren twelue 21 The fourtent to Mattithiáh he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 22 The fiftent to Ierimóth he his sonnes his brethren twelue 23 The sixtente to Hananiáh he his sonnes his brethren twelue 24 The seuentente to Ioshbekáshah he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 25 The eightente to Hanani he his sonnes his brethren twelue 26 The ninetente to Mallóthi he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 27 The twentieth to Eliáthah he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 28 The one and twentieth to Hothir he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 29 The two and twentieth to Giddálti he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 30 The thre and twentieth to Mahazioth he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 31 The foure and twentieth to Romámtiézer he his sonnes and his brethren twelue CHAP. XXVI 1 The porters of the Tēple are ordeined euerie man to the gate which he shulde kepe 20 And ouer the treasure 1 COncerning the dinisions of the porters of the Kothites Meshelemiáh the sonne of Koré of the sonnes of Asáph 2 And 〈◊〉 sonnes of Meshelemiáh Zechariáh the eldest Iediaél the seconde Zebadiáh the third Iathniél the fourt 3 Elám the fift Iehohanán the sixt and Elichoenái the seuent 4 And of the sōnes of Obéd Edōm Shemaiáh the eldest Iehozabád the seconde Ioáh the third and
the consent of King Cyrus and if it seme good to the Lord our King let him make vs answer concerning these things 23 Then Kings Darius commanded to searche in the Kings libraries that were in Babylon and there was founde in Ecbatane which is a towre in the regiō of Media a place where suche things were layed vp for memorie 24 In the first yere of the reigne of Cyrus king Cyrus commanded the House of the Lorde at Ierusalém to be buylded where they did sacrifice with the continual fyre 25 of the which the height shuld be of threscore cubites the breadth of threscore cubi tes with thre rowes of he wen stones ād one rowe of newe wood of that countrey and that the costs shuld be payed out of the hou se of King Cyrus 26 And that the holie vessels of the House of the Lord 〈◊〉 those of golde as of siluer whiche Nabuchodonosor had caryed out of the house in Ierusalém and broght into Babylon shulde be restored to the House whiche is in Ierusalém and set in the place where they were afore 27 Also he commaunded that Sisinnes gouernour of Syria ād Phenice and Sathrabouza nes and their companions and those which were constitute Captaines in Syria and Phenice shulde take hede to refraine from that place and to suffer Zorobabel the seruaunt of the Lorde and gouernour of Iudea and the Elders of the Iewes to buyld that House of the Lord in that place 28 And I also haue commaunded to buylde it cleane vp againe and that they be diligent to helpe them of the captiuitie of the Iewes till the House of the Lord be finished 29 And that some parte of the tribute of Coelo syria and Phenice shulde be diligently giuen to these mē for sacrifice vnto the Lord and to Zoro babel the gouernour for bulles rams and lambes 30 Also corne and salte and wine and oyle con tinually euerie yere without faile as the Priests whiche are in Ierusalém shall testifie to be spent euerie day 31 That offrings may be made to the hygh God for the King and his children and that they may pray for their liues 32 Furthermore he commanded that whosoeuer shulde transgresse anie thing afore spoken or writen or derogate anie thing thereof that atre shulde be taken out of his possession and he be hanged thereon and that his goods shulde be the Kings 33 And therefore let the Lord whose Name is there called vpon destroye euerie King and nation whiche stretcheth out his hand to hinder to do euil to that House of the Lord which is in Ierusalém 34 * I Darius the King haue ordeined that is shulde be diligently executed accordyng to these things CHAP. VII 1 Sisinnes and his companions follow the Kings comman dement and helpe the Iewes 〈◊〉 buyld the Temple 5 The time that it was buylt 〈◊〉 They kepe the Passeouer 1 THen Sisinnes the gouernour of Coelosyria and Phenice and Sathrabouzanes ād their companions obeying Kyng Darius commandements 2 Assisted diligently the holie workes workieg with the Ancients and gouernours of the Sanctuarie 3 And the holie workes prospered by Aggeus and Zacharias the Prophetes whiche pro phecied 4 So they finished all things by the commandement of the Lord God of Israél and with the consent of Cyrus and Darius and Artaxerxes Kings of the Persians 5 Thus the holie House was finished in the thre and twentieth day of the moneth Adar in the sixtyere of Darius King of the Persians 6 ¶ And the children of Israel and the Priests and the Leuites and the rést whiche were of the captiuitie and had anie charge and according to the things writen in the boke of Mosés 7 And they offred for the dedication of the Tē ple of the Lord an hundreth bulles two hun dreth rams foure hundreth lambes 8 And twelue goates for the sinne of all Israel accordyng to the nōber of the chief of the tribes of Israel 9 And the Priests and the Leuites stode according to their kinreds clothed with long robes in the workes of the Lord God of Israêl accordyng to the boke of Moses and also the porters in euerie gate 10 And the children of Israél offred the Passeouer together with thē of the captiuitie in the 〈◊〉 day of the first moneth after that the Priests and Leuites were sanctified 11 But all the children of the captiuitie were not sanctified together but all the Leuites were sanctified together 12 And they 〈◊〉 the Passeouer for all the children of the captiuitie and for their brethren the Priests and for themselues 13 Then all the chyldren of Israel which were of the captiuitie did eat euen all they that had separated them selues from the abominations of the people of the land and soght the Lord. 14 And thei kept the feast of vnleauened bread seuen dayes reioycing before the Lord. 15 Because he had turned the counsel of the King of the Assyrians towardes thē to strengthen their hands in the workes of the Lord God of Israél CHAP. VIII 1 〈◊〉 cometh from Babylonto Ierusalem 10 The copie of the commission giuen by Artaxerxes 29 Esdras 〈◊〉 thankes to the Lorde 32 The nomber of the heads of the people that 〈◊〉 with him 76 His prayer and confession 1 ANd after these things when Artaxerxes King of the Persians reigned Esdras the sonne of Sarias the sonne of Ezerias the sonne of Helcias the sonne of Salum 2 The sonne of Sadoc the sonne of Achitob the sonne of Amarias the sonne of Ezias the sonne of Memeroth the sonne of Zaraias the sonne of Sauias the sonne of Boccas the sonne of Abisū the sonne of Phinees the sonne of Eleazar the sonne of Aaron was the hie Priest 3 This Esdras went out of Babylon and was a scribe wel taught in the Law of Moyses giuen by the Lord God of Israél 4 Also the King gaue him great honour ād he founde grace in hys sight in all hys requestes 5 With hym also there departed some of the children of Israél and of the Priests and Leuites and of the holy singers and of the porters and of the ministers of the Temple vnto Ierusalém 6 In the seuenth yere of the reigne of Artaxerxes ād in the fiftmoneth this was the seuēth yere of the King for they went out of Baby lon in the first day of the first moneth 7 And came to Ierusalē according as the Lord gaue them speed in their iournay 8 For Esdras had gotten great knowledge so that he wolde let nothing passe that was in the Law of the Lord and in the commandements and he taught all 〈◊〉 all the ordinances and iudgements 9 So the commission writen by Kyng Artaxerxes was giuen Esdras the Priest and reader of the Law of the Lord the copie thereof followeth 10 King Artaxerxes to Esdras the Priest reader of the Law of the Lord Salutacion 11 Forasmuche as consider things with pitie I haue commanded that they that wil and de sire of the
brasse was about in measure as the sea 4 He 〈◊〉 care for his people that they shulde not fall fortified the citié against the siege 5 How honorable was his conuersation among the people and when he came out of the house couered with the vaile 6 He was as the morning starre in the middes of a cloude and as the moone when it is ful 7 And as the sunne shining vpon the Temple of the moste High as the rainebowe that is bright in the faire cloudes 8 And as the floure of the roses in the spring of the yere and as lilies by the springs of waters and as the branches of the frankē censetre in the time of somer 9 As a fyre and incense in the censer and as 〈◊〉 a vessel of massie golde set with all maner of precious stones 10 And as a faire oliue tre that is fruteful and as a cypressetre which groweth vp to the cloudes 11 When ' he put on the garment of honour and was clothed with all beautie he went vp to the holy altar and made the garmēt of holines honorable 12 When he toke the porcions out of the Priests hands he him self stoode by the herth of the altar compassed with his bre thren rounde about as the brāches do the cedre tre in Libanus and thei compassed him as the branches of the palme trees 13 So were all the sonnes of Aaron in their glorie the oblacions of the Lord in their hāds before all the congregaciō of Israél 14 And that he might accōplish his ministerie vpon the altar and garnish the offring of the moste High and almightie 15 He stretched out his hand to the drinke offring powred of the blood of the grape and he powred at the fote of the altar a perfume of good sauour vnto the moste high King of all 16 Then showted the sonnes of Aaron and blowed with brasen trumpets and made a great noyce to be heard for a remēbrance before the moste High 17 Then all the people together hasted and fell downe to the earth vpō their faces to worship their Lord God almightie and moste high 18 The singers also sang with their voyces so that the sounde was great and the melodie swete 19 And the people prayed vnto the Lord moste high with prayer before him that is merciful til the honour of the Lord were performed and they had accomplished his seruice 20 Then went he downe and stretched out his hands ouer the whole congregacion of the children of Israél that they shulde giue praise with their lippes vnto the Lord and reioyce in his Name 21 He begā againe to worship that the might receiue the blessing of the moste High 22 Now therefore giue praise all ye vnto God that worketh great things euerie where which hathe increased our dayes from the wombe and delte with vs according to his mercie 23 That he wolde giue vs ioyfulnes of heart peace in our dayes in Israél as in olde time 24 That he wolde confirme his mercie with vs and deliuer vs at his time 25 ¶ There be two maner of people that mine heart ab horreth and the third is no people 26 They that sit vpon the mountaine of Samaria the Philistims and the foolish people that dwell in Sicinus 27 ¶ Iesus the sonne of Sirach the sonne of Eleazarus of Ierusalém hathe writen the doctrine of vnder standing and knowledge in this boke 〈◊〉 powred out the wisdome of his heart 28 Blessed is he that exerciseth him self therein he that layeth vp these in his heart shal be wise 29 For if he do these things he shal be strong in all things for he setteth his steppes in the light of the Lord which giueth wisdome to the godlie The Lord be praised for euer more so be it so be it CHAP. LI. A prayer of Iesus the sonne of 〈◊〉 1 I Wil confesse thee ô Lord and King and praise thee ó God my Sauiour I giue thankes vnto thy Name 2 For thou art my defender and helper and hast preserued my bodie from destruction and from the snare of the sclanderouston gue and from the lippes that are occupied with lies thou hast holpen me against mine aduersaries 3 And hast deliuered me according to the multitude of thy mercie and for thy Names sake from the roaring of them that were readie to deuoure me and out of the hands of suche as soght after my life and from the manifolde affliction which I had 4 And from the fyre that choked me rounde about and from the middes of the fyrethat I burned not 5 And from the botome of the belie of hel from an vncleane tongue from lying wor des from false accusation to the King frō the sclander of an vn righteous tongue 6 My soule shal praise the lord vnto death for my soule drewe nere vnto death my life was nere to the hel beneth 7 They compassed me on euerie side there was no man to helpe me I loked for the succour of men but there was none 8 Then thoght I vpon thy mercie ô Lord vpon thine actes of olde how thou deliue rest suche as waite for thee and sauest thē out of the hands of the enemies 9 Then lift I vp my prayer from the earth and praied for deliuerance from death 10 I called vpon the Lord the father of my Lord that he wold not leauemein the daye of my trouble and in the time of the proude without helpe 11 I wil praise thy Name continually and wil sing praise with thankes giuing and my prayer was heard 12 Thou sauedst me from destruction and deliueredst me from the euil time therefore wil I giue thankes and praise thee blesse the Name of the Lord. 13 When I was yet yong or euer I wēt abroad I desired wisdome openly in my prayer 14 I praied for her before the Temple and soght after her vnto farre countreis and she was as a grape that waxeth ripe out of the floure 15 Mine heart reioyced in her my foote walked in the right way and from my youth vp soght I after her 16 I bowed some what downe mine eare and receiued her and gate me muche wisdome 17 And I profited by her therefore wil I ascribe the glorie vnto him that giueth me wis dome 18 For I am aduised to do thereafter I wil be ielous of that that is good so shal I not be confounded 19 My soule hathe wresteled with her and I haue examined my workes I lifted vp mine hands on hye and considered the ignoran ces thereof 20 I directed my soule vnto her an I founde her in purenes I haue had mine heart ioyned with her from the beginning therefo re shal I not be forsaken 21 My bowels are troubled in seking her therefore haue I gotten a good possession 22 The Lord hathe giuen me a tongue for my rewarde where with I wil praise him 23 Drawe nere vn to me ye vn lerned
of the middes of a bushe and he loked and beholde the bushe burned with fyre and the bushe was not consumed 3 Therefore Mosés sayd I wyll turne aside nowe and se this great sight why the bushe burneth not 4 And when the Lord sawe that he turned aside to se God called vnto hym out of the middes of the bushe and said Mosés Mosés And he answered I am here 5 Then he sayd Come not hither put thy shooes of thy fete for the place whereon thou standest is holy grounde 6 Moreouer he said * I am the God of thyfather the GOD of Abrahám the God of Izhák and the GOD of Iaakob Then Mosés hid hys face for he was afrayed to loke vppon God 7 ¶ Then the Lord sayd I haue surely sene the trouble of my people whiche are in Egypt and haue heard their crye because of their taske masters for I knowe their sorowes 8 Therefore I am come downe to deliuer them out of the hande of the Egyptians and to brynge them out of that lande into a good land and a large into a land that floweth with milke and hony euen into the place of the Canaanites and the Hittites and the Amorites and the Perizzites ād the Hiuites and the Iebusites 9 And nowe lo the crye of the chyldren of Israél is come vnto me and I haue also sene the oppression wherewith the Egyptians oppresse them 10 Come now therefore and I will send thee vnto Pharaóh that thou maiest bring my peo ple the children of Israél out of Egypt 11 ¶ But Mosés said vnto God Who am I that I shulde go vnto Pharaóh and that I shulde bring the children of Israél out of Egypt 12 And he answered Certeinly I wil be with thee and this shal be a token vnto thee that I haue sent thee After that thou hast broght the people out of Egypt ye shal serue God vpon this Mountaine 13 Then Mosés said vnto God Behold whē I shall come vnto the children of Israél and shal say vnto them The God of your fathers hathe sent me vnto you if they say vnto me What is hys Name what aunswere shall giue them 24 And GOD aunswered Mosés I AM that I AM. Also he sayd Thus shalte thou saye vnto the chyldren of Israél I am hathe sent me vnto you 15 And God spake further vnto Mosés Thus shalte thou saye vnto the children of Israél The Lorde God of your fathers the God of Iaakób hathe sent me vnto you this is my Name for euer and this is my memorial vnto all ages 16 Go and gather the Elders of Israél together and thou shalt saye vnto them The LORD God of your fathers the God of Abrahám Izhák and Iaakób appeared vnto me and sayde I haue surely remembred you and that which is done to you in Egypt 17 Therefore I did saye I wyll bryng you out of the affliction of Egypte vnto the land of the Canaanites and the Hittites and the Amorites and the Perizzites and the Hiuites and the Iebusites vnto a land that floweth with milke and hony 18 Then shal they obeye thy voyce and thou ād the Elders of Israél shal go vnto the King of Egypt and saye vnto hym The LORD praye the enowe therefore let vs go thre dayes iourney in the wildernes that we may sacrifice vnto the Lord our God 19 ¶ But I knowe that the Kyng of Egypt wil not let you go but by strong hand 20 Therefore wil I stretch out mine hand and smite Egypt with all my wonders whiche I will do in the middes thereof and after that shal he let you go 21 And I will make this people to be fauored of the Egyptians so that when ye go ye shal not go emptie 22 For euerie woman shall aske of her neigh bour and of her that soiourneth in her house iewels of siluer and iewels of golde and raiment and ye shal put them on your sonnes and on your daughters and shall spoile the Egyptians CHAP. IIII. 3 Moses rod is turned into a serpēt 6 His hād is leprous 9 The water of the riuer is turned into blood 14 Aaron is giuen to helpe Mosés 21 God hardeneth Pharaóh 25 His wife circumciseth her sonne 27 Aaron meteth with Mosés and they come to the Israelites and are beleued 1 THen Mosés aunswered and said But lo they wil not beleue me nor heark en vnto my voyce for they wilsay The Lorde hathe not appeared vnto thee 2 And the Lord said vnto him What is that in thine hand And he answered A rod. 3 Then said he Cast it on the grounde So he cast it on the grounde ād it was turned into a serpent and Mosés fled from it 4 Againe the Lord said vnto Mosés Put for the thine hand and take it by the taile Then he put for the his hand and caught it and it was turned into a rod in his hand 5 Do thys that they may beleue that the Lord God of their fathers the God of Abrahám the God of Izhák and the God of Iaakób hathe appeared vnto thee 6 ¶ And the Lord said furthermore vnto him Thrust nowe thine hande into thy bosome And he thrust his hand into hys bosome and when he toke it out agayne beholde hys hand was leprous as snow 7 Moreouer he sayd Putthine hand into thy bosome agayne So he put his hand into hys bosome againe and pluckt it out of hys bosome and beholde it was turned agayne as his other flesh 8 So shal it be if they will not beleue thee nether obey the voyce of the firste signe yet shal they beleue for the voyce of the seconde signe 9 But if they will not yet beleue these two signes nether obey vnto thy voyce then shalt thou take of the water of the riuer and powre it vpon the drye lande so the water which thou shalt take out of the riuer shal be turned to blood vpon the drye land 10 ¶ But Mosés sayd vnto the Lorde Oh my Lord I am not eloquent nether at any time haue bene nor yet since thou haste spoken vnto thy seruaunt but I am slowe of speache and slow of tongue 11 Then the Lorde said vnto hym Who hathe giuen the mouth to man or who hathe made the domme or the deafe or hym that seeth or the blinde haue not I the Lord 12 Therefore go nowe and * I wyll be with thy mouth and will teache thee what thou shalt say 13 But he sayd Oh my Lorde send I pray thee by the hand of hym whome thou shuldest send 14 Then the Lorde was very angry with Mosés and said Do not I knowe Aarón thy bro ther the Leuite that he him self shal speak for lo he commeth also forthe to mete thee and when he seeth thee he wil be glad in his heart 15 Therefore thou shalt speake
vnto him and put these wordes in his mouth and I wil be with thy mouth and with his mouth and wilteache you what ye ought to do 16 And he shal be thy spokesman vnto the peo ple he shal be euē he shal be as thy mouth and thou shalt be to him as God 17 Moreouer thou shalt take this rod in thine hand where with thou shalt do miracles 18 ¶ Therefore Mosés went and returned to Iethró his father in lawe and sayd vnto him I pray thee let me go and returne to my brethren whiche are in Egypt and se whether they be yet aliue Then Iethró sayd to Mosés Go in peace 19 For the Lorde had said vnto Mosés in Midian Go returne to Egypt for they are all dead which went about to kil thee 20 Then Mosés toke his wife and his sonne and put them on an asse and returned to warde the land of Egypt and Mosés toke the rod of God in hys hand 21 And the LORD sayd vnto Mosés When thou art entred and come into Egypte agayne se that thou do al the wonders before Pharaoh whiche I haue put in thine hande but I wil harden his heart and he shall not let the people go 22 Then thou shalt say to Pharaóh Thus sayth the Lorde Israél is my sonne euen my first borne 23 Wherefore I say to thee Let my sonne go that he may serue me if thou refuse to let him go beholde I will slay thy sonne euen thy first borne 24 ¶ And as he was by the way in the ynne the Lord met him and wolde haue killed him 25 Then Zipporáh toke a sharpe knife and cut awaye the fore skinne of her sonne and cast it at his fete and sayd Thou art in dede a bloodie housband vnto me 26 So 〈◊〉 departed from hym Then she sayd O bloodye housband because of the circumcision 27 ¶ Then the Lorde sayd vnto Aaron Go mete Mosés in the wildernes And he went God of the Ebrewes hath met with vs we and met him in the Mount of God and kissed him 28 Then Mosés tolde Aarón all the wordes of the Lord who had sent him all the signes where with he charged him 29 ¶ So went Moses and Aaron and gathered all the Elders of the children of Israél 30 And Aarón tolde all the wordes which the Lord had spokenvnto Mosés and he did the miracles in the sight of the people 31 And the people beleued and when they heard that the Lord had visited the children of Israél and had loked vpon their tribulacion they bowed downe and worshipped CHAP. V. 1 Moses and Aaron do their message to Pharaoh who letteth not the people of Israel departe but oppresseth them more and more 20 They crye out vpō Moses and Aaron therefore and Moses complaineth to God 1 THen afterward Mosés and Aaron went ād said to Pharaóh Thus saith the Lord God of Israél Let my people go that they maie celebrate a feast vnto me in the wildernes 2 And Pharaóh said Who is the Lord that I shulde heare his voyce let Israél go I kno we not the Lord nether wil I let Israél go 3 And they said We worship the God of the Ebrewes we pray thee suffre vs to go thre daies iournei in the desert and to sacrifice vn to the Lord our God lest he bring vpon vs the pestilence or sworde 4 Then said the King of Egypt vnto them Mosés and Aarón why cause ye the people to cease from their workes get you to your burdens 5 Pharaóh said furthermore Beholde muche people is now in the land and ye make them leaue their burdens 6 Therefore Pharaoh gaue commandement the same day vnto the taske masters of the people and to their officers saying 7 Ye shal giue the people no more strawe to make bricke as in time past but let them go and gather them straw them selues 8 No withstanding lay vpon them the nombre of bricke which they made in time past diminish nothing thereof for they be idle therefore thei crye saying Let vs go to offre sacrifice vnto our God 9 Lay more worke vpon the men and cause them to do it and let them notregarde vaine wordes 10 ¶ Then went the taske masters of the people and their officers out and tolde the people saying Thus saith Pharaóh I wil giue you no more straw 11 Go your selues get you straw where ye can finde it yet shal nothing of your labour be diminished 12 Then were the people scatred abrode throughout all the land of Egypte for to gather stubble in stede of straw 13 And the taske masters hasted them saying Finish your dayes worke euerie dayes taske as ye did when ye had straw 14 And the officers of the children of Israéll which Pharaohs taske masters had set ouer them were beaten and demanded Wherefore haue ye not fulfilled your taske in making brick yesterday today as ī times past 15 ¶ Then the officers of the children of Israél came and cryed vnto Pharaóh saying Wherefore dealest thou thus with thy seruants 16 There is no straw giuen to thy seruants they say vnto vs Make bricke lo thy seruants are beaten and thy people is blamed 17 But he said Ye are to muche idle therefore ye say Let vs go to offre sacrifice to the Lord. 18 Go therefore now and worke for there shal no straw be giuē you yet shal ye deliuer the whole tale of bricke 19 Then the officers of the children of Israél sawe thē selues in an euil case because it was said Ye shal diminish nothing of your brick nor of euerie dayes taske 20 ¶ And they met Mosés and Aarón whiche stode in their way as they came out frome Pharaóh 21 To whome they said The Lordloke vpon you and iudge for ye haue made our sauour to * stincke before Pharaóh and before his seruants in that ye haue put a sworde in their hand to slay vs. 22 Wherefore Mosés returned to the Lord said Lord why hast thou afflicted this people wherefore hast thou thus sent me 23 For since I came to Pharaóh to speake in thy Name he hath vexed this people yet thou hast not deliuered thy people CHAP. VI. 3 God renueth his promes of the deliuerāce of the Israelites 9 Mosés speaketh to the Israelites but they beleue him not 10 Mosés And Aarō are sent againe to Pharaoh 14 The genealogie of Reubén Simeon and Leui of whome came Mosés and Aaron 1 THen the Lorde said vnto Mosés Now shalt thou se what I wil do vnto Pharaoh for by a strong hand shall he let them go and euen be constreined to driue them out of his land 2 Moreouer God spake vnto Mosés and said vnto him I am the Lord. 3 And I appeared vnto Abrahám to Izhák to laak ób by the Name of Almightie God
but by my Name Iehouáh was I not knowē vnto them 4 Furthermore as I made my couenant with them to giue them the land of Canáan the land of their pilgremage wherein they were strangers 5 So I haue also heard the groning of the chil dren of Israél whome the Egyptians kepe in bondage and haue remembred my couenant 6 Wherefore say thou vnto the children of Israél I am the Lorde and I wil bring you out from the burdens of the Egyptians and will deliuer you out of their bondage and wil redeme you in a stretched out arme in great iudgementes 7 Also I wil take you for my people and wil be your God then ye shall knowe that I the Lord your God bring you out from the bur dens of the Egyptians 8 And I wil bring you into the land whiche I sware that I wolde giue to Abrahám to Izhák and to Iaakôb and I wil giue it vnto you for a possession I am the Lord. 9 ¶ So Mosés tolde the children of Israél thus but thei heark ened not vnto Mosés for an guish of spirit and for cruel bondage 10 Then the Lorde speake vnto Mosés saying 11 Go speake to Pharaōh King of Egypt that he let the children of Israél go out of his lād 12 But Mosés spake before the Lorde saying Beholde the children of Israél hearken not vnto me how then shal Pharaóh heare me whiche am of vncircumcised lippes 13 Then the Lord spake vnto Mosés and vnto Aarōn charged thē to go to the children of Israél and to Pharaōh King of Egypt to bring the children of Israél out of the land of Egypt 14 ¶ These be the heades of their fathers hou ses the sonnes of Reubén the first borne of Israél are Hanōch and Pallú Hezrōn Carmi these are the families of Reubén 15 Also the sonnes of Simeón Iemuéll and Iamin and O had and Iachin and Zōar and Shaull the sonnes of a Canaanitish woman these are the families of Simeōn 16 ¶ These also are the names of the sonnes of 〈◊〉 in their generacions Gershōn and Koháth and Merari and the yeres of the life os Leui were an hundreth thirty and seuē yere 17 The sonnes of Gershōn were Libni and Shimi by their families 18 And the sonnes of Koháth Amrám Izhár and Hebrōn and Vzziél and Koháth liued an hundreth thirty and thre yere 19 Also the sonnes of Merari were Mahali Mushi these are the families of Leui by their kinreds 20 And Amrám toke Iochébed his fathers sister to his wife and she bare him Aarōn Mosés and Amrám liued and hundreth thirty and seuen yere 21 ¶ Also the sonnes of Izhár Kórah and Néphegh and Zichri 22 And the sonnes of Vzzièl Mishaél and Elzaphán and Sithri 23 And Aarōn toke Elishēba daughter of Amminadáb sister of Nahashōn to his wife which bare him Nadáb and Abihú Eleazár and Ithamár 24 Also the sonnes of Kōrah Assir and Elkanáh and Abiasáph these are the families of the 〈◊〉 25 And Eleazár Aarons sonne toke hym one of the daughters of Putiél to his wife which bare him * Phinehās these are the principal fathers of the Leuites through out their families 26 These are Aarōn and Mosés to whome the Lord said Bring the children of Israél out of the land of Egypt according to their armies 27 These are that Mosés Aarōn which spake to Pharaōh King of Egypt that they might bring the children of Israēl out of Egypt 28 ¶ And at that time when the Lord spake vn to Mosēs in the land of Egypt 29 When the Lord I say spake vnto Mosés saying I am the Lord speake thou vnto Pharaōh the King of Egypt all that I say vnto thee 30 Then Mosés said before the Lord Beholde I am of vncircumcised lippes and how shal Pharaōh heare me CHAP. VII 3 God hardeneth Pharaohs heart 〈◊〉 Moses and Aaron do the miracles of the serpent and the blood and Pharaohs sorcerers do the like 1 THen the Lord said to Mosēs Beholde I haue made thee Pharaohs God and Aa rōn thy brother shal be thy Prophet 2 Thou shalt speake all that I cōmanded thee and Aarôn thy brother shal speake vnto Pharaóh that he suffre the children of Israél to go out of his land 3 But I wil harden Pharaohs heart and multiplie my miracles and my wondres in the land of Egypt 4 And Pharaōh shal not hearken vnto you that I may lay mine hand vpon Egypt and bring out mine armies euen my people the children of Israél out of the land of Egypt by great iudgements 5 Then the Egyptians shalk now that I am the Lord when I stretch forth e mine hand vpon Egypt and bring out the children of Israél from among them 6 So Mosés and Aarōn did as the Lord commanded them euen so did they 7 Now Mosés was foure score yere olde Aarōn foure score and thre when thei spake vnto Pharaōh 8 ¶ And the Lord had spoken vnto Mosés Aarón saying 9 If Pharaōh speake vnto you saying Shewe a miracle for you then thou shalt say vnto Aarōn Take thyrod and cast it before Pharaōh and it shal be turned into a serpent 10 ¶ Then went Mosés and Aarón vnto Pharaōh and did euen as the Lord god commanded and Aarōn caste forthe his rod before Pharaōh and before his seruants and it was turned into a serpent 11 Then Pharaōh called also for the wise men and sorcerers and those charmers also of Egypt did in like maner with their enchantements 12 For they cast downe euerie man his rod and thei were turned into serpents but Aarons rod deuoured their rods 13 So Pharaohs heart was hardened and he hearkned not to them as the Lord had said 14 ¶ The Lord then said vnto Mosés Pharaohs heart is obstinat he refuseth to let the people go 15 Go vnto Pharaōh in the morning lo he wil come vnto the water thou shalt stand mete him by the riuers brinke and the rod which was turned into a serpent shalt thou take in thine hand 16 And thou shalt say vnto him The Lord God of the Ebrewes hath sent me vnto thee saying Let my people go that they may serue me in the wildernes and beholde hitherto thou woldest not heare 17 Thus saith the Lorde In this thou shalt knowe that I am the Lorde beholde I will smite with the rod that is in mine handvpon the water that is in the riuer and it shal be turned to blood 18 And the fish that is in the riuer shall dye the riuer shal stinke and it shal greue the Egyptians to drinke of the water of the 〈◊〉 19 ¶ The Lord then spake to Mosés Say vnto Aarón Take thy rod and stretche out thine hand ouer the waters of Egypt ouer their streames ouer their riuers ouer their pon des and ouer all
all your trees that bud in the field 6 And they shal fil thine houses and al thy seruant houses and the houses of al the Egyptians as nether thy fathers not thy fathers fath ers haue sene since the time they were vpon the earth vnto this day So he returned and went out from Pharaōh 7 Then Pharaohs seruants said vnto him How long shall he be an offence vnto vs let the men go that they may serue the Lorde their God wilt thou first knowe Egypt is destroyed 8 So Mosés and Aaarōn were broght againe vnto Pharoōh and he said to them Go serue the Lord your God but who are they that shall go 9 And Mosés answered We will go with our yong and with our olde with our sonnes with our daughters with our shepe with our cattel wil we go for we must celebrate a feast vnto the Lord. 10 And he said vnto them Let the Lord so be with you as I will let you go and your children beholde for euill is before your face 11 It shal not be so now go ye that are men and serue the Lord for that was your desire Then they were thrust out from Pharaohs presence 12 ¶ After the Lord said vnto Mosés Stretche out thine hand vpon the land of Egypt for the greshoppers that they may come vpon the land of Egypt and eat all the herbes of the land euen all that the haile hathe left 13 Then Mosés stretched forthe his rod vpon the land of Egypt and the Lord broght an East winde vpon the land all that day and all that night in the morning the East winde broght the greshoppers 14 So the greshoppers went vp vpon all the land of Egypt and remained in all quaters of Egypt so grieuous greshoppers lyke to these were neuer before nether after them shal be suche 15 For they couered al the face of the earth so that the land was darcke and they did eat al the herbes of the land all the frutes of the trees which the haile had left so that there was no grene thyng left vpon the trees nor among the herbes of the field throughout al the land of Egypt 16 Therefore Pharaôh called for Mosés and Aaron in haste and said I haue sinned against the Lorde your GOD and against you 17 And nowe forgiue me my sinne onely this once and pray vnto the Lord your GOD that he may take away from me this death onely 18 Moses then went out from Pharaōh and praied vnto the Lord. 19 And the Lord turned a mightie strōg West winde and toke away the greshoppers and violently cast thē into the red Sea so that there remained not one greshopper in all the coast of Egypt 20 But the Lord hardened Pharaohs heart he did not let the children of Israél go 21 ¶ Againe the lord said vnto Mosés Stretche out thine hand to ward heauen that there may be vpon the land of Egypt darckenes euen darcknes that may be felt 22 Then Mosés stretched forth his hād toward heauen and there was a blacke* darcknes in all the land of Egypt thre days 23 No man sawe an other nether rose vp from the place where he was for thre dayes * but all the children of Israél had light where they dwelt 24 Then Pharaóh called for Moses and said Go serue the Lorde onely your shepe and your cattel shal abide and your childrē shall go with you 25 And Mosés said Thou must giue vs also sacrifices and burnt offrings that we may do sacrifice vnto the Lord our God 26 Therefore our cattell also shall go with vs there shal not an hoofe be left for thereof must we take to serue the Lord ourgod nether do we knowe how we shall serue the Lord vntil we come thither 27 But the Lord hardened Pharaohs heart he wolde not let them go 28 And Pharaôh said vnto him Get thee from me loke thouse my face no more for when soeuer thou commest in my sight thou shalt dye 29 Then Moses said Thou hast said well from hence for the wil I se thy face no more CHAP. XI 1 God promiseth their departure 2 He willeth them to borrow their neighbours iewels 3 Moses was estemed of all saue Pharaoh 5 He signifieth the death of the first borne 1 NOw the Lord had said vnto Mosés Yet wil I bring one plague more vpon Pharaóh and vpon Egypt after that he wil let you go hence when he letteth you go he shal at once chase you hence 2 Speake thou now to the people that euerie man require of his neighbour and euerie woman of her neighbour * iewels of siluer and iewels of golde 3 And the Lord gaue the people fauour in the sight of the Egyptians also * Moses was 〈◊〉 great in the land of Egypt in the sight of Pharaohs seruants and in the sight of the people 4 Also Mosés said Thus saith the Lord * About midnight wil I go out into the middes of Egypt 5 And all the first borne in the land of Egypt shal dye from the first borne of Pharaóh that sitteth on his throne vnto the first borne of the maid seruant that is at the mille and all the first borne of beastes 6 Then there shal be a great crye throughout all the land of Egypt suche as was neuer none like nor shal be 7 But against none of the childrē of Israél shal a dog moue his tongue nether against man nor beast that ye may knowe that the Lord putteth a difference betwene the Egyptians and Israél 8 And all these thy seruantes shal come downe vnto me and fall before me saying Get thee out 〈◊〉 all the people that are at thy fete and after this wil I depart So he went out from Pharaóh very angry 9 And the Lord said vnto Mosés Pharaōh shal not heare you that my wonders may be multiplied in the land of Egypt 10 So Mosés and Aarón did all these wonders before Pharaôh but the Lord hardened Pharaohs heart and he suffred not the children of Israél to go out of his land CHAP. XII 1 The Lord instituteth the Passeouer 26 The fathers must teache their children the mysterie thereof 29 The first borne are slaine 31 The Israelites are driuen out of the land 35 The Egyptians are spoiled 37 The nom bre that departeth out of Egypt 40 How long thei were in Egypt 1 THen the Lord spake to Moses and to Adrôn in the land of Egypt saying 2 This moneth shal be vnto you the beginning of moneths it shal be to you the first moneth of the yere 3 Speake ye vnto all the Congregacion of Israél saying In the tenth of this moneth let euerie mātake vnto him a lambe according to the house of the fathers a lambe for an house 4 If the housholde be to litle for the lambe he shal take his
Israéllift vp their eyes and beholde the Egyptians marched after them and they were sore afrayed wherefore the children of Israél cryed vnto the Lord. In this figure foure chiefes points are to be considered first that the Churche of God is euer subiect in this worlde to the Crosse and to be afflicted after one sorte or other The second that the ministers of God followyng their vocation shal be euill spoken of and murmured agaynste euen of them that pretend the same cause and Religion that they do The third that God deliuereth not hys Churche incontinently out of dangers but to exercise their fayth and pacience continueth theyr troubles yea and often 〈◊〉 augmenteth them as the Israelites were nowe 〈◊〉 lesse hope of theyr lyues then when they were in 〈◊〉 The fourth point is that when the dangers are moste great then Gods helpe is moste ready to succour for the Israelites had on ether side them huge rockes and mountaines before them the Sea behind them most cruel ennemies so that there was no way left to escape to mans iudgement 11 And they sayde vnto Moses Haste thou broght vs to dye in the wildernes because there were no graues in Egypte wherefore haste thou serued vs thus to cary vs out of Egypte 12 Did not we tel thee thys thyng in Egypte saying Let vs be in reste that we may serue the Egyptians for it had bene better for vs to serue the Egyptians then that we shulde dye in the wildernes 13 Then Mosés sayde to the people Feare ye not stande still and beholde the saluacion of the LORDE whiche wyll shewe to you thys daye For the Egyptians whome ye haue sene thys daye ye shall neuer se them agayne 14 The Lorde shall fight for you therefore holde you your peace 15 ¶ And the Lorde sayd vnto Mosés Wherefore cryest thou vnto me speake vnto the chyldren of Israéll that they go forwarde 16 Andlyft thou vp thy rod and stretche vp thyne hand vpon the Sea and deuide it and let the children of Israél go on drye grounde through the middes of the Sea 17 Andl beholde I wyll harden the hearte of the Egyptians that they may followe them and I wyll get me honour vpon Pharaóh and vpon all his hoste vpon his charets and vppon his horsemen 18 Then the Egyptians shall knowe that I am the Lorde when I haue gotten me honour vpon Pharaōh vpon his charets and vpon his horsemen 19 And the Angell of God whiche went before the hoste of Israél remoued and went behinde them also the piller of the cloude went from before them and stode behinde them 20 And came 〈◊〉 the campe of the Egyptians and the campe of Israél it was bothe a cloude and darckenes yet gaue it lyght by nyght so that all the nyght long the one came not at the other 21 And Mosés stretched forthe his hand vpon the Sea and the LORD caused the Sea to runne backe by a stronge East winde all the nyght and made the Seadrye lande for the waters were * deuided 22 Then the * chyldren of Israél went throughe the middes of the Sea vppon the drye grounde and the waters were a wall vnto them on the ryght hande and on 〈◊〉 hande 23 And the Egyptians pursued and wente after them to the middes of the Sea euen all Pharaohs horses hys charetes and hys horsemen 24 No we in the mornynge watche when the LORDE loked vnto the hoste of the 〈◊〉 out of the firy and cloudy pyller he stroke the hoste of the Egyptians wyth feare 25 For he toke of their charet wheles and they draue them with muche a do so that the Egyptians euerie one said I wil flee 〈◊〉 the face of Israél for the Lorde fighteth for them against the Egyptians 26 ¶ Then the Lorde sayd to Mosés Stretche thine hande vpon the Sea that the waters may returne vpon the Egyptians vpon their 〈◊〉 and vpon their horsemen 27 Then Mosés stretched forthe his hand vppon the Sea and the Sea returned to his force early in the mornyng and the Egyptians fled against it but the Lord ouerthrew the Egyptians in the middes of the Sea 28 So the water returned and couered the charets and the horsemen euen all the hoste of Pharaóh that came into the Sea after them there remained not one of them 29 But the chyldren of Israél walked vppon drye lande through the myddes of the Sea and the waters were a wall vnto them on their right hand and on their left 30 Thus the LORDE saued Israél the same 〈◊〉 out of the hande of the Egyptians and Israél sawe the Egyptians dead vpon the Sea bancke 31 And Israél sawe the myghty power which the Lord shewed vpon the Egyptians so the people feared the Lordād beleued the Lord and his seruant Mosés CHAP. XV. 1. 20. Mosés with the men and women sing prayses vnto God for their deliurance 23 The people murmure 25 At the prayer of Mosés the bitter waters are swete 26 God 〈◊〉 the people 〈◊〉 1 THen sang * Mosés and the chyldren of Israél this song vnto the Lorde and sayd in thys maner I will sing vnto the Lorde for he hathe triumphed gloriously the horse and him that rode vpon him hathe he ouerthrowen in the Sea 2 The Lord is my strength and praise and he is become my saluacion He is my God and I wil prepare him a tabernacle he is my fa ther 's God and I wil exalt him 3 The Lord is a man of warre his Name is Iehouáh 4 Pharaohs charets and his hoste hathe he cast into the Sea his chosen captaines also were drowned in the red Sea 5 The depths haue couered them they sancke to the bothome as a stone 6 Thy ryght hand Lord is glorious in power thy ryght hande LORD hathe bruised the ennemie 7 And in thy greate glorye thou haste ouerthrowen them that rose 〈◊〉 thee thou sentest forthe thy wrath whiche consumed them as the stubble 8 And by the blaste of thy nostrels the waters were gathered the floodes stode styll as an heape the depths congeled together in the heart of the Sea 9 The ennemie sayd I will pursue I wil ouertake them I wil deuide the spoile my luste shal be satisfied vpon them I wyll drawe my sworde mine hand shal destroy them 10 Thou blewest with thy winde the Sea couered them they sancke as lead in the mightye waters 11 Who is lyke vnto thee ô LORD among the Gods who is lyke thee so glorious in holynes fearefull in prayses shewynge wonders 12 Thou stretchedst out thy ryght hande the earth swalowed them 13 Thou wilt by thy mercie carye thys people which thou deliueredst thou wilbring thē in thy strength vnto thine holy habitacion 14 The people shal heare and be afraied soro we shal come vpon the inhabitants of Palestina 15 Then the dukes of
Edôm shal be amased trembling shal come vpon the great men of Moāb all the inhabitants of Canáan shall waxe faint hearted 16 * Feare and dread shal fall vpon them because of the greatnes of thine arme they shal be stil as a stone til thy people passe ô Lord til this people passe which thou hast purchased 17 Thou shalt bring them in and plant them in the mountaine of thine inheritance which is the place that thou hast prepared 〈◊〉 Lord for to dwel in euen the sanctuarie ô Lord which thine hands shal establish 18 The Lord shal reigne for euer and euer 19 For Pharaohs horses went with his charets and horsmē into the Sea the Lord broght the waters of the Sea vpon them but the children of Israél went on drye land in the middes of the Sea 20 ¶ And Miriám the prophetesse sister of Aarōn toke a timbrel in her hand and all the women came out after her with timbrels daunces 21 And Miriám answered the men Singye vn to the Lord for he hathe triūphed gloriously the horse and his rider hathe he ouerthrowen in the Sea 22 Then Mosés broght Israél from the red Sea aud they wēt out into the wildernes of Shur and they went thre dayes in the wildernes and founde no waters 23 And when they came to Maráh they colde not drinke of the waters of Maráh for they were bitter therefore the name of the place was called Maráh 24 Then the people murmured against Mosés saying What shal we drinke 25 And he cryed vnto the Lord and the Lord shewed him a * tre which whē he had cast into the waters the waters were swete there he made them an ordinance and a lawe and there he proued them 26 And said If thou wilt diligently hearken ô Israel vnto the voyce of the Lord thy God and wilt do that which is right in his sight and wilt giue eare vnto his commande ments and kepe all his ordinances then wil I put none of these diseases vpō thee which I broght vpon the Egyptians for I am the Lord that healeth thee 27 ¶ * And they came to Elim where were twelue founteines of water and seuentie pal me trees they cāped there by the waters CHAP. XVI 1 The Israelites come to the desert of Sin and murmure against Mosés and Aarón 13 The Lord 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and Manna 17 The seuenth day Manna colde not be founde 32 It is kept for a remembrance to the 〈◊〉 1 AFterward all the Congregacion of the children of Israél departed from Elim and came to the wildernes of Sin which is betwene Elim and Sinái the fiftenth day of the secōde moneth after thei departing out of the land of Egypt 2 And the whole Congregacion of the children of Israél murmured against Mosés and against Aaron in the wildernes 3 For the children of Israél said to them Oh that we had dyed by the hand of the Lord in the land of Egypt when we sate by the flesh pottes when we ate bread our bellies ful for ye haue broght vs out into this wildernes to kil this whole companie with famine 4 ¶ Then said the Lord vnto Mosés Beholde I wil cause bread to raine from heauen to you and the people shal go out and gather that that is sufficient for euerie day that I may proue them whether they wil walke in my Lawe or no. 5 But the sixt day they shal prepare that which thei shal bring home and it shal be twise as muche as they gather daiely 6 Then Mosés and Aarôn said vnto all the children of Israél At euen ye shal knowe that the Lord broght you out of the land of Egypt 7 And in the morning ye shal se the glorie of the Lord for he hathe heard your grudgings against the Lord and what are we that ye haue murmured against vs 8 Againe Mosés said At euen shal the Lord giue you 〈◊〉 to eat and in the morning your fil of bread for the Lord hathe heard your murmurīgs which ye murmure against him for what are we your murmurings are not against vs but against the Lord. 9 ¶ And Mosés said to Aarón Say vnto all the Congregaciō of the childrē of Israél Drawe nere before the Lord for he hathe heard your murmurings 10 Now as Aarón spake vnto the whole Congregacion of the children of Israél they loked toward the wildernes and beholde the glorie of the Lord appeared* in a cloude 11 For the Lord had spoken vnto Mosés saying 12 * I haue heard the murmurings of the children of Israél tel them therefore and say At euen ye shal eat flesh and in the morning ye shal be filled with bread ye shal knowe that I am the Lord your God 13 And so at euen the * 〈◊〉 came and coue red the campe in the morning the dewe laye rounde about the hoste 14 * And when the dewe that was fallen was ascended beholde a smale rounde thing was vpon the face of the wildernes smale as the hore frost on the earth 15 And when the childrē of 〈◊〉 saue it they said one to another It is MAN for they wist not what it was And Mosés said vnto them * This is the bread which the Lord hathe giuen you to eat 16 ¶ This is the thing which the Lord hathe commanded 〈◊〉 of it euerie man according to his eating an Omer for a man accor ding to the nombre of your persones 〈◊〉 man shal take for thē which are in his tent 17 And the children of Israél did so and gathe red some more some lesse 18 And when they did measure it with an Omer * he that had gathered muche had nothing ouer and he that had gathered litle had no lacke so euerie man gathered according to his eating 19 Moses then said vnto them Let no man reserue thereof til morning 20 Notwithstanding thei obeid not Mosés but some of thē reserued of it til morning and it was ful of wormes and stanke therefore Mosés was angry with them 21 And they gathered it euerie morning euerie man according to his eating for whē the heat of the sunne came it was melted 22 ¶ And the sixt day they gathered twise so muche bread two Omers for one man then all the rulers of the Congregacion came and tolde Mosés 23 And he answered them This is that which the Lord hathe said To moro we is the rest of the holy Sabbath vnto the Lord bake that to daie which ye wil bake and seche that which ye wil sethe and all that remaineth lay it vp to be kept til the morning for you 24 And they laied it vp til the morning as Mo sés bade and it stanke not nether was there any worme therein 25 Then Mosés said Eat that to day for to day is the
shalt make thee no grauen image ne ther anie similitude of things that are in heauen aboue nether that are in the earth beneth nor that are in the waters vnder the earth 5 Thou shalt not bowe downe to them nether serue them for I am the Lord thy God a ielouse God visiting the iniquitie of the fathers vpon the children vpon the third generacion and vpon the fourth of them that hate me 6 And shewing mercie vnto thousandes to them that loue me and kepe my commandements 7 * Thou shalt not take the Name of the Lord thy GOD in vaine for the Lord wil not holde him giltles that taketh his Name in vaine 8 Remembre the Sabbath daie to kepe it holy 9 * Six daies shalt thou labour and do all thy worke 10 But the seuenth daie is the Sabbath of the Lord thy God in it thou shalt not do anie worke thou nor thy sōne nor thy daughter thy man seruant nor thy maid nor thy beast nor thy stranger that is within thy gates 11 * For in six daies the Lord made the heauen and the earth the sea and all that in them is and rested the seuenth daie therefore the LORD blessed the Sabbath daie and hallowed it 12 ¶ * Honour thy father and thy mother that thy daies maie be prolonged vpon the land which the Lord thy God giueth thee 13 * Thou shal not kil 14 Thou shalt not commit adulterie 15 Thou shal not steale 16 Thou shalt not beare false witnes against thy neighbour 17 * Thou shalt not couet thy neighbours house nether shalt thou couet thy neighbours wife nor his man seruāt nor hismaid nor his oxe nor his asse nether any thyng that is thy neighbours 18 ¶ And all the people sawe the thunders and the lightenings and the sound of the trumpet and the mountaine smokyng and when the people sawe it they fled and stode a farre of 19 And said vnto Mosés * Talke thou with vs and we wil heare but let not God talke with vs lest we dye 20 Then Mosés said vnto the people Feare not for God is come to proue you and that his feare may be before you that ye sin ne not 21 So the people stode a far of but Mosés drewe nere vnto darcknes where God was 22 ¶ And the Lorde said vnto Mosés Thus thou shalt say vnto the children of Israél Ye haue sene that I haue talked with you from heauen 23 Ye shal not make therefore with me gods of siluer nor gods of golde you shall make you none 24 * An altar of earth thou shalt make vnto me and thereon shalt offre thy burnt offrings thy * peace offrings thy shepe and thine oxen in all places where I shal put the remē brance of my Name I will come vnto thee and blesse thee 25 * But if thou wilt make me an altar of stone thou shalt not buylde it of hewen stones for if thou lift vp thy tole vpon thē thou hast polluted them 26 Nether shalt thou go vp by steppes vnto mine altar that thy filthines be not discoue red thereon CHAP. XXI Temporal and ciuile ordināce appointed by God touching seruitude murthers and wronges the obseruatiō wherof doeth not iustifie a man but are giuen to bridel our cor rupt nature which els wolde breake out into all mischief and crueltie 1 NOw these are the lawes whiche thou shalt set before them 2 * If thou bye an Ebrewe seruant he shal serue six yeres and in the seuenth he shal go out fre for nothing 3 If he came him selfe alone he shall go out him selfe alone if he were maried then his wife shal go out with him 4 If his master hathe giuen him a wife she hathe borne him sonnes or daughters the wife and her children shal be her masters but he shal go out him self alone 5 But if the seruant say thus I loue my master my wife and my children I will not go out fre 6 Then his master shall bryng hym vnto the Iudges and set him to the dore or to the poste and his master shall bore his eare through with a nawle and he shal serue him for euer 7 ¶ Likewise if a man sel his daughter to be a seruant she shal not go out as the men seruants do 8 If she please not her master who hathe betrothed her to him selfe them shall he cause to bye her he shal haue no power to sel her to a strange people seing he despised her 9 But if he hath betrothed her vnto his sonne he shal deale with her according to the custome of the daughters 10 If he take him another wife he shal not diminish her fode herrayment and recompence of her virginitie 11 And if he do not these thre vnto her then shall she go out fre paying no money 12 ¶ * He that smiteth a man and he dye shall dye the death 13 And if a mā hath not laied waite but God hathe offred him into his hand * then I wil appointe thee a place whither he shall flee 14 But if a man come presumpteously vppon his neighbour to slaye hym with guile thou shalt take him from mine altar that he may dye 15 ¶ Also he that smitteth his father or his mother shal dye the death 16 ¶ And he that stealeth a man and selleth him if it be founde with hym shall dyethe death 17 ¶ * And he that curseth his father or his mother shal dye the death 18 ¶ When men also striue together and one smite another with a stone or with the fist and he dye not but lieth in bed 19 If he rise againe and walke without vpon his staffe then shall he that smote hym go quite saue onely he shall beare his charges for his restyng and shall pay for hys healing 20 ¶ And if a man smite his seruāt or his mayd with a rod and he die vnder his hand he shal be surely punished 21 But if he continue a day or two dayes he shal not be punished for he is his money 22 ¶ Also if men striue and hurt a woman with childe so that her childe departe from her and deathe followe not he shall be surely punished accordyng as the womans housband shal appoint him or he shal pay as the Iudge determine 23 But if death followe then thou shalt paye life for life 24 * Eye for eye tothe for tothe hand for hand fote for fote 25 Burning for burning wonde for wonde stripe for stripe 26 ¶ And if a man smite his seruant in the eye or his maid in the eye and hathe perished it he shal let him go fre for his eye 27 Also if he smite
them 13 Thē Mosés rose vp and his minister Ioshúa and Mosés went vp into the mountaine of God 14 And said vnto the Elders Tarie vs here 〈◊〉 we come againe vnto you and beholde Aaron and Hur are with you whosoeuer hathe anie matters let him come to them 15 Then Mosés went vp to the mount and the cloude couered the mountaine 16 And the glorie of the Lorde abode vppon mount Sinái and the cloude couered it six daies and the seuenth day he called vnto Mo sés out of the middes of the cloude 17 And the sight of the glorie of the lord was like consuming fire on the top of the moun taine in the eies of the children of Israél 18 And Mosés entred into the middes of the cloude and went vp to the mountaine and Mosés was in the * mount fourty dayes and fourty nightes CHAP. XXV 2 The voluntarie gifts for the making of the Tabernacle 10 The forme of the Arke 17 The Mercisent 23 The Table 〈◊〉 The Cádelsticke 40 Allmust be done according to the patern 1 THen the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 2 Speake vnto the children of Israél that they receiue an offring for me of * euerie man whose heart giueth it frely ye shal take the offring for me 3 And this is the offring which ye shall take of them golde and siluer and brasse 4 And blewe silke and purple and skarlet and fine linen and goates heere 5 And ramme skins coulored red the skins of badgers and the wood Shittim 6 Oyle for the light spices for anoyting oyle and for the perfume of swete sauour 7 Onix stones and stones to be set in the * Ephod and in the * brest plate 8 Also they shal make me a Sanctuarie that I may dwel among them 9 According to all that I she we thee euen so shal ye make the forme of the Tabernacle the facion of all the instruments thereof 10 ¶ They shal make also an * Arke of Shittim wood two cubites and an halfe long and a cubite and an halfe broad and a cubite and an halfe hie 11 And thou shal ouerlaie it with pure golde within and without shalt thou ouerlaie it shalt mak evpō it a crowne of golde rounde about 12 And thou shalt cast foure rings of golde for it put them in the foure corners thereof that is two rings shal be on the one side of it and two rings on the other side thereof 13 And thou shalt make barres of Shittim wood and couer them with golde 14 Then thou shalt put the barres in the rings by the sides of the Arke to beare the Arke with them THE ARKE OF THE TESTIMONIE A B The length two cubites and an halfe B C. The breadth a cubite and an halfe A D The height a cubite and an halfe E E The golden crow ne aboue the Arke F The foure rynges of golde in the foure corners G. The barres couered wyth golde to putte through the ryngs to cary the Arke H The inner parte of the Arke where the Testimonie was put I The Mercie 〈◊〉 whyche was the coueryng of the Arke where were the two Cherubims and whence the oracle 〈◊〉 15 The barres shal be in the rings of the Arke they shall not be taken away from it 16 So thou shalt put in the Arke the Testimo nie which I shall giue thee 17 Also thou shalt make a Merciseat of pure golde two cubites and an halfe long and a cubite and an halfe broad 18 And thou shalte make two Cherubims of golde of worke beaten out with the 〈◊〉 shalt thou make them at the two endes of the Merciseat 19 And the one Cherub shalt thou make at the one end and the other Cherub at the other ende of the matter of the Mercise at shall ye make the Cherubims on the two endes thereof 20 And the Cherubims shall stretche their wyngs on hie coueryng the Merciseat with their wings and their faces one to an other to the Merciseat ward shall the faces of the Cherubims be 21 And thou shalt put the Merciseat aboue vppon the Arke and in the Arke thou shalt put the Testimonie which I wil giue thee 22 And there I wil declare my selfe vnto thee and frome aboue the Merciseat * betwene the two Cherubims whiche are vpon the Arke of the Testimonie I wyll tell thee all things which I will giue thee in commandement vnto the children of Israel THE TABLE OF THE SHEWE BREAD A B The heyght a cubite ād an halfe B C The length two cubites C D The breadth a cubite E A crowne of gold aboue and beneth separated the one from the other by a border of an hād breadth thycke whyche declareth that the table was an hande breadth thicke F The foure rings G The barres to cary the table which were put through the rings H Dishes wherein the shewe breade was put I The twelue cakes or loaues called the shewe bread K The goblets or couerings L The incense cuppes 23 ¶ * Thou shalt also make a table of Shittim wood of two cubites lōg a cubite broad and a cubite and an half hie 24 And thou shalt couer it with pure golde ād make therto a crown of gold round about 25 Thou shalt also make vnto it a border of fou re fingers round about thou shalt make a goldē crown round about the border therof 26 After thou shalt make for it foure rings of golde ād shalt put the rings in the foure cor ners that are in the foure fete thereof 27 Ouer agaynst the border shall the rings be for places for barres to beare the Table 28 And thou shalt make the barres of Shittim wood ād shalt ouerlay them with golde that the Table may be borne with them 29 Thou shalte make also dyshes for it and incens cups for it and couerings for it and goblets wherewith it shal be couered euē of fine golde shalt thou make them 30 And thou shalte set vpon the Table shewebread before me continually THE CANDELSTICKE Because the facion of the candelstick is so plaine and euident it nedeth not to describe the particular partes thereof accordyng to the ordre of lettres Onely where as it is sayd in the 34 verse that there shal be foure bowles or cuppes in the candelsticke it muste be vnderstande of the shaft or shanke for there are but thre for euerie one of the other braunches Also the knoppes of the candelsticke are those whyche are vnder the braunches as they issue out of the shaft on ether side 31 ¶ * Also thou shalt make a Candelsticke of pure golde of worke beaten out with the hammer shal the Candelsticke be made his shaft and his brāches his bolles his knops and his floures shal be of the same 32 Six branches also shal come out of
twined linen of broydred worke 7 The two shulders therof shal be ioined toge ther by their two edges so shal it be closed 8 And the embroydred garde of the same Ephod whiche shal be vpon hym shal be of the selfe same worke and stuffe euen of golde blewe silke ād purple and skarlet ād fine twined linen 9 And thou shalt take two onix stones and gra ue vpon them the names of the chyldren of Israél 10 Six names of thē vpon the one stone and the six names that remaine vpon the seconde stone according to their generacions 11 Thou shalt cause to graue the two stones ac cordyng to the names of the children of Israél by a grauer of signets that worketh and graueth in stone and shalt make them to be set and embossed in golde 12 And thou shalt put the two stones vpon the shulders of the Ephod as stones of remēbrance of the chyldren of Israél for Aarón shal beare their names before the Lord vpō his two shulders for a remembrance 13 So thou shalt make bosses of golde 14 ¶ And two cheynes of fine golde at the ende of wrethed worke shalte thou make them and shalt fasten the wrethed cheines vpon the bosses 15 ¶ Also thou shalte make the brest plate of iudgement with broydred worke lyke the worke of the Ephod shalt thou make it of golde blewe silke and purple and skarlet and fine twined linen 〈◊〉 thou make it 16 Foure square it shal be ād double an hand bred long an hand bred broad 17 Then thou shalte set it full of places for stones euen foure rowes of stones the ordre shal be this a ruby a topaze and a carbū cle in the first rowe 18 And in the seconde rowe thou shalt set an emeraude a saphir and a diamond 19 And in the thirde rowe a turkeis an achate and an hematite 20 And in the fourte rowe a chrysolite an onix and a iasper and they shal be set in gold in their embossements 21 And the stones shal be accordyng to the names of the children of Israél twelue according to their names grauen as signets euerie one after hys name and they shal be for the twelue tribes 22 ¶ Then thou shalte make vppon the brest plate two cheines at the endes of wrethen worke of pure golde 23 Thou shalt make also vpon the brest plate two rings of golde and put the two rings on the two endes of the brest plate 24 And thou shalt put the two wrethen cheines of golde in the two rings in the endes of the brest plate 25 And the other two endes of the two wrethen cheines thou shalte fasten in the two embossements and shalt put them vpon the shulders of the Ephod on the foreside of it 26 ¶ Also thou shalt make two rings of golde which thou shalt put in the two other endes of the brest plate vpon the border there of to ward the inside of the Ephod 27 And two other rings of golde thou shalt make and put them on the two sides of the Ephod beneth in the fore parte of it ouer against the coupling of it vpon the broydred garde of the Ephod 28 Thus they shal binde the brest plate by his rings vnto the rings of the Ephod with a lace of blewe silke that it may be fast vpon the broydred garde of the Ephod and that the brest plate be not losed frō the Ephod 29 So Aarón shal beare the names of the chil dren of Israél in the brest plate of iudgement vpon his heart when he goeth into the holy place for a remembrance continually before the Lord. 30 ¶ Also thou shalt put in the brest plate of iudgemēt the Vrim the Thúmim which shal be vpon Aarons heart when he goeth in before the Lord and Aarón shal be are the iudgement of the children of Israél vpon his heart before the Lord continually 31 ¶ And thou shalt make the robe of the Ephod altogether of blewe silke 32 And the hole for his heade shal be in the middes of it hauing an edge of wouen worke rounde about the coller of it so it shal be as the coller of an habergeō that it rent not 33 ¶ And beneth vpō the skirtes thereof thou shalt make pomgranates of blewe silke and purple and skarlet round about the skirtes thereof and belles of golde betwene them round about 34 That is * a golden bel and a pomgranate a golden bel a pomgranate rounde about vpon the skirtes of the robe 35 So it shal be vpon Aarón when he ministreth and his sound shal be heard when he goeth into the holy place before the Lord when he commeth out and he shal not dye 36 ¶ Also thou shalt make a plate of pure golde and graue theron as signets are grauen HOLINES TO THE LORD 37 And thou shalt put it on a blewe silk elace and it shal be vpon the mitre euen vpō the fore fronte of the mitre shal it be 38 So it shal be vpō Aarons forehead that Aarón may be are the iniquitie of the offrings which the children of Israél shal offre in all their holy offrings ād it shal be alwaies vpon his forehead to make them acceptable before the Lord. 39 Likewise thou shalt embroydre the fine linen coat and thou 〈◊〉 make a mitre of fine linen but thou shalt make a girdel of nedle worke 40 Also thou shalt make for Aarons sonnes coates and thou shalt make them girdels bonets shal thou make them for glorie and comelines 41 And thou shalt put them vpon Aarōn thy brother and on his sonnes with him shalt anoynt them and fil their hands sanctifie them that they may ministre vnto me in the Priests office 42 Thou shalt also make them linen breches to couer their priuities from the loynes vnto the thighs shal they reache 43 And they shal be for Aarón and his sonnes when they come into the Tabernacle of the Congregacion or when they come vnto the altar to minister in the holy place that they commit not iniquitie and so dye This shabe a lawe for euer vnto him and to hys sede after hym CHAP. XXIX 1 The maner of consecrating the Priests 38 The cōtinual sacrifice 45 The Lord promiseth to dwel amōg the children of Israél 1 THis thyng also shalt thou do vnto them when thou consecratest them to be my Priestes * Take a yong calfe and two rams without blemish 2 And vnleauened bread and cakes vnleauened tempered with oyle and wafers vnleauened anointed with oyle of fine wheat flower shalt thou make them 3 Then thou shalt put thē in one basket and present them in the basket with the calfe and the two rams 4 And shalt bryng Aarón and his sonnes vnto the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and wash them with water 5 Also thou shalt take
the garments and put vpon Aarón the tunicle and the robe of the Ephod and Ephod and the brest plate and shalt close them to hym with the broydred garde of the Ephod 6 Then thou shalt put the mitre vppon hys head thou shalt put the holy * crowne vpon the mitre 7 And thou shalt take the anointyng * oyle and shalt powre vpon his head and anoint him 8 And thou shalt bring his sonnes and put coates vpon them 9 And shalt gird them with girdels bothe Aarón and his sonnes and shalt put the bonets on them and the Priestes office shal be theirs for a perpetuallawe thou * shalt also fil the hands of 〈◊〉 and the hands of his sonnes 10 After thou shalt present the calf before the Tabernacle of the Congregacion * Aaron and his sonnes shall put their hand vppon the head of the calf 11 So thou shalt kill the calf before the Lorde at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 12 Then thou shalt take of the blood of the calf and put it vpon the hornes of the altar with thy finger and shalt powre al the rest of the blood at the fote of the altar 13 * Also thou shalt take al the fat that couereth the inwardes and the kall that is on the liuer and the two kidneis and the fat that is vpon thē and shalt burne them vpon the altar 14 But the flesh of the calf and his sking and his doūg shalt thou burne with fire without the hoste it is a sinne offring 15 ¶ Thou shalt also take one ram and Aarón and his sonnes shal put their hands vpon the head of the ram 16 Thē thou shalt kil therā take his blood and sprinkle it round about vpon the altar 17 And thou shalt cut the ram in pieces wash the inwardes of him and his legges shalt put them vpon the pieces thereof vpon his head 18 So thou shalt burne the whole ram vpó the altar for it is a burnt offring vnto the Lord for a swete sauo ur it is an offring made by sire vnto the Lord. 19 ¶ And thou shalt take the other ram and Aarón and his sonnes shall put their hands vpon the head of the ram 20 Then shalt thou kill the ram and take of his blood and put it vpon the lap of Aarons 〈◊〉 and vpō the lap of the right eare of his sonnes and vpon the thumbe of their right hand and vpon the great toe of their right fote and shalt sprinkle the blood vpon the altar round about 21 And thou shalt take of the blood that is vpon the altar and of the anointing oyle shalt sprinkle it vpon Aaron and vpon his garments and vpon his sonnes and vpon the garments of his sonnes with him so he shal be halowed ād his clothes his sonnes and the garments of his sonnes with hym 22 Also thou shalt take of the rams the fat and the rópe euen the fat that couereth the inwardes the kal of the liuer the two kidneis the fat that is vpon thē and the right shulder for it is the ram of consecration 〈◊〉 23 And one loaf of bread and one cake of bread tēpered with oyle one wafer out of the basket of the vnleauened bread that is before the Lord. 24 And thou shalt put all this in the hands of Aaron and in the hand of his sonnes and shalt shake them to and fro before the Lord 25 Againe thou shalt receiue them of their hands and burne thē vpon the altar besides the burnt offring for a swete sauour before the Lord for this is an offring made by fire vnto the Lord. 26 Likewise thou shalt take the brest of the rā of the consecracion whiche is for Aarón shalt shake it to h and fro before the Lorde and it shal be thy parte 27 And thou shalt sanctifie the brest of the shaken offrings the shulder of the heaue offrings which was shaken to and fro whiche was hcaued vp of the ram of the consecracion which was for Aarón and whiche was for his sonnes 28 And Aarón and his sonnes shal haue it by a statute for euer of the children of Israél for it is an heaue offring and it shal be an heaue offringe of the children of Israél of their peace offrings euen their heaue offryng to the Lord. 29 ¶ And the holy garments which appertey ne to Aarón shal be his sonnes after him to be anointed therein and to be consecrat therein 30 That sonne that shal be Priest in his stede shal put them on seuen dayes when he cometh into the Tabernacle of the Cógregacion to minister in the holy place 31 ¶ So thou shalt take the ram of the consecracion and sethe his flesh in the holy place 32 * And Aarón and his sonnes shal eat the flesh of the ram and the bread that is in 〈◊〉 basket at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 33 So they shal eat these things whereby their atonement was made to consecrat thē and to sanctifie thē but a stranger shal not eate thereof because they are holy things 34 Now if ought of the flesh of the cōsecratiō or of the bread remaine vnto the morning then thou shalt burne the rest with fire it shal not be eatē because it is an holy thing 35 Therefore shalt thou do thus vnto Aarón and vnto his sonnes according to all things which I haue commanded thee seuen daies shalt thou consecrat them 36 And shalt offer euerie day a calf or a sinne offring for reconciliation and thou shalt clense the altar when thou hast offred vpon it for reconciliation and shalt anoint it to sanctifie it 37 Seuen daies shalt thou clense the altar and sanctifie it so the altar shal be moste holy whatsoeuer toucheth the altar shal be holy 38 ¶ * Now this is that which thou shalt present vpon the altar euen two lambes of one yere olde day by day continually 39 The one lambe thou shalt presēt in the mor ning and the other lambe thou shalt present at euen 40 And with the one lambe a tenth parte of fine floure mingled with the fourte parte of an Hin of beaten oile and the fourte parte of an Hin of wine for a drinke offring 41 And the other lambe thou shalt present at euen thou shalt do thereto according to the offring of the morning ād according to the drinke offring thereof to be a burnt offring for a swete sauoure vnto the Lord. 42 This shal be a continual burnt offring in your generations at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion before the Lord where I wil make appointment with you to speake there vnto thee 43 There I wil appoint with the children of Israél and the place shal be 〈◊〉 by my glorie 44 And I wil sanctifie the
the morning that thou maiest come vp early vnto the mount of Sinai and waite there for me in the top of the mount 3 But let no man come vp with thee nether let anie mā be sene throughout al the mount nether let the shepe nor cattell fede before this mount 4 ¶ Then Mosés hewed two Tables of stone like vnto the first rose vp early in the morning and went vp vnto the mount of Sinái as the Lord had commanded him and toke in his hand two Tables of stone 5 And the Lord descended in the cloude and stode with him there and proclaimed the Name of the Lord. 6 So the Lorde passed before his face and cryed The Lord the Lord strong mercifull and gracious slow to angre and abundant in goodnes and trueth 7 Reseruing mercie for thousands forgiuing iniquitie and transgression and sinne not making the wicked innocent * visiting the iniquitie of the fathers vpon the childrē and vpon the childrens children vnto the third and fourth generacion 8 Then Mosés made haste and bowed him self to the earth and worshipped 9 And said ô Lorde I praye thee if I haue founde grace ī thy sight that the Lord wolde now go with vs for it is a stifnecked people and pardone our iniquitie and our sinne and take vs for thine enheritance 10 And he answered Beholde * I will make a couenant before althy people and will do meruels suche as haue not bene done in all the world nether in al nations all the peo ple amōg whome thou art shalse the worke of the Lorde for it is a terrible thing that I wil do with thee 11 Kepe diligently that whiche I commande thee this day beholde I will cast out before thee the Amorites and the Canaanites the Hittites and the Perizzites and the Hiuites and the Iebusites 12 * Take hede to thy self that thou make no compact with the inhabitants of the land whither thou goest lest they be the cause of ruine among you 13 But ye shall ouerthrowe their altars and breake their images in pieces cut downe their groues 14 For thou shalt bowe downe to none other god because the Lord whose Name is * Ielous is a ielous God 15 Lest thou make a * cōpact with the inhabitants of the land when they go a whoring after their gods and do sacrifice vnto their gods some man call thee and thou * eat of his sacrifice 16 And lest thou take of their* daughters vnto thy sonnes ād their daughters go a whoring after their gods and make thy sonnes go a whoring after their gods 17 Thou 〈◊〉 make thee no gods of metal 18 ¶ The feast of vnleauened bread shalt thou kepe seuē dayes shalt thou eat vnleauened bread as I commanded thee in the time of the * moneth of Abib for in the moneth of Abib thou camest out of Egypt 19 * Euerie male that first openeth the wombe shal be mine also the first borne of thy flocke shal be reconed mine bothe of beues and shepe 20 But the first of the asse thou shalt bye out with a lambe and if thou redeme him not then thou shalt breake his necke al the first borne of thy sonnes shalt thou redeme and none shal appeare before me empty 21 ¶ Six dayes thou shalt worke and in the seuenth day thou shalt rest bothe in earyng time and in the haruest thou shalt rest 22 ¶ * Thou shalt also obserue the feast of wekes in the time of the first frutes of wheat haruest and the feast of gathering frutes in the end of the yere 23 ¶ Thrise in a yere shal al your men children appeare before the Lorde Iehouáh God of Israel 24 For I wil cast out the nacions before thee and enlarge thy coastes so that no man shall desire thy land when thou shalt come vp to appeare before the Lorde thy God thrise in the yere 25 Thou shalt not offer the blood of my sacrifice with leauen nether shal ought of the sacrifice of the feast of Passeouer be left vnto the mornyng 26 The first 〈◊〉 frutes of thy land thou shalt bring vnto the house of the Lorde thy God yet shalt thou not se the a kid in his mothers milke 27 And the Lord said vnto Mosés Write thou these wordes for after the tenoure of* these wordes I haue made a couenant with thee with Israél 28 So he was there with the Lorde fourtie daies and fourtie nights and did nether eat bread nor drinke water and he wrote in the Tables * the wordes of the couenant 〈◊〉 the ten commandements 29 ¶ So when Mosés came downe frō mount Sinái the two Tables of the Testimonie were in Mosés hand as he descended from the mount now Mosés wist not that the skin of his face shone bright after that God had talked with him 30 And aarôn and all the children of Israél loked vpon Mosés beholde the skin of his face shone bright and they were afraide to come nere him 31 But Mosés called them and Aaron and al the chief of the Congregacion returned vnto him and Mosés talked with them 32 And after ward al the childrē of Israél came nere and he charged them with all that the Lord had said vnto him in mount Sinái 33 So Mosés made an end of communyng with them * ād had put a couering vpon his face 34 But when Mosés came before the Lorde to speake with hym he toke of the couering vntil he came out then he came out spake vnto the children of Israél that whiche was commanded 35 And the children of Israél sawe the face of Mosés how the skin of Mosés face shone bright therefore Mosés put the coueryng vpon his face vntil he wentto speake with God CHAP. XXXV 2 The Sabbath 5 The fre gifts are required 21 The readines of the people to 〈◊〉 30 Bezale él and Aholiáb are praised of Mosés 1 THen Mosés assembled all the Congregacion of the children of Israél said vnto thē These are the wordes whiche the Lorde hathe commanded that ye shulde do them 2 * Six dayes thou shalt worke but the seuēth day shall be vnto you the holy Sabbath of rest vnto the Lord whosoeuer soeuer doeth anye worke therein shal dye 3 Ye shall kindle no fire throughout all your habitations vpon the Sabbath day 4 ¶ Againe Mosés spake vnto al the Congregacion of the children of Israél saying This is the thing which the Lorde commandeth saying 5 Take from among you an offring vnto the Lorde whosoeuer is of a * willing heart let him bring this offring to the Lord namely golde and siluer and brasse 6 Also blewe silke and purple and skarlet fine linen and goates heere 7 And rams skins died red and badgers skins with Shittim wood 8 Also oyle for light
offring * of Shittim woode fiue cubites was the length thereof and fiue cubites the breadth thereof it was square and thre cubites hie 2 And he made vnto it hornes in the foure cor ners thereof the hornes thereof were of the same and he ouerlaied it with brasse 3 Also he made al the instruments of the Altar the * ashpans and the besomes and the basins the fleshokes and the censers all the instruments thereof made he of brasse 4 Moreouer he made a brasen grate wroght like a net to the Altar vnder the compas of beneth in the middes of it 5 And cast foure rings of brasse for the foure ends of the grate to put barres in 6 And he made the barres of 〈◊〉 wood couered them with brasse 7 The which barres he put into the rings on the sides of the altar to beare it with all and made it holowe within the boardes 8 ¶ Also he made the Lauer of brasse and the fote of it of brasse of the glasses of the women that did assemble and came together at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 9 ¶ Finally he made the courte on the South-side ful Southe the hangings of the courte were of 〈◊〉 twined linen hauing an hundreth cubites 10 Their pillers were twentie and their brasen sockets twentie the hokes of the pillers and their filets were of siluer 11 And on the Northside the hangings were an hundreth cubites their pillers twentie their sockets of brasse twentie the hokes of the pillers and their filets of 〈◊〉 12 On the Westside also were hangings of fiftie cubites their ten pillers with their ten sockets the hokes of the pillers and their filets of siluer 13 And toward the Eastside ful East were hangings of fiftie cubites 14 The hangings of the one side were fiftene cubites their thre pillers and their thre sockets 15 * And of the other side of the courte gate on bothe sides were hangings of fiftene cubites with their thre pillers and their thre sockets 16 All the hangings of the courte round about were of fine twined linen 17 But the 〈◊〉 of the pillers were of brasse the hokes of the pillers and their filets of siluer and the couering of their chapiters of siluer and all the pillers of the courte were hooped about with siluer 18 He made also the hanging of the gate of the courte of nedle worke blewe silke and purple and skarlet and fine twined linen euen twentie cubites long and fiue cubites in height and breadth like the hangings of the courte 19 And their pillers were foure with their foure sockets of brasse their hokes of siluer and the couering of their chapiters ād their filets of siluer 20 But all the * pins of the Tabernacle and of the courte round about were of brasse 21 ¶ These are the partes of the Tabernacle I meane of the Tabernacle of the Testimonie which was appointed by the commandement of Mosés for the office of the Leuites by the hand of Ithamár sonne to Aaron the Priest 22 So Bezaleél the sonne of Vri the sonne of Hur of the tribe of Iudáh made all that the Lord commanded Mosés 23 And with him Aholiáb sonne of Ahisamách of the tribe of Dan a cunning workeman and an embroyderer and a worker of nedle worke in blewe silke and in purple and in skarlet and in 〈◊〉 linen 24 All the golde that was occupied in all the worke wroght for the holy place which was the golde of the offring was nine and twentie talents and seuen hundreth and thir tie shekels according to the shekel of the Sanctuarie 25 But the siluer of them that were nombred in the Congregacion was an hundreth talents and a thousand seuen hundreth seuentie and fiue shekels after the shekel of the Sanctuarie 26 A portion for a man that is halfe a shekel after the shekel of the Sanctuarie for all them that were nombred from twentie yere olde and aboue among six hundreth thousand and thre thousand and fiue hundreth and fiftie men 27 Moreouer there were an hundreth talents of siluer to cast the sockets of the Sanctuarie and the sockets of the vaile an hundreth sockets of an hundreth talens a talent for a socket 28 But he made the hokes for the pillers of a thousand seuen hundreth and seuentie and fiue shekels and ouerlaied their chapiters and made filets about them 29 Also the brasse of the offring was seuentie talents and two thousand and foure hundreth shekels 30 Whereof he made the sockets to the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregation and the brasen Altar and the brasengrate which was for it with all the instruments of the Altar 31 And the sockets of the courte round about and the sockets for the courte gate and all the * pins of the Tabernacle and all the pins of the courte round about CHAP. XXXIX 1 The apparel of Aarón and his sonnes 32 All that the Lord commanded was made and finished 43 Mosés blesseth the people 1 MOreouer they made garments of ministration to ministre in the Sanctuarie of blewe silke and purple and skarlet thei * made also the holy garments for Aarón as the Lord had commanded Mosés 2 So he made the Ephód of golde blewe silke and purple and skarlet and fine twined linen 3 And they did beate the golde into thin plates and cut it into wiers to worke it in the blewe silke and in the purple and in the skar let in the fine linē with broydred worke 4 For the which thei made shulders to couple together for it was closed by the two edges thereof 5 And the broydred garde of his Ephód that was vpon him was of the same stuffe and of like worke euen of golde of blewe silke purple and skarlet and fine twined linen as the Lord had commanded Mosés 6 ¶ And they wroght * two onix stones closed in ouches of golde and graued as signets are grauen with the names of the children of Israél 7 And put thē on the shulders of the Ephód as stones for a * remembrance of the children of Israél as the Lord had commanded Mosés 8 ¶ Also he made the brest plate of broydred worke like the worke of the Ephód to wit of golde blewe silke and purple and skarlet and fine twined linen 9 They made the brest plate double and it was square an hand breadth long an hand breadth broad it was also double 10 And they filled it with foure rowes of stones The ordre was thus 〈◊〉 ruby a topaze a carbuncle in the first rowe 11 And in the seconde rowe an emeraude a saphir and a diamond 12 Also in the third rowe a turkeis an a chate and an hematite 13 Like wise in the fourte rowe a chrysolite an onix and a iasper closed and set in ouches of golde 14 So the stones were according to the names of the children
vpō the wood that is in the fire for it is a burnt offrīg an oblatiō made by fire for a swete sauour vnto the Lord. CHAP. II. 1 The meat offring is after thre sortes of fine floure vnbaken 4 Of bread baken 14 And of corne in the eare 1 ANd when anie wil offer a meat offring vnto the Lord his offring shal be of fine floure and he shal poure oyle vpon it put incenseth ereon 2 And shall bring it vnto Aarons sonnes the Priests he shal take thēce his handful of the floure of the oyle with al the incense and the Priest shal burne it for a memoriall vpon the altar for it is an offring made by fire for a swete sauour vnto the Lord. 3 * But the remnant of the meat offryng shal be Aarons his sonnes for it is most holy of the Lords offrings made by fire 4 ¶ If thou bring also a meat offring baken in the ouen it shal be an vnleauened cake of fine floure mingled with oyle or an vnlea uened wafer anointed with oyle 5 ¶ But if thy meat offring be an oblation of the friyng pan it shal be of fine floure vnleauened mingled with oyle 6 And thou shalt parte it in pieces and powre oyle thereon for it is a meat offring 7 ¶ And if thy meat offring be an oblation made in the caudron it shal be made of fine floure with oyle 8 After thou shalt bring the meat offring that is made of these things vnto the Lord and shalt present it vnto the Priest and he shal bring it to the altar 9 And the Priest shal take from the meat offring a * memorial of it shal burne it vpon the altar for it is an oblation * made by fire for a swete sauour vnto the Lord. 10 But that which is left of the meat offring shal be Aarons his sonnes for it is moste holy of the offrings of the Lord made by fire 11 All the meat offrings which ye shal offer vnto the Lord shal be made without leauen for ye shal nether burne leauen nor hony in any offring of the Lord made by fire 12 ¶ In the oblation of the first frutes ye shal offer them vnto the Lord but they shal not be burnt vpon the altar for a swete sauour 13 All the meat offrings also shalt thou season with * salt nether shalt thou suffre the salt of the couenant of thy God to be lacking frō thy meat offring but vpon all thine oblations thou shalt offer salt 14 If then thou offer a meat offring of thy first frutes vnto the Lord thou shalt offer for thy meat offring of thy first frutes * eares of cor ne dried by the fire and wheat beaten out of the grene eares 15 After thou shalt put oyle vpon it and laie incense thereon for it is a meat offring 16 And the Priest shal burne the memorial of it euen of that that is beaten and of the oyle of it with all the incense thereof for it is an offring vnto the Lord made by fire CHAP. III. 1 The maner of peace offrings and beasts for the same 17. The Israclites may nether eat fat nor blood ALso if his oblation be a peace offring if he wil offer of the droue whether it be male or female he shal offer suche as is without blemish before the Lord 2 And shal put his hand vpon the head of his offring and kil it at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and Aarons sonnes the Priests shal sprinckle the blood vpon the altar round about 3 So he shal offer parte of the peace offrigs as a sacrifice made by fire vnto the Lord euen the * fat that couereth the inwardes and all the fat that is vpon the inwardes 4 He shal also take away the two kidneis and the fat that is on them and vpon the flanks and the kall on the liuer with the kidneis 5 And Aarons sonnes shal burne it on the altar with the burnt offring whiche is vpon the wood that is on the fire this is a sacrifice made by fire for a swete sauourvnto the lord 6 ¶ Also if his oblation be a peace offring vn to the Lord out of the flocke whether it be male or female he shall offer it without blemish 7 If he offer a lambe for his oblation then he shall bring it before the Lord. 8 And lay his hand vpon the head of his offring and shall kill it before the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and Aarons sonnes shal sprinkle the blood therof round about vpon the altar 9 After of the peace offrings he shal offer an offring made by fire vnto the Lord he shall take awai the fat thereof the rumpe altogether hard by the backe bone and the far that couereth the inwardes and all the fat that is vpon the inwardes 10 Also he shall take away the two kidneis with the fat that is vpō thē vpō the * flāks and the kal vpon the liuer with the kidneis 11 Then the Priest shal burne it vpon the altar as the meat of an offrings made by fire vnto the Lord. 12 ¶ Also if his offring be a goat then shal he offer it before the Lord. 13 And shall put his hand vpon the head of it and kil it before the Tabernacle of the Cō gregacion and the sonnes of Aarón shall sprinkle the blood thereof vpon the altar roundabout 14 Then he shal offer there of his offring euē an offring made by fire vnto the Lord the fat that couereth the inwardes al the fat that is vpon the inwardes 15 Also he shal take away the two kidneis and the fat that is vpon thē and vpon the flanks and the kal vpon the liuer with the kidneis 16 So the Priest shal burne thē vpon the altar as the meat of an offring made by fire for a swete sauour * all the fat is the Lords 17 This shal be a perpetual ordināce for your generacions throughoutal your dwellings so that ye shal eat nether fat nor * blood CHAP. IIII. 1 The offring for sinnes done of ignorāce 3 For the Priest 13 The Congregacion 22 The ruler 27 And the priuate man 1 MOreouer the Lord speake vnto Mosés saying 2 Speake vnto the children of Israél saying If anie shall sinne through ignorāce in anie of the commandements of the Lord which oughtnot to be done but shal do cōtrarie to anie of them 3 If the Priest that is anointed do sinne according to the sinne of the people thē shall he offer for his sinne which he hath sinned a yong bullocke without blemish vnto the Lord for a sinne offring 4 And he shal bring the bullocke vnto the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion before the Lord and shal put his hand vpō the bullocks head and kil the
shal pronounce with an othe and it be hid frō him after knoweth that he hathe offēded in one of these points 5 Whē he hathe sinned in anie of these things then he shal confesse that he hathe sinned therein 6 Therefore shal he bring his trespasse offring vnto the Lord for his sinne which he hathe committed euen a female from the flocke be it a lābe or a she goat for a sinne offring and the Priest shal make an atonement for him concerning his sinne 7 But if he be not able to bring a shepe he shal bring for his trespasse which he hathe committed two turtle doues or two yong pigeōs vnto the Lord one for a sinne offring and the other for a burnt offring 8 So he shal bring them vnto the Priest who shal offer the sinne offring first and * wring the necke of it a sundre but not plucke it cleane of 9 After he shal sprinkle of the blood of the sinne offring vpon the side of the altar and the rest of the blood shal be shed at the fote of the altar for it is a sinne offring 10 Also he shal offer the seconde for a burnt offring as the maner is so shal the Priest make an atonement for him for his sinne which he hathe committed and it shal be forgiuen him 11 ¶ But if he * be not able to bring two turtle doues or two yong pigeons then he that ha the sinned shal bring for his offring the tēth parte of an Epháh of fine floure for a sinne offring he shal put none oyle thereto nether put anie incense thereon for it is a sinne ne offring 12 Then shal he bring it to the Priest and the Priest shal take his handeful of it for the * remembrance thereof and burne it vpon the altar * with the offrings of the Lord made by fire for it is a sinne offring 13 So the Priest shal make an atonement for him as touching his sinne that he hathe cōmitted in one of these points and it shal be forgiuen him and the remnant shal be the Priests as the meat offring 14 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 15 If anie persone transgresse sinne through ignorance by taking awaie things consecrated vnto the Lord he shal then bring for his trespasse offring vnto the Lord a rā without blemish out of the flocke worthe two shekels of siluer by thy estimation after the shekel of the Sanctuarie for a trespasse offring 16 So he shal restore that wherein he hathe offended in taking awaie of the holy thing and shal put the fift parte more thereto and giue it vnto the Priest so the Priest shal make an atonemēt for him with the ram of the tres passe offring and it shal be forgiuen him 17 ¶ Also if anie sinne and * do against anie of the commandements of the Lord which ought not to be done and knowe not and sinne and beare his iniquitie 18 Then shal he bring a ram without blemish out of the flocke in thy estimation worth * two shekels for a trespasse offring vnto the Priest and the Priest shal make an atonemēt for him cōcerning his ignorance wherein he erred and was not ware so it shal be forgiuen him 19 This is the trespasse offring for the trespasse committed against the Lord CHAP. VI. 6 The offring for sinnes which are done willingly 9 The lawe of the burnt offrings 13 The fire must abide euermore vpon the altar 14 The lawe of the meat offring 20. The offrings of Aarón and his sonnes 1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 2 If anie sinne cōmit a trespasse against the Lord denie vnto his neighbour that which was takē him to kepe or that which was put to him of trust or doeth by robberie or by violēce oppresse his neighbour 3 Or hathe found that which was lost and denieth it and sweareth falsely * for anie of these things that a man doeth wherein he sinneth 4 When I say he thus sinneth and trespasseth he shal then restore the robbery that he rob bed or the thing taken by violence which he toke by force or the thing which was deliuered him to kepe or the lost thing which he founde 5 Or for whatsoeuer he hathe sworne falsely he shal bothe restore it in the whole * summe and shal adde the fift parte more thereto and giue it vnto him to whome it perteineth the same day that he offreth for his trespasse 6 Also he shal bring for his trespasse vnto the Lord a ram without blemish out of the * flocke in thy estimatiō worthe two shekels for a trespasse offring vnto the Priest 7 And the Priest shal make an atonement for him before the Lord and it shal be forgiuen him whatsoeuer thing he hathe done and trespassed therein 8 ¶ Then the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 9 Commande Aarón and his sonnes saying This is the lawe of the burnt offring it is the burnt offring because it burneth vpon the altar all the night vnto the morning and the fire burneth on the altar 10 And the Priest shal put on his linnen garment and shal put on his linnen breches vpon his flesh and take away the ashes when the fire hathe consumed the burnt offring vpon the altar and he shal put them beside the altar 11 After he shal put of his garments and put on other raiment and cary the ashes forthe without the hoste vnto a cleane place 12 But the fire vpō the altar shal burne thereō and neuer be put out wherefore the Priest shal burne wood on it euerie morning lay the burnt offring in ordre vpon it he shal burne thereon the fat of the peace offrings 13 The fire shal euer burne vpon the altar and neuer go out 14 ¶ * Also this is the lawe of the meat offring which Aarons sonnes shal offer in the presence of the Lord before the altar 15 He shal euen take thence his handful of fine floure of the meat offring and of the oyle and all the incens which is vpon the meat offring and shalt burne it vpon the altar for a swete sauour as a * memorial therefore vnto the Lord 16 But the rest thereof shal Aarōn and his sonnes eat it shal be eaten without leauen in the holy place in the courte of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion they shal eat it 17 It shal not be baken with leauen I haue gi uen it for their porcion of mine offrings ma de by fire for it is as the sinne offring and as the trespasse offring 18 All the males among the children of Aarōn shal eat of it It shal be a statute for euer in your generacions concerning the offrings of the Lord made by fire * whatsoeuer tou cheth them shal be holy 19 ¶ Againe the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying
by a statute for euer frō among the children of Israél 35 ¶ This is the anointyng of Aarôn and the anointyng of his sonnes concernyng the offrings of the Lorde made by fire in the daye whē he presented them to serue in the Priests office vnto the Lord. 36 The which portions the Lord commāded to gyue them in the daye that the anointed them from among the children of Israél by a statute for euer in their generacions 37 This is also the lawe of the burnt offryng of the meat offring and of the sinne offring and of the trespasse offring and of the consecrations and of the peace offrings 38 Which the Lord commanded Mosés in the mount Sinái when he commanded the children of Israél to offer their giftes vnto the Lord in the wildernes of Sinái CHAP. VIII 12 The anointing of Aarón and his sonnes with the sacrifice con ceinyng the same 1 AFterwarde the Lorde spake vnto Mosés saying 2 * Take Aarón and his sonnes with hym and the garments and the * anointing oyle and a bullocke for the sin offring and two rams and a basket of vnleauened bread 3 And assemble all the companie at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 4 So Mosés did as the Lord had commanded him and the companie was assembled at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregaciō 5 Then Mosés said vnto the companie * This is the thyng whiche the Lorde hathe commanded to do 6 And Mosés broght Aarón and his sonnes ād washed them with water 7 And put vpon him the coat and girded him with a girdel ād clothed him with the robe and put the Ephōd on him which he girded with the broydred garde of the Ephód and bonde it vnto him therewith 8 After he put the brest plate thereon and put in the brest plate * the Vrim and the 〈◊〉 9 Also he put the mitre vpon his head and put vpon the mitre on the fore fronte the golden plate ād the holy crowne as the Lord had commanded Mosés 10 Now Mosés had taken the anointing oyle and anointed the Tabernacle and that was therein and sanctified them 11 And sprink led thereof vpon the altar seuen times and anointed the altar and all hys instruments and the lauer and hys fote to sanctifie them 12 * And he powred of the anoynting oyle vppon Aarons head and anointed hym to sanctifie him 13 After Mosés broght Aarons sonnes and put coates vpon them and girded them with gir dels and put bonets vpon their heades as the Lord had commanded Mosés 14 * Then he broght the bullocke for the sin offryng and his sonnes put their handes vppon the head of the bullocke for the sinne offring 15 And Mosés slewe hym and toke the blood which he put vpon the hornes of the Altar round about with his finger ād purified the Altar and powred the reste of the blood at the fote of the Altar so he sanctified it to make reconciliation vpon it 16 Then he toke all the fat that was vpon the inwardes and the kall of the liuer and the two kidneis with their fat which Mosés bur ned vpon the Altar 17 But the bullocke and hys hyde and hys flesh and his doung he burnt with fire without the hoste as the Lorde had commanded Mosés 18 ¶ Also he broght the ram for the burnt offryng and Aaron and hys sonnes put their hands vpon the head of the ram 19 So Mosés killed it and sprinkled the blood vpon the Altar round about 20 And Mosés cut the ram in pieces ād burnt the head with the pieces and the fat 21 And washed the inwardes ād the legs in water so Mosés burnt the ram euerie whit vpō the Altar for it was a burnt offrynge for a swete sauour whiche was made by fire vnto the Lord as the Lord had cōmanded Mosés 22 ¶ * After he broght the other ram the ram of consecracions and Aarōn and his sonnes laied their hands vpon the head of the ram 23 Whyche Mosés slewe and toke of the blood of it and put it vppon the lap of Aarons ryght eare and vppon the thombe of his right hand and vpon the great toe of his ryght fote 24 Then Mosés broght Aarons sonnes and put of the blood on the lap of theyr ryght eares and vpon the thumbes of their ryght hands and vpon the great toes of their right fete and Mosés sprinkled the reste of the blood vpon the Altar round about 25 And he toke the fat and the rumpe and all the fat that was vpon the inwardes and the kall of the liuer and the two kidneis wyth their fat and the right 〈◊〉 26 Also he toke of the basket of the vnleauened bread that was before the Lord one vnleauened cake and a cake of oyled breade and one wafer and put them on the fat and vpon the right shulder 27 So he put * all in Aarons handes and in hys sonnes hands and shoke it to and fro before the Lord. 28 After Mosés toke them out of their hands and burnt them vpon the Altar for a burnt offryng for these were consecracions for a swete sauour which were made by fire vnto the Lord. 29 Likewise Mosés toke the breast of the ram of consecracions and shoke it to and fro before the Lord for it was Mosés * portion as the Lord had commanded Mosés 30 Also Mosés toke of the anointing oyle and of the blood which was vpon the Altar and sprinkled it vpon Aarón vpon 〈◊〉 garments and vpon his sonnes and on hys 〈◊〉 garments with him so he sanctified Aarón hys garments and his sonnes and his sonnes garments with him 31 ¶ Afterward Mosés sayd vnto Aarón and his sonnes Sethe the fleshe at the dore of the g Tabernacle of the Congregacion and there * eat it with the bread that is in the basket of consecracions as I cōmanded saying Aarón and his sonnes shal eat it 32 But that which remaineth of the fleshe and of the bread shal ye burne with fire 33 And ye shalte not departe from the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion seuen dayes vntil the dayes of your consecracions be at an end * for seuē daies said the Lord shal he consecrate you 34 As he hathe done thys day so the Lorde hathe commanded to do to make an atonement for you 35 Therefore shall ye abide at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion daye and nyght seuen dayes and shal kepe the watch of the LORD that ye dye not for so I am commanded 36 So Aarôn and his sonnes did all things whiche the Lord had commanded by the hand of Mosés CHAP. IX 8 The first offrings of Aarón 22 Aaron blesseth the people 23 The glorie of the Lorde is sheweth 24 The fire commeth from the Lord. 1 ANd in the eyght daye Mosés called Aarón and hys sonnes and the Elders of
Isráel 2 * Thē he said vnto Aaron Take thee a yong calf for a sinne offring ād a ram for a burnt offring bothe without blemish and bring them before the Lord. 3 And vnto the children of Israél thou shalte speake saying Take ye an he goat for a sinne offring and a calf and a lambe both of a yere olde without blemish for a burnt offring 4 Also a bullocke ād a ram for peace offrings to offer before the Lord and a meat offring mingled with oyle for to day the Lorde will appeare vnto you 5 ¶ Then thei broght that which Mosés commanded before the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and all the assemble drewe nere and stode before the Lord. 6 For Mosés had said This is the thing which the Lord commanded that ye shulde do and the glorie of the Lord shal appeare vnto you 7 Then Mosés said vnto Aarôn Drawe nere to the Altar and offer thy sin offring and thy burnt offring and make an atonement for thee for the people offer also the offring of the people and make an atonement for them as the Lord hathe commanded 8 ¶ Aarón therefore went vnto the Altar and killed the calf of the sin offring which was for him self 9 And the sonnes of Aaron broght the blood vnto him ād he dipt his finger in the blood and put it vpon the hornes of the Altar and powred the rest of the blood at the fote of the Altar 10 But the fat and the kidneis and the kall of the liuer of the sin offring he burnt vpon the Altar as the LORD had commanded Mosés 11 The flesh also and the hyde he burnt with fire with out the hoste 12 After he slewe the burnt offring and Aarons sonnes broght vnto him the blood which he sprinkled round about vpon the Altar 13 Also thei broght the burnt offring vnto him with the pieces thereof and the head and he burnt them vpon the Altar 14 Likewise he did wash the inwardes and the legs and burnt them vpon the burnt offring on the Altar 15 ¶ Then he offred the peoples offring and toke a goat which was the sin offring for the people and slewe it and offred it for sinne as the first 16 So he offred the burnt offring and prepared it according to the maner 17 He presented also the meat offring and filled his hand thereof and * beside the burnt sacrifice of the morning he burnt this vpon the Altar 18 He slewe also the bullocke and the ram for the peace offrings that was for the people and Aarons sonnes broght vnto him the blood which he sprinkled vpon the Altar round about 19 With the fat of the bullocke and of the ram the rumpe and that which couereth the inwardes and the kidneis and the kall of the liuer 20 So thei laied the fat vpon the breasts and he burnt the fat vpon the Altar 21 But the breasts and the right shulder Aarôn shoke to fro before the Lord as the Lord had commanded Moses 22 So Aarón lift vp his hand towarde the people and blessed thē and came downe from offring of the sinne offring and the burnt offring and the peace offrings 23 After Mosés and Aarón went into the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and came out and blessed the peole * and the glorie of the Lord appeared to all the people 24 * And there came a fire out from the Lord and consumed vpon the Altar the burnt offring and the fat which when all the people sawe thei gaue thankes fel on their faces CHAP. X. 2 Nadáb and Abihu are burnt 6 Israél murneth for thē but the Priests might not 9 The Priests are forbidden wine 1 BVt * Nadáb and Abihú the sonnes of Aarôn toke ether of them his censor and put fire therein and put incens thereupon and offred strange fire before the LORD which he had not commanded them 2 Therefore a fire went out from the Lord and deuoured them so thei dyed before the Lord. 3 Then Mosés said vnto Aarôn This is it that the Lord spake saying I wil be sanctified in them that come nere me and before all the people I wil be glorified but Aarón helde his peace 4 And Mosés called Mishaél and Elzaphán the sonnes of Vzziél the vncle of Aarón and said vnto them Come nere cary your brethren from before the Sanctuarie out of the hoste 5 Then thei went and caryed them in their coates out of the hoste as Mosés had commanded 6 After Mosés said vnto Aarón and vnto Eleazar and I thamar his sonnes Vncouer not your heades nether rent your clothes lest ye dye and lest wrath come vpon all the people but let your brethren all the house of Israél be waile the burning which the Lord hathe kindled 7 And go not ye out from the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion lest ye dye for the anointing oyle of the Lord is vpon you and thei did according to Mosés commandement 8 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Aarôn saying 9 Thou shalt not drinke wine nor strong drinke thou nor thy sonnes with thee when ye come into the Tabernacle of the Congre gacion lest ye dye this is an ordinance for euer throughout your generacions 10 That ye may put difference betwene the holy and the vnholy and betwene the cleane and the vncleane 11 And that ye may teache the children of Israél all the statutes which the Lord hathe cō manded them by the hand of Mosês 12 ¶ Then Mosés said vnto Aarôn and vnto Eleazár and to Ithamár his sonnes that were left Take the meat offring that remaineth of the offrings of the Lord made by fire and eat it without leauen beside the altar for it is moste holy 13 And ye shal eat it in the holy place because it is thy duetie and thy sonnes duetie of the offrings of the Lord made by fire for so I am commanded 14 Also* the shaken breast and the heaue shul der shal ye eat in a cleane place thou and thy sonnes and thy daughters with thee for thei are giuen as thy 〈◊〉 and thy sonnes duetie of the peace offrings of the children of Israél 15 The heaue shulder and the shaken breast shal they bring with the offrings made by fire of the fat to shake it to and fro before the Lord and it shal be thine and thy sonnes with thee by alawe for euer as the Lord hathe commanded 16 ¶ * And Mosés soght the goat that was offred for sinne and lo it was burnt therefore he was angry with Eleazár and Ithamár the sonnes of Aarón which were left aliue saying 17 Wherefore haue ye not eaten the sin offring in the holy place seing it is moste holy and God hathe giuen it you to beare the iniqui tie of the Congregacion to make an atonement for them
before you the land is defiled 28 And shall not the land spue you out if ye defile it as it spued out the people that were before you 29 For whosoeuer shall commit anie of these abominacions the persones that do so shal be cut of from among their people 30 Therefore shall ye kepe mine ordinances that ye do not anie of the abominable customes which haue bene done before you and that ye defile not your selues therein for I am the Lord your God CHAP. XIX 1 A repeticion of sondrie lawes and ordinances 1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 2 Speake vnto al the Cōgregacion of the children of Israél say vnto thē * Ye shal be holy for I the Lord your God am holy 3 ¶ Ye shall feare euerie man is mother his father and shall kepe my Sabbaths for I am the Lord your God 4 ¶ Ye shall not turne vnto idoles nor make you molten gods I am the Lord your God 5 ¶ And when ye shal offer a peace offring vn to the Lord ye shal offer it frely 6 * It shal be eaten the day ye offer it or on the morowe and that whiche remaineth vntill the third day shal be burnt in the fire 7 For if it be eaten the third day it shal be vncleane it shal not be accepted 8 Therefore he that eateth it shall beare his iniquitie because he hathe defiled the halowed thing of the Lorde and that persone shal be cut of from his people 9 ¶ * When ye reape the haruest of your land ye shal not reape euerie corner of your field nether shalt thou gather the glainyngs of thy haruest 10 Thou shalt not gather the grapes of thy vineyarde 〈◊〉 nether gather euery grape of thy vineyarde but thou shalt leaue them for the poore for the stranger I am the Lord your God 11 ¶ Ye shal not steale nether deale falsely netherlie one to another 12 ¶ * Also ye shal not sweare by my Name falsely nether shalt thou defile the Name of thy God I am the Lord. 13 ¶ Thou shalt not do thy neighbour wrong nether robbe him * The worckemans hire shal not abide with thee vntil the morning 14 ¶ Thou shalt not curse the deafe * nether put a stumbling blocke before the blinde but shalt feare thy God I am the Lord. 15 ¶ Ye shal not do vniustely ī iudgemēt * thou shalt not fauour the persone of the poore nor honour the persone of the mighty but thou shalt iudge thy neighbour iustly 16 ¶ Thou shalt not walke about withtalcs among thy people Thou shalt not stand against the blood of thy neighbour I am the Lord. 17 ¶ Thou shalt not hate thy brother in thi ne heart but thou shalt plainely rebukc thy neighbour suffre him not to sinne 18 ¶ Thou shalt not auenge nor be mindeful of wrong against the childrē of thy peo ple. * but shalt louc thy neighbour as thy selfe I am the Lord. 19 ¶ Ye shal kepe mine ordinances Thou shalt not let thy cattel gendre with others of diuers kīdes Thou shalt not sowe thy field with mingled sede nether shal a garment of diuers things as of linen and wollen come vpon thee 20 ¶ Whosoeuer also lieth medleth with a woman that is abonde maid affianced to a housbād not redemed nor fredome giuē her she shal be scourged but they shal not dye because she is not made fre 21 And he shal bring for his trespas offring vnto the Lord at the dore of the Taberna cle of the Congregation a ram for a trespas offring 22 Then the Priest shal make an atonement for him with the rā of the trespas offring before the Lord concerning his sinne which he hath done pardō shal be giuen him for his sinne which he hathe cōmitted 23 ¶ Also when ye shal come into the land and haue planted eucrie tre for meat ye shal counte the frute thereof as vncircumcised thre yere shal it be vncircumcised vnto you it shal not be eaten 24 But in the fourth yere all the frute there of shal be holy to the praise of the Lord. 25 And in the fift yere shal ye eat of the frute of it that it may yelde to youthe encrease there of I am the Lord your God 26 ¶ Ye shal not eat the flesh with the blood ye shal not vse which craft nor obserue times 27 * Ye shal not cut round the corners of your heades nether shalt thou marre the tuftes of thy beard 28 * Ye shal not cut your flesh for the dead nor make anie printe of a marke vpon you I am the Lord. 29 ¶ Thou shalt not make thy daughter commen to cause her to be a whore lest the land also fall to whoredome and the land be ful of wickednes 30 ¶ Ye shal kepe my Sabbaths and reueren ce my Sanctuarie 〈◊〉 the Lord. 31 ¶ Ye shal not regarde them that worke with spirits * nether sothesaiers ye shal not seke to them to be defiled by them I am the Lord your God 32 ¶ Thou shalt rise vp before the horehed and honour the persone of the olde man and dread thy God I am the Lord. 33 ¶ And if a stranger soiourne with thee in your land ye shal not vexe him 34 * But the stranger that dwelleth with you shal be as one of your selues thou shal loue him as thy selfe for ye were strāgers in the land of Egypt I am the Lord your God 35 ¶ Ye shal not do vniustly in iudgement in line in weight or in measure 36 * You shal haue iuste balances true weigh tes a true Ephah a true Hin I am the Lord your God which haue broght you out of the land of Egypt 37 Therefore shal ye obserue all mine ordinances and all my iudgements and do them I am the Lord. CHAP. XX. 2 They that giue of their sedeto Molech must dye 6. They that haue recours to sorcerers 19 The man that committeth adulterie 11 Incest or fornication with the kinred or affinitie 24 Israel a peculiar people to the Lord. 1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 2 Thou shalt say also to the children of Israel * Whosoeuer he be of the children of Israel or of the strangers that dwel in Israél that giueth his children vnto Molech he shal dye the death the people of the land shal stone him to death 3 And I wil set my face against that man cut him of from among his people because he hath giuen his children vnto Mō lech for to defile my Sāctuarie and to pol lute mine holy Name 4 And if the people of the landhide their eyes winke at that mā when he giueth his children vnto Mólech kil him
the Congregacion shal Aarôn dresse them bothe euē and morning before the Lord alwaies this shal be a law for euer through your generacions 4 He shal dresse the lampes vppon the* pure Candelsticke before the Lord perpetually 5 ¶ Also thou shalt take fine floure and bake tweleue* cackes thereof two tenth deales shal be in one cake 6 And thou shalt set thē in two rowes six in a rowe vpō the pure table before the Lord. 7 Thou shalt also put pure in cense vpon the rowes that in stede of the breade it may be for a remembrāce and an offring made by fire to the Lord. 8 Euerie Sabbath he shall put them in rowes before the Lord euermore receauing thē of the children of Israél for an euerlasting couenant 9 * And the bread shal be Aarōs and his sonnes and thei shal eat it in the holy place for it is most holy vnto him of the offrings of the Lord made by fire by a perpetual ordinance 10 ¶ And there went out among the children of Israél the sonne of an Israelitish woman whose father was an Egyptian this sonne of the Israelitish womā amā of Israél stroue together in the hoste 11 So the Israelitish womās sonne blasphemed the Name of the Lord and cursed they broght him vnto Mosés his mothers name also was Shelomith the daughter of Dibri of the tribe of Dan. 12 And they* put him in warde till he tolde them the minde of the Lord. 13 Then the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 14 Bring the blasphemer with out the hoste and let all that heard him * put their hāds vpon his head and let al the Congregaciō stone him 15 And thou shalt speake vnto the children of Israél saying Whosoeuer curseth his God shal beare his sinne 16 And he that blasphemeth the name of the Lord shal be put to death all the Congregacion shallstone him to death as well the strāger as he that is borne in the land whē he blasphemeth the Name of the Lord let him be slaine 17 ¶ * He also that killeth anie man he shal be put to death 18 And he that killeth a beast he shal restore it beast for beast 19 Also if a man cause anie blemish in hys neighbour as he hathe done so shall it be done to him 20 * Breache for breache eie for eie to the for to the such a blemish as he hath made in anie suche shal be repaied to him 21 And he that killeth a beast shal restore it but he that killeth a man shal be slaine 22 Ye shal haue* one la we it shal be aswel for the stranger as for one borne in the countrey for I am the Lord your God 23 ¶ Then Mosés tolde the childrē of Israél and they broght the blasphemer out of the hoste and stond him with stones so the children of Israél did as the Lord had commanded Mosés CHAP. XXV 2 The Sabbath of the seuenth yere 8 The Iubile in the fiftieth yere 14 Not to oppresse their brethren 23 The sale and redeming of lands houses and persones 1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés in moūt Sin ai saying 2 Speake vnto the children of Israél and say vnto them When ye shall come into the land which I giue you the* land shall kepe Sabbath vnto the Lord. 3 Six yeres thou shalt sowe thy field and six yeres thou shalt cut thy vineyarde and gather the frute thereof 4 But the seuenth yere shal be a Sabbath of rest vnto the land it shal be the Lords Sab bath thou shalt nether sowe thy field nor cutthy vineyarde 5 That which groweth of it owne accorde of thy haruest thou shalt not reape nether gather the grapes that thou haste lefte vnlaboured for it shal be a yere of reste vnto the land 6 And the rest of the land shal be meate for you euen for thee and for thy seruant for thy maid for thy hyred seruāt for the stranger that soiourneth with thee 7 And for thy cattel and for the beastes that are in thy land shall all the increase therof be meat 8 ¶ Also thou shalt nomber seuen Sabbaths of yeres vnto thee euen seuen times seuē yere the space of the seuen Sabbaths of yeres wil be vnto the nine fourty yere 9 Then thou shalt cause to blowe the trumpet of the Iubile in the tenth day of the seuenth moneth euen in the day of the recō ciliacion shal ye make the trumpet blowe throughout all your land 10 And ye shall halowe that yere euen the fiftieth yere and proclaime libertie in the land to all the inhabitants there of it shal be the Iubile vnto you and ye shal returne euerie man vnto his possession and euerie man shal returne vnto his familie 11 This fiftieth yere shal be a yere of Iubile vnto you ye shall not sowe nether reape that which groweth of it self nether gather the grapes therof that are left vnlaboured 12 For it is the Iubile it shall be holy vnto you ye shal eat of the increase thereof out of the field 13 In the yere of this Iubile ye shall returne euerie man vnto his possession 14 And when thou sellest ought to thy neigh bour or byest at thy neighbours hande ye shal not oppresse one another 15 But according to the nōber of yeres after the Iubile thou shalt bye of thy neighbour also according to the nōber of the yeres of the reuenues he shal sel vnto thee 16 According to the multitude of yeres thou shalt encrease the price therof and accordynge to the fewnes of yeres thou shalt abate the price of it for the nomber of frutes doeth he sel vnto thee 17 Oppresse not ye therefore anie man hys neighbour but thou shalt feare thy God for I am the Lord your God 18 ¶ Wherefore ye shal obey mine ordināces and kepe my Lawes and do them and ye shalwel in the land in saftie 19 And the land shal giue her frute ye shall eat your fil and dwel therein 〈◊〉 20 And if ye shal say What shal we eat the seuēth yere for we shal not sowe nor gather-in our increase 21 I wil send my blessings vppon you in the sixt yere and it shal bring forthe frute for thre yeres 22 And ye shalsowe the eight yere and eate of the old frute vntil the ninth yere vntil the frute therof come ye shal eat the olde 23 ¶ Also the lād shal not be sold to be cut of frō the familie for the land is mine ye be but strangers and soiourners with me 24 Therfore in al the land of your possession ye shal grante a redempciō for the land 25 ¶ If thy brother be impouerished and sel his possession thē his redemer shall come euen his nere kinsman and bye out
the Priest shal value him according to the abilitie of him that vow ed so shal the Priest value him 9 And if it be a beast whereof men bring an offring vnto the Lord all that one giueth of suche vnto the Lord shal be holy 10 He shal not alter it nor change it a good for a bad nor a bad for a good and if he change beast for beast then both this that which was chāged for it shal be holy 11 And if it be anie vncleane beast of which men do not offer a sacrifice vnto the Lord he shal then present the beast before the Priest 12 And the Priest shal value it whether it be good or bad ād as thou valuest it which art the Priest so shal it be 13 But if he wil bie it againe then he shal giue the fift parte of it more aboue thy valuacion 14 ¶ Also whē a mā shal dedicate his house to be holy vnto the Lord thē the Priest shall value it whether it be good or bad as the Priest shal prise it so shal the value be 15 But if he that sanctified it wil redeme his house then he shal giue therto the fift part of money more then thy estimacion and it shal be his 16 If also a man dedicate to the Lord anie grounde of his inheritāce then shalt thou esteme it according to the sede thereof an Homer of barlie sede shal be at fiftie shekels of siluer 17 If he dedicate his field immediately from the yere of Iubile it shal be worthe as thou doest estemeit 18 But if he dedicate his field after the Iubile then the Priest shal reken hym the money according to the yeres that remaine vnto the yere of Iubile and it shal be abbated by thy estimacion 19 And if he that dedicateth it wil redeme the field then he shal put the fift parte of the price that thou estemedst it at theren̄to and it shal remaine his 20 And if he wil not redeme the filed but the Priest sel the field to another man it shal be redemed no more 21 But the field shal be holie to the Lord when it goeth out in the Iubile as a filed separe te from commune vses the possession ther of shal be the Priests 22 If a mā also dedicate vnto the Lord a field which he hathe boght which is not of the grounde of his inheritance 23 Then the Priest shal set the price to him as * thou estemest it vnto the yere of Iubile and he shal giue thy price the same day as a thing holy vnto the Lord. 24 But in the yere of Iubile the field shal returne vnto him of whome it was boght to him I say whose inheritāce the lād was 25 And all thy valuacion shal be according to the skekel of * the Sanctuarie a shekel cō teineth twenty gerahs 26 ¶ * Notwithstanding the first borne of the beastes because it is the Lords first borne none shal dedicate suche be it bullocke or shepe for it is the Lords 27 But if it be an vncleane beast then he shal redeme it by thy valuacion and giue the fift parte more thereto if it be not rede med then it shal be solde according to thy estimacion 28 * Notwithstāding nothing separate frō the commune vse that a man doeth separate vnto the Lord of all that he hathe whether it be man or beast or land of his inheritance may be solde nor redemed for euerie thing separate from the commune vse is moste holy vnto the Lord. 29 Nothing separate from the cōmune vse which shal be separate from man shal be redemed but dye the death 30 Also all the tithe of the lād bothe of the sede of the ground of the frute of the 〈◊〉 is the Lords it is holy to the Lord. 31 But if a man wil redeme anie of his tithe he shal adde the fift parte thereto 32 And euerie tithe of bullocke and of shepe and of all that goeth vnder the rod the tenth shal be holy vnto the Lord. 33 He shal not loke if it be good or bad nether shal he change it els if he change it bothe it and that it was changed with all shal be holy and it shal not be redemed 34 These are the commādements which the Lord commanded by Mosés vnto the chil dren of Israel in mount Sinai THE FOVR THE BOKE OF Mosés called Nombers THE ARGVMENT FOrasmuche as God hathe appointed that his Church in this worlde shal be vnder the crosse bothe because they shulde learne not to put their trust in worldely things and also fele his comforte when all other helpe faileth he did not straight way bring his people after their departure out of Egypt into the land which he promised them but led them to and fro for the space of fourtie yeres and kept them in continual exercises before they enioyed it to trye their faith to teache them to forget the worlde and to depend on him VVhich tryal did greately profit to discerne the wicked and the hypocrites from the faithful and true seruants of God who serued him with pure heart where as the other preferring their carnal affections to Gods glorie and making religion to serue their purpose murmured when they lacked to content their lustes and despisest them whome God had appointed rulers ouer them By reason whereof they prouoked Gods terrible iudgements against them and are set forthe as a moste norable example for all ages to be ware how they abuse Gods worde preferre their owne lustes to his wil or despise his ministers Not withstanding God is euer true in his promes and gouerneth his by his holy Spirit that ether they fall not to suche inconueniences or els returne to him quickely by true repentance and therefore he continueth his graces toward them he giueth them ordinances and instructions aswel for religion as out ward policie he preserueth them against all craft and conspiracie and giueth them manifolde vi ctories against their enemies And to auoyd all controuersies that might arise he taketh away the occasions by diuiding among all the tribes bothe the land which they had wonne and that also which he had promised as semed best to his god lie wisdome CHAP. I. 1 Mosés and Aaron with the twelue princes of the tribes are commanded of the Lord to nomber them that are able to go to warre 49 The Leuites are exempted for the seruice of the Lord. 1 THe Lord spake agai ne vnto Mosés ī the wildernes of Sinai in the Tabernacle of the Cōgregaciō in the first day of the seconde moneth in the seconde yere after they were come out of the land of Egypt saying 2 * Take ye the summe of all the Congregaciō of the children of Israel after their familiers housholdes of their fathers with the nōber of their names to with all the
their father 5 Then the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 6 Bring the tribe of Leui and set them before Aarôn the Priest that thei may serue him 7 And take the charge with him 〈◊〉 the char ge of the whole Congregacion before the Tabernacle of the Congregacion to do the seruice of the Tabernacle 8 Thei shal also kepe all the instruments of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and haue the charge of the children of Israél to do the seruice of the Tabernacle 9 And thou shalt giue the Leuites vnto Aarón and to his sonnes for thei are giuen him frely from among the children of Israél 10 And thou shalt appoint Aarōn and his sonnes to execute their Priests office and the stranger that commeth nere shal be slaine 11 ¶ Also the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 12 Beholde I haue euen taken the Leuites frō among the children of Israél for all the first borne that openeth the matrice among the childrē of Israél the Leuites shal be mine 13 Because all the first borne are mine for the same day that I smote all the first borne in the land of Egypt * I sanctified vnto me all the first borne in Israél bothe man and beast mine thei shal be I am the Lord. 14 ¶ Moreouer the Lord spake vnto Moses in the wildernes of Sinái saying 15 Nomber the children of Leui after the houses of their fathers in their families euerie male from a moneth olde and aboue shalt thou nomber 16 * Then Mosés nombred them according to the worde of the Lord as he was commanded 17 And these were the sonnes of Leui by their names * Gershón and Koháth and Merari 18 Also these are the names of the sonnes of Gershón by their families Libni and Shimei 19 The sonnes also of Koháth by their families Amrám and Izehár Hebrón and Vzziél 20 And the sonnes of Merari by their families Mahli and Mushi These are the families of Leui according to the houses of their fathers 21 Of Gershón came the familie of the Libnites and the familie of the Shimeites these are the families of the Gershonites 22 The summe whereof after the nomber of all the males from a moneth olde and aboue was counted seuen thousand and fiue hundreth 23 ¶ The families of the Gershonites shal pitch behinde the Tabernacle Westwarde 24 The captaine and ancient of the house of the Gershonites shal be Eliasáph the son ne of Laél 25 And the charge of the sonnes of Gershon in the Tabernacle of the Congregaciō shal be the Tabernacle and the pauillion the coue ring thereof and the vaile of the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 26 And the hanging of the courte and the vaile of the dore of the courte which is nere the Tabernacle and nere the Altar round about and the cordes of it for all the seruice thereof 27 ¶ And of Koháth came the familie of the Amramites and the familie of the Izeharites and the familie of the Hebronites and the fa milie of the Vzzielites these are the families of the Kohathites 28 The nomber of all the males from a moneth olde and aboue was eight thousand and six hundreth hauing the charge of the Sanctuarie 29 The families of the sonnes of Koháth shal pitch on the Southside of the Tabernacle 30 The captaine ancient of the house and families of the Kohathites shal be Elizaphán the sonne of Vzziél 31 And their charge shal be the Arke and the table and the candelsticke and the altars and the instruments of the Sanctuarie that they minister with and the vaile and all that serueth thereto 32 And Eleazárthe sonne of Aarón the Priest shal be chief captaine of the Leuites hauing the ouersight of them that haue the charge of the Sanctuarie 33 ¶ Of Merarî came the familie of the Mahlites and the familie of the Mushites these are the families of Merari 34 And the summe of them according to the nomber of all the males from a moneth olde aboue was six thousand two hundreth 35 The captaine and the ancient of the house of the families of Merari shal be Zuriél the sóne of Abihail thei shal pitch on the North side of the Tabernacle 36 And in the charge and custodie of the sonnes of Merari shal be the boardes of the Tabernacle and the barres thereof and his pillers and his sockets all the instruments thereof and all that serueth thereto 37 With the pillers of the court round about with their sockets and their pins and their cordes 38 ¶ Also on the forefront of the Tabernacle toward the East before the Tabernacle I say of the Congregacion Eastwarde shal Mosés and Aaron and his sonnes pitch hauing the charge of the Sanctuarie and the charge of the children of Israél but the stran ger that commeth nere shal be slaine 39 The whole summe of the Leuites which Mosés and Aarón nombred at the commandement of the Lord throughout their families euen all the males from a moneth olde and aboue was two and twentie thousand 40 ¶ And the Lord said vnto Mosés Nomber all the first borne that are males among the children of Israél from a moneth olde and aboue and take the nomber of their names 41 And thou shalt take the Leuites to me for all the first borne of the children of Israél I am the Lord and the cattel of the Leuites for all the first borne of the cattel of the children of Israél 42 And Mosés nombred as the Lord comman ded him all the first borne of the children of Israél 43 And all the first borne males rehearsed by name from a moneth olde and aboue according to their nomber were two and twentie thousand two hundreth seuentie and thre 44 And the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 45 Take the Leuites for all the first borne of the children of Israél and the cattel of the Leuites for their cattel the Leuites shal be mine I am the Lord 46 And for the redeming of the two hundreth seuentie and thre which are mo then the Leuites of the first borne of the children of Israél 47 Thou shalt also take fiue shekels for euerie persone after the weight of the Sanctuarie shalt thou take it * the shekel conteineth twentie gerahs 48 And thou shalt giue the money where with the odde nomber of them is redemed vnto Aarón and to his sonnes 49 Thus Mosés toke the redempcion of them that were redemed being mo then the Leuites 50 Of the firstborne of the children of Israél toke he the money euen a thousande thre hundreth thre score and fiue shekels after the shekel of the Sanctuarie 51 And Mosés gaue the money of them that were redemed vnto Aarōn ād to his sonnes accordyng to the worde of the Lorde as the Lord had commanded Mosés CHAP. IIII. 5 The offices of the Leuites when
vp at once ād possesse 〈◊〉 for vndoutedly we shal ouercome it 32 But the men that went vp with hym sayd We be not able to go vp against the people for they are stronger then we 33 So they broght vp an euyll reporte of the land which they had searched for the childrē of Israél saying The lāde which we haue gone through to searche it out is a land that eateth vp the inhabitantes thereof for all the people that we sawe in it are men of great stature 34 For there were sawe gyantes the sonnes of Anák whiche come of the gyantes so that we semed in our sight lyke greshoppers and so we were in their sight CHAP. XIIII 2 The people murmure against Moses 10 They wolde haue stoned Caléb and Ioshua 13 Moses pacifieth God by his prayer 45 The people that wolde entre into the land contrarie to Gods wil are slaine 1 THen all the Congregacion lifted vp their voyce and cryed and the people wept that nyght 2 And all the children of Israél murmured against Mosés and Aaron and the whole assemblie sayd vnto them Wolde God we had dyed in the land of Egypte or in this wildernes wolde God we were dead 3 Wherefore nowe hathe the Lord broght vs into this lande to fall vpon the sworde our wiues and our children shal be a pray were it not better for vs to returne into Egypt 4 And they said one to another Let vs make a captaine and returne into Egypt 5 Then Mosés and Aarōn fell on their faces before all the assemblie of the Congregaciō of the children of Israél 6 * And Ioshua the sonne of Nun and Calēb the sonne of Iephunnéh two of them that searched the land rent their clothes 7 And spake vnto all the assemblie of the children of Israél saying The lande whiche we walked through to searche it is a very good land 8 If the Lord loue vs he will bring vs into this land and giue it vs which is a land that floweth with milke and honie 9 But rebell not ye agaynst the Lorde nether feare ye the people of the lande for they are but breade for vs theyr shielde is departed from them and the Lord is with vs feare them not 10 And all the multitude said Stone thē with stones but the glorie of the Lorde appeared in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion before all the children of Israél 11 And the Lorde said vnto Mosés How long will this people prouoke me and how long will it be yer they beleue me for all the signes which I haue shewed among them 12 I wil smite them with the pestilēce destroye them and will make thee a greater nacion and mightier then they 13 But Mosés said vnto the Lorde * When the Egyptians shall heare it for thou broghtest thys people by thy power frome among them 14 Then they shall saye to the inhabitantes of this land for they haue heard that thou Lord art among this people and that thou LORD art sene face to face and that thy cloude standeth ouer them and that thou* goest before them by day time in a piller of a cloude and in a piller of fire by night 15 That thou wilte kyll thys people as one man so the heathen whiche haue heard the fame of thee shall thus say 16 Because the Lorde was not * able to bryng this people into the lande whiche he sware vnto them therefore hathe he slayne them in the wildernes 17 And now I beseche thee let the power of my Lorde be great accordyng as thou haste spoken saying 18 The LORDE is * slowe to angre and of greate mercye and * forgyuyng iniquitie and sinne but not makyng the wicked innocent and * visiting the wickednes of the fathers vpon the children in the thirde and fourth generacion 19 Be merciful I beseche thee vnto the iniquitie of people according to thy great mercy and as thou hast forgiuen this people frome Egypt euen vntill nowe 20 And the Lord said I haue forgiuen it according to thy request 21 Notwithstandynge as I liue all the earth shal be filled with the glorie of the Lord. 22 For al those men whiche haue sene my glorie and my miracles which I did in Egypt ād in the wildernes and haue tempted me this ten times and haue not obeyed my voyce 23 Certeinely they shal not se the land whereof I sware vnto their fathers nether shall anie that prouoke me se it 24 But my seruant * Caléb because he had an other spirit ād hathe folowed me stil euen hym will I bryng into the land whether he went and his sede shall inherit it 25 Nowe the Amalekites and the Canaanites remaine in the valley wherfore turne back tomorowe and get you into the wildernes by the way of the red Sea 26 ¶ After the Lord spake vnto Mosés and to Aarōn saying 27 * How long shall I suffre this wicked multitude to murmure agaynst me I haue heard the murmurynges of the children of Israél which they murmure against me 28 Tel them As * I liue sayeth the Lord I will surely do vnto you euen as ye haue spoken in mine eares 29 Your carkeises shall fall in thys wyldernes and all you that were * counted through all your nombers frome twentie yere olde and aboue which haue murmured against me 30 Ye shal not doutles come into the land for the whiche I * lifted vp mine hand to make you dwell therein saue Caléb the sonne of Iephunnéh and Ioshua the sonne of Nun. 31 But your children which ye said shulde be a praye them wyll I bryng in and they shall knowe the land whiche ye haue refused 32 But euen your carkeises shall fall in thys wildernes 33 And your chyldren shall wander in the wildernes fourtie yeres and shal beare your whoredomes vntill your carkeises be wasted in the wildernes 34 After the nomber of the dayes in the whiche ye searched out the land euen fourtie dayes * euerie daye for a yere shall ye beare your iniquitie for * fourtie yeres and ye shal fele my breache of promise 35 I the Lord haue sayd Certeinely I wyll do so to all this wicked companie that are gathered together against me for in this wildernes they shal be consumed and there they shal dye 36 And the men whyche Mosés had sent to searche the lande which when they came againe made all the people to murmure agaynste hym and broght vp a slander vpon the land 37 Euen those men that did bring vp that vyle slander vpon the land * shal dye by a plague before the Lord. 38 But Ioshua the sonne of Nun and Caléb the sonne of Iephunnéh of those mē that went to searche the land shal liue 39 ¶ Then Mosés tolde these sayings vnto all the children of Israél ād the people sorowed greatly
remember all the commandementes of the Lord and dothē and that ye seke not after your owne heart nor after your owne eies after the which ye go a whoring 40 That ye may remember and do al my commandements and be holy vnto your God 41 I am the Lord your God which broght you out of the land of Egypt to be your God I am the Lord your God CHAP. XVI 1 The rebellion of Korah Dathán Abrám 31 Kórah his companie perisheth 41 The people the next day mur mure 49. 14700. are slaine for murmuring 1 NOw * Kórah the sonne of Izhār the sonne of Koháth the sonne of Leui went a parte with Dathán and Abirám the sonnes sonnes of Eliáb and On the sonne of Péleth the sonnes of Reubén 2 And they rose vp against Mosés with certeine of the children of Israél two hundreth and fiftie captaines of the assemblie * famous in the Congregacion and men of renoume 3 Who gathered thē selues together against Mosés and against Āarón and said vnto thē Ye take to muche vpon you seing all the Congregacion is holy euerie one of them and the Lord is among them wherfore thē lift ye your selues aboue the Congregacion of the Lord 4 But when Mosés heard it he fel vpon hys face 5 And spake to Kōrah vnto al his companie saying Tomorowe the Lord wil shewe who is his and who is holy who ought to approche nere vnto him whome he hathe chosen he wil cause to come nere to him 6 This do therefore Take you censers both Kōrah and all his companie 7 And put fire therein and put in cens in them before the Lorde tomorowe and the man whome the Lorde doeth chose the same shal be holy ye take to muche vpon you ye sonnes of Leui. 8 Againe Mosés said vnto Kōrah Heare I pray you ye sonnes of Leui. 9 Semeth it a smal thing vnto you that the God of Israél hathe separated you from the multitude of Israél to take you nere to him self to do the seruice of the Tabernacle of the Lord and to stand before the Congregaciō and to minister vnto them 10 He hathe also taken thee to him al thy brethren the sonnes of Leui with thee and seke ye the office of the Priest also 11 For which cause thou and all thy companie are gathered together against the Lord and what is Aarōn that ye murmure against him 12 ¶ And Mosés sent to call Dathán Abirám the sonne of Eliáb who answered We will not come vp 13 Is it a small thyng that thou hast broght vs out of a land that floweth with milke and hony to kil vs in the wildernes except thou make thy selfe Lord and ruler ouer vs also 14 Also thou hast not broght vs vnto a lande that floweth with milke honie nether giuen vs inheritance of fieldes and viney ardes wilt thou put out the eies of these men we wil not come vp 15 Then Mosés waxed verie angrie and said vn to the Lord * Loke not vnto their offryng I haue not taken so muche as an asse frō them nether haue I hurte anie of them 16 And Mosés said vnto Kōrah Bethou and al thy cōpanie before the Lord both thou they and Aarōn tomorowe 17 And take euerie man his censor and put incens in them and bryngye euerie man his censor before the Lorde two hundreth and fiftie censors thou also and Aarōn euerie one his censor 18 So they toke euerie man his censor and put fire in them laied incens thereon stode in the dore of the Tabernacle of the Cōgregacion with Mosés and Aarôn 19 And Kōrah gathered all the multitude against thē vnto the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion then the glorie of the Lord appeared vnto all the Congregacion 20 And the Lorde speake vnto Mosés and to Aarón saying 21 Separate your selues frō amōg this Congre gacion that I may consume thē atonce 22 And they fell vpon their faces and said O God the God of the spirits of al flesh hath not one man onely sinned and wilt thou be wrath with all the Congregacion 23 And the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 24 Speake vnto the Congregacion and say Get you away from about the Tabernacle of Kórah Dathán and Abirám 25 Then Mosés rose vp went vnto Dathán and Abiram the Elders of Israél followed him 26 And he spake vnto the Congregacion saying Departe I pray you from the tentes of these wicked men and touche nothing of theirs lest ye perish in all their sinnes 27 So they gate them away frō the Tabernacle of Kôrah Dathán Abirám on euerie side and Dathán and Abirám came out stode in the dore of their tentes with their wiues and their sonnes and their litle children 28 And Mosés said Hereby ye shall knowe that the Lorde hathe sent me to do all these workes for I haue not done them of mine owne minde 29 If these men dye the commune death of all men or if they be visited after the visitacion of all men the Lord hath not sent me 30 But if the Lorde make a newe thing and the earth open her mouth swalow thē vp with all that they haue and they go downe quicke into the pit thē ye shal vnderstand that these men haue prouoked the Lord. 31 ¶ And as sone as he had made an end of spaking all these wordes euen the grounde claue a sunder that was vnder them 32 And the earth * opened her mouthe and swalowed them vp with their families and all the men thet were with Kórah and all their goods 33 So they and all that they had went downe aliue into the pit the earth couered thē so they perished frō among the Congregacion 34 And al Israél that were about them fled at the crye of thē for thei said Let vs 〈◊〉 lest the earth swalo we vs vp 35 But there came out a fire from the Lord consumed the two hundreth and fiftie men that offred the incens 36 ¶ And the Lord speake vnto Mosés saying 37 Speake vnto Eleazár the sonne of Aaron the Priest that he take vp the censers out of the burning āds kater the fire beyonde the altar for they are halowed 38 The censers I say of these sinners that destroyed them selues let them make of thē broad plates for a couering of the Altar for they offred thē before the Lord therfore they shal be holy and they shal be a signe vn to the children of Israél 39 Thē Eleazár the Priest toke the brasen censers which they that were burnt had offred and made broad plates of them for a couering of the Altar 40 It is a remembrance vnto the children of Israél that no stranger whiche is not of the sede of Aaron come nere to offer incens before the Lorde that he be
said Go againe vnto Balák and saie thus 17 And when he came to him behold he stode by his burnt offring the princes of Moâb with him so Balák said vnto him What hath the Lord said 18 And he vttered his parable and said Rise vp Balák and heare hearken vnto me thou sonne of Zippôr 19 God is not as man that he shulde lie nether as the sonne of man that he shulde repent hath he said and shall he not do it and hathe he spoken and shall he not accomplish it 20 Beholde I haue receiued commandement to blesse for he hathe blessed and I can not alter it 21 He seeth none iniquitie in Iaakób nor seeth no transgression in Israél the Lord his God is with him the ioyful shoute of a King is among them 22 God broght thē out of Egypt their strēgth is as an vnicorne 23 For there is no 〈◊〉 in Iaakób nor soothsaying in Israél according to this time it shal be said of Iaakób and of Israél What hathe God wroght 24 Beholde the people shal rise vp as a lion lift vp him self as a yong lion he shall not lye downe til he eat of the praie til he drinke the blood of the slaine 25 ¶ Then Balák said vnto Balaám Nether curse nor blesse them at all 26 But Balaám answered and said vnto Balak Tolde not I thee saying All that the Lord speaketh that must I do 27 ¶ Againe Balák said vnto Balaám Come I pray thee I wil bring thee vnto another place if so be it wil Please God that thou maiest thence curse them for my sake 28 So Balák broght Balaám vnto the top of Peór that loketh toward Ieshmón 29 Then Balaám said vnto Balák Make me he re seuen altars and prepare me here seuen bullockes and seuen rams 30 And Balák did as Balaám had said offred a bullocke and a ram on euerie altar CHAP. XXIIII 5 Balaám prophecieth of the great prosperitie that shulde come vnto Israél 17 Also of the comming of Christ 20. The destruction of the Amalekites and of the Kenites 1 WHen Balaám sawe that it pleased the LOKD to blesse Israél then he went not * as certeine times before to fet diuinacions but set his face towarde the wildernes 2 And Balaám lift vp his eies and loked vpon Israél which dwelt according to their tribes and the Spirit of God came vpon him 3 * And he vttered his parable and said Balaám the sonne of Beór hathe said the man whose eies were shut vp hathe said 4 He hathe said which heard the wordes of God and sawe the vision of the Almightie and falling in a trance had his eies opened 5 ¶ How goodlie are thy tents ô Iaakób and thine habitacions ô Israél 6 As the valleis are thei stretched forthe as gardens by the riuers side as the aloe trees which the Lord hathe planted as the cedars beside the waters 7 The water droppeth out of his bucket and his sede shal be in many waters and his King shal be hier then Agág and his kingdome shal be exalted 8 God broght him out of Egypt his strength shal be as an vnicorne he shal eat the nacions his enemies and bruise their bones and shoote them through with his arrowes 9 * He coucheth and lieth downe as a yong lyon and as a lyon who shal stirre him vp blessed is he that blesseth thee and cursed is he that curseth thee 10 Then Balák was verie angry with Balaám and smote his hands together so Balák said vnto Balaám I sent for thee to curse mine enemies and beholde thou hast blessed them now thre times 11 Therefore now flee vnto thy place I thoght surely to promote thee vnto honour but lo the Lord hathe kept thee backe from honour 12 Then Balaàm answered Balák Tolde I not also thy messengers which thou sentest vnto me saying 13 If Balák wolde giue me his house ful of siluer and golde I can not passe the commādement of the Lord to do ether good or bad of mine owne minde what the Lord shal cōmande that same wil I speake 14 And now beholde I go vnto my people come I wil aduertise thee what this people shal do to thy folke in the later daies 15 And he vttered his parable said Balaám the sonne of Beór hathe said and the man whose eies were shut vp hathe said 16 He hath said that heard the wordes of God and hath the knowledge of the moste high and sawe the vision of the Almightie falling in a trance had his eies opened 17 I shal se him but not now I shal be hold him but not nere there shal come a starre of Iaa kôb and ascepter shal rise of Israél shall smite the coastes of Moáb destroye all the sonnes of Shéth 18 And Edôm shal be possessed Seir shal be a possession to their enemies but Israéll shall do valiantly 19 He also that shall haue dominion shal be of Iaakôb and shal destroye the remnant of the citie 20 ¶ And when he loked on Amalèk he vttered his parable and said Amalék was the first of the nacions but his later end shall come to destruction 21 And he loked on the Kenites and vttered his parable said Strong is thy dwellyng place and put thy nest in the rocke 22 Neuertheles the Kenite shal be spoiled vn til Ashúr cary thee away captiue 23 Againe he vttered his parable and said Alas who shall liue when GOD doeth this 24 The shippes also shal come from the coastes of Chittim and subdue Asshúr shall sub due Ebér and he also shall come to destruction 25 Then Balaâm rose vp and went and returned to his place and Balák also went hys way CHAP. XXV 2 The people committeth fornicacion with the daughters of Moáb 9 Phinehás killeth Zimri and Cozbi 11 God maketh his couenant with Phinehás 17 God commandeth to kil the Midianites 1 NOw whiles Israél abode in Shittim the people began to commit whoredome with the daughters of Moáb 2 Which called the people vnto the sacrifice of their gods and the people ate bowed downe to their gods 3 And Israél coupled him self vnto Baál Peór wherefore the wrath of the Lorde was kindled against Israél 4 And the Lorde said vnto Mosés * Take all the heades of the people and hang them vp before the Lord against the sunne that the indignacion of the Lords wrath may be turned from Israél 5 Then Mosés said vnto the Iudges of Israéll Euerie one slay his ment that were ioyned vnto Báal Peór 6 ¶ And beholde one of the children of Israél came and broght vnto his brethren a Midianitish woman in the sight of Mosés and in the sight of all the Congregacion of the chil dren of Israél who wept before the dore of the
your hands your vowes and your fre offrings the first borne of your kine and of your shepe 7 And there ye shal eat before the Lord your God and ye shal reioyce in all that ye put your handvnto bothe ye and your housholdes because the Lord thy God ha the blessed thee 8 Ye shal not do after all these thīgs that we do here this day that is euerie man whatsoeuer semeth him good in his owne eyes 9 For ye are not yet come to rest and to the inheritāce which the Lord thy God giueth thee 10 But when ye go ouer Iordên and dwel in the land which the Lord your God hathe giuen you to inherit and when he hathe giuen you rest from all your enemies rounde about and ye dwel in safetie 11 Whē there shal be a place which the Lord your God shal chose to cause his Name to dwel there thether shal ye bring all that I commande you your burnt offrings and your sacrifices your tithes and the offring of your hāds and all your special vowes which ye vow vnto the Lord 12 And ye shal reioyce before the Lord your God ye your sōnes and your daughters and your seruants and your maidens and the leuite that is within your gates 〈◊〉 for he hathe no parte nor inheritāce with you 13 Take hede that thou offer not thy burnt offrings in euerie place that thou seest 14 But in the place which the Lord shal cho se in one of thy tribes there thou shalt offer thy burnt offrings there thou shalt do all that I commande thee 15 Notwithstāding thou maist kil eat flesh in all thy gates what so euer thine heart desireth according to the blessing of the Lord thy God which he hathe giuen thee bothe the vncleane the cleane may eat thereof as of the roe bucke of the bart 16 Onely ye shal not eat the blood but pow re it vpon the earth as water 17 ¶ Thou maiest not 〈◊〉 within thy gates the tithe of thy corne 〈◊〉 of thy wine nor of thine oyle nor the first borne of thy kine nor of thy shepe nether anie of thy vowes which thou vowest nor thy fre offrings nor the offring of thine hands 18 But thou shalt eat it before the Lord thy God in the place which the Lord thy God shal chose thou and thy sonne and thy daughter and thy seruant thy maid the Leuite that is within thy gates and thou shalt reioyce before the Lord thy God in al that thou puttest thine hand to 19 * Beware that thou forsake not the Leuite as long as thou liuest vpon the earth 20 ¶ When the Lord thy God shal enlarge thy border * as he hathe promised thee and thou shalt say I wil eat flesh because thine heart lōgeth to catflesh thou maist eat flesh what soeuer thine heart desireth 21 If the place which the Lord thy God hathe chosen to put his Name there be far from thee then thou shalt kil of thy bullockes and of thy shepe which the Lord hathe giuen thee as I haue commanded thee and thou shalt eat in thy gates what soeuer thine heart desireth 22 Euen as the roe bucke and the hart is eaten so thou shalt eat them bothe the vncleane and the cleane shal eat of thē alike 23 Only be sure that thou eat not the blood for the blood is the lyfe and thou maist not eat the life with the flesh 24 Therefore thou shalt not eat it but powreit vpon the earth as water 25 Thou shalt not eat it that it may go wel with thee and with thy childrē after thee when thou shalt do that which is right in the sight of the Lord 26 But thine holy things which thou hast thy vowes thou shalt take vp and come vnto the place which the Lord shal chose 27 And thou shalt make thy burnt offrings of the flesh and of the blood vpon the altar of the Lord thy God and the blood of thine offrings shal be powred vpon the altar of the Lord thy God and thou shalt eat the flesh 28 Take hede and heare all these wordes which I cōmand thee that it may go wel with thee and with thy childrē after thee for euer when thou doest that which is good and right in the sight of the Lord thy God 29 ¶ Whē the Lord thy God shal destroy the nacions before thee whether thou goest to possesse them and thou shalt possesse them and dwel in their land 30 Beware lest thou be taken in a snare after them after that they be destroyed be fore thee 〈◊〉 and lest thou aske after their gods saying How did these nacions serue their gods that I may do so likewise 31 Thou shalt not do so vnto the Lord thy God for all abominacion which the Lord hateth haue they done vnto their gods for they haue burned bothe their sonnes and their daughters with fire to their gods 32 Therefore what soeuer I commande you take hede you do it * thou shalt put nothing thereto nortake ought therefrom CHAP. XIII 5 The inticers to idolatrie must be 〈◊〉 seme they neuer so holy 6 So nere of kinred or frendship 12 Or great in multitude or power 1 IF there arise among you a prophet or a dreamer of dreames and giue thee a signe or wondre 2 And the signe and the wondre which he hathe tolde thee come to passe saying Let vs go after other gods which thou hast not knowen and let vs serue them 3 Thou shalt not hearken vnto the wordes of the prophet or vnto that dreamer of dreames for the Lord your God proueth you to knowe whether ye loue the Lord your god with all your heart and with all your soule 4 Ye shal walke after the Lord your God feare him shal kepe his commandements and hearken vnto his voyce ye shall serue him and cleaue vnto him 5 But that prophet or that dreamer of dreames he shal be slaine because he hath spoken to turne you away from the Lorde your God whiche broght you out of the land of Egipt deliuered you out of the house of bondage to thrust thee out of the way whe rein the Lord thy God commanded thee to walke so shalt thou take the euil away forth of the middes of thee 6 ¶ If thy brother the sonne of thy 〈◊〉 mother or thine owne sonne or thy daughter or the wife that lieth in thy bosome or thy frende which is as thine owne soule entice theese cretly saying Let vs go serue other gods which thou hast not knowen thou I say nor thy fathers 7 Anie of the gods of the people which are rownde about you nere vnto thee or far of from thee from the one end of the earthe vnto the other 8 Thou shalt not consent vnto him nor
Dauid and of the princes for the buylding of the Temple 10 Dauid gyueth thankes to the Lord. 20 He exhorteth the people to do the same 22 Salomón is created King 28 Dauid dyeth and Salomó his sonne reigneth in his steade 1 MOreouer Dauid the Kynge said vnto all the Congregacion God hath chosen Salomón mine onelie sonne yong and tēdre the worke is great for this house is not for man but for the Lord God 2 Now I haue prepared with all my power for the house of my God golde for vessels of golde and siluer for them of siluer and brasse for things of brasse yrō for things of yron and wood for things of wood onix stones stones to be set carbuncle stones and of diuers colour all precious stones and marble stones in abundance 3 Moreouer because I haue delite in the house of my GOD I haue of myne owne golde and siluer whiche I haue giuē to the house of my God beside all that I haue prepared for the house of the Sanctuarie 4 Euen thre thousand talents of golde of the golde of Ophir and seuen thousande talents of fined siluer to ouerlay the walles of the houses 5 The golde for the thinges of golde and the siluer for things of siluer and for all the worke by the hands of artificers and who is willing to fill hys hande to daye vnto the Lord 6 So the Princes of the families the princes of the tribes of Israél and the captaines of thousands of hundreths with the rulers of the Kings work offred willingly 7 And they gaue for the seruice of the house of GOD fiue thousande talents of golde and ten thousand pieces and ten thousand talents of siluer and eyghtene thousande talents of brasse and one hundreth thousand talents of yron 8 And they with whome precious stones were founde gaue them to the treasure of the house of the Lord by the hād of Iehiél the Gershunnite 9 And the people reioyced when thei offred willingly for they offred willingly vnto the Lord with a perfite heart And Dauid the King also reioyced with great ioye 10 Therefore Dauid blessed the Lord before all the Congregacion Dauid said Blessed be thou ô Lord GOD of Israél our father for euer and euer 11 Thine ô Lord is greatnes and power glorie and victorie and praise for all that is in heauen and in earth is thine thyne is the kingdome ô Lord and thou excellest as head ouer all 12 Bothe riches and honour come of thee and thou reygnest ouer all and in thyne hand is power and strength and in thyne hand it is to make great to giue strenght vnto all 13 Now therefore our God we thanke thee and praise thy glorious Name 14 But who am I and what is my people that we shulde be able to offer willingly after this sorte for all things come of thee and of thine owne hand we haue giuen thee 15 For we are strangers before thee and soiourners like all our fathers our dayes are like the shadowe vpon the earth and there is none abiding 16 O Lord our God all this abundance that we haue prepared to buylde thee an house for thine holy Name is of thine hand and all is thine 17 I knowe also my GOD that thou * tryest the hearte and hast pleasure in righteousnes I haue offred willingly in the vprightnes of myne hearte all these thyngs now also haue I sene thy people whyche are founde here to offer vnto thee willingly with ioye 18 O Lord God of Abrahám Izhák and Israél our fathers kepe this for euer in the purpose and the thoghts of the heart of thy people prepare their hearts vnto thee 19 And giue vnto Salomôn my sonne a perfit heart to kepe thy commandemēts thy testimonies and thy statutes and to do all thinges and to buylde the house whiche I haue prepared 20 ¶ And Dauid said to all the Congregaciō Now blesse the Lord your God And all the Congregacion blessed the LORD GOD of their fathers and bowed downe theyr heades and worshipped the Lord and the King 21 And they offred sacrifices vnto the Lord and on the morow after that day they offred burnt offrings vnto the Lord euen a thousande yonge bullockes a thousande rammes a thousand sheepe with theyr drinke offrings and sacrifices in abundance for all Israél 22 And they did eat and drynke before the Lord the same daye with greate ioye and they made Salomón the sonne of Dauid King the seconde time and anointed him prince before the Lord and Zadok for the hie Priest 23 So Salomón sate on the throne of the Lord as King in steade of Dauid his father and prospered and all Israél obeyed hym 24 And all the princes and men of power and all the sonnes of King Dauid submitted them selues vnder King Salomón 25 And the Lord magnified Salomón in dignitie in the sight of all Israél and gaue him so glorious a kingdome as no Kynge had before him in Israél 26 ¶ * Thus Dauid the sonne of Ishái reigned ouer all Israél 27 And the space that he reigned ouer Israél was fourtie yere seuen yere reigned he in Hebrón and thre and thirtie yere reygued he in Ierusalém 28 And he dyed in a good age full of dayes riches and honour and Salomón his sonne reignéd in his steade 29 Concerning the actes of Dauid the King first and last beholde they are writen in the boke of Samuél the Seer and in the boke of Nathán the Prophete and in the boke of Gad the Seer 30 With all his reigne and his power and times that went ouer him and ouer Israél and ouer all the kingdomes of the earth THE SECONDE BOKE of the Chronicles THE ARGVMENT THis seconde boke conteineth briefely in effect that whiche is comprehended in the two bokes of the Kinges that is from the reigne of Salomón to the destruction of Ierusalém and the carying awaye of the people captiue into Babylón In this storie are certeine things declared and set forthe more copiously then in the bokes of the Kinges and therfore serue greatly to the vnderstanding of the Prophetes But thre thinges are here chiefly to be considered Firste that the godlie Kings when they sawe the plagues of God prepared against their countrey for sinne had recourse to the Lord and by earnest prayer were heard and the plagues remoued The seconde how it is a thing that greatly offendeth GOD that suche as feare him and professe his religion shulde ioyne in amitie with the wicked And thirdelye how the good rulers euer loued the Prophetes of God and were very zealous to set forthe his religion throughout all their dominions and cōtrarie wise the wicked hated his ministers deposed them and for the true religion and worde of God set vp idolatrie and serued God according to the fantasie of men Thus
you me 5 〈◊〉 you not to knowe that the Lorde GOD of Israél hathe giuen the kyngdome ouer Israél to Diuid for euer euen to him and to his sonnes by a couenant of salt 6 And Ieroboam the sonne of Nebat the seruant of Salomón the sonne of Dauid is risen vp and hathe * rebelled against his Lord. 7 And there are gathered to hym vaine men and wicked and made them selues strong agaynste Rehoboam the sonne of Salomón for Rehoboam was but a childe and * tender hearted and colde not resist them 8 Now therefore ye thinke that ye be able to resiste agaynste the kingdome of the Lorde whiche is in the handes of the sonnes of Dauid and ye be a great multitude and the golden calues are with you whyche Ieroboam made you for gods 9 * Haue ye not driuen awaye the Priestes of the Lorde the sonnes of Aaron and the Leuites and haue made you Priestes lyke the people of other countreis whosoeuer commeth to consecrate with a yong bullocke and seuen rams the same maye be a Priest of them that are no gods 10 But we belong vnto the Lord our God and haue not forsaken him and the Priestes the sonnes of Aaron minister vnto the Lord and the Leuites in their office 11 And they burne vnto the Lord euerie mor nyng and euerie euening burnt offrings and swete incense and the bread is set in order vpon the pure table and the candel sticke of golde with the lampes thereof 〈◊〉 burne eue rie euenyng for we kepe the watche of the Lord our God but ye haue forsaken him 12 And beholde this God is with vs as a captaine and hys Priestes with the soundyng trumpets to crye an alarme agaynst you O ye children of Israèl fight not agaynste the LORDE God of your fathers for ye shall not prosper 13 ¶ But Ieroboam caused an ambushment to compasse and come behinde them whē they were before Iudah and the ambushement behinde them 14 Then Iudah loked and beholde the battel was before and behinde them and they cryed vnto the Lorde and the Priests blewe with the trumpets 15 And the men of Iudah gaue a shoute and euen as the men of Iudah shouted GOD smote Ieroboam and also Israél before Abiiah and Iudah 16 And the children of Israél fled before Iudah and God 〈◊〉 thē into their hand 17 And Abiiah and hys people slewe a greate slaughter of them so that there fell downe wounded of Israél fiue hundreth thousand chosen men 18 So the children of Israél were broght vnder at that tyme and the children of Iudah preuailed because they stayed vpon the Lord God of their fathers 19 And Abiiah pursued after Ieroboam and toke cities from him euen Bethél and the villages thereof and Ieshanah with her villages and Ephron with her villages 20 And Ieroboam recouered no strength againe in the dayes of Abiiah but the Lorde plaged him and he dyed 21 So Abiaah waxed mightie ' and maried four tene wiues and begate two and twentie sonnes and sixtene daughters 22 The rest of the actes of Abiiah and his maners and hys sayings are writen in the storie of the Prophet Iddo CHAP. XIIII 3 Asa destroieth idolatrie and commandeth his people to serue the true God 11 He prayeth vnto God when he shulde go to fight 12 He 〈◊〉 the victorie 1 SO * Abiiah slept with his fathers and they buryed hym in the citie of Dauid and Asá hys sonne reygned in hys steade in whose dayes the land was quiet ten yere 2 And Asá did that was good and ryght in the eyes of the Lord his God 3 For he toke awaye thē altars of the strange gods and the hie places and brake downe the images and cut downe the groues 4 〈◊〉 commaunded Iudah to seke the Lorde God of their fathers and to do accordyng to the Lawe and the commandement 5 And he toke away out of all the cities of Iudah the places and the images therfore the kingdome was quiet before him 6 He buylt also strong cities in Iudah because the land was in rest and he had no warre in those yeres for the LORDE had gyuen hym rest 7 Therfore he said to Iudah Let vs buyld these cities and make walles about and to wres ga tes and barres whiles the land is before vs because we haue soght the Lorde our God we haue soght him and he hath giuen vs rest on euerie side so they buylt and prospered 8 And Asá had an armie of Iudah that bare shields and speares thre hundreth thousand and of Beniamin that bare shields and drewe bowes two hundreth and foure score thou sand all these were valiant men 9 ¶ And there came out againste then Zérah of Ethiopia with an hoste often hundreth thousand and thre hundreth charets and came vnto Maresháh 10 Then Asa went out before hym and they set the battel in aray in the valley of Zephathah beside Mareshah 11 And Asa * cryed vnto the Lord his God and said Lord it is nothing with thee to helpe with many or with no power helpe vs ô Lorde our God for we rest on thee and in thy Name are we come against this multitude ô Lord thou art our God let not mā pre uaile against thee 12 ¶ So the Lorde smotethe Ethiopians before Asá and before Iudáh and the Ethiopians 〈◊〉 13 And Asá and the people that was with him pursued them vnto Gezár And the Ethiopians host was ouerthrowen so that there was no life in them for they were destroyed before the Lorde and besore his hoste and they caryed away a mighty great spoile 14 And they smote all the cities rounde about 〈◊〉 for the feare of the Lord came vpon them ād they spoiled all the cities for there was exceding muche spoile in them 15 Yea and they smote the tents of cattel and caryed away plentie of shepe and camels ād returned to Ierusalém CHAP. XV. 1 The exhortation of Azariah 8 Asa purgeth his countrey 〈◊〉 11 He 〈◊〉 with the people 14 The sweare together to 〈◊〉 the Lord. 16 He deposeth hys mother for her idolauie 1 THen the Spirit of God came vpon Azariah the sonne of Obéd 2 And he went out to mete 〈◊〉 and said vnto hym O Asa and all Iudáh and Beniamin heare ye me The Lorde is with you while ye be with him and if ye seke hym he wil be founde of you but if ye forsake him he will forsake you 3 Nowe for a long season Israél hathe bene without the true God and without Priest to teache and without Lawe 4 But whosoeuer returned in his affliction to the Lorde God of Israél and soght him he was founde of them 5 And in that time there was no peace to him that did go out and go in but great troubles were to all the inhabitants
of the earth 6 For nacion was destroyed of nacion and citie of citie for God troubled them with all aduersitie 7 Be ye strong therefore and let not your han des be weake for your worke shal haue a rewarde 8 ¶ And when Asá heard these wordes and the prophecie of Odéd the Prophete he was encouraged and toke awaye the abominacions out of all the lande of Iudáh and Beniamin and out of the cities whiche he had taken of mount Ephraim and he renued the altar of the Lorde that was before the porche of the Lord. 9 And he gathered al Iudah and Beniamin and the strangers with them out of Ephraim and Manasséh and out of Simeón for there fell many to hym out of Israél when they sawe that the Lord his God was with him 10 So they assembled to Ierusalém in the third moneth in the fiftente yere of the reygne of Asá 11 And they offred vnto the Lorde the same time of the spoile which they had broght euen seuen hundreth bullockes and seuen thousand shepe 12 And the made a couenant to seke the Lord God of their fathers with all their heart and with all their soule 13 And whosoeuer will not seke the Lorde GOD of Israél shal be sleane whether he were small or great man or woman 14 And they sweare vnto the LORD with a loude voyce and with shoutyng and with trumpets and with cornets 15 And all Iudah reioyced at the othe for they had sworne vnto the Lorde with all their heart aud soght him with a whole desire ād he was founde of them And the Lorde gaue them rest rounde about 16 ¶ And Kyng Asá deposed Maachah hys mother from her regencie because she had made an idole in a groue and Asá brake downe her idole and stamped it and burnt it at the broke Kidrón 17 But the hie places were not taken awaye out of Israél yet the heart of Asá was per fite all his dayes 18 Also he broght into the house of GOD the things that his father had dedicate and that he had dedicate siluer and golde ād vessels 19 And there was no warre vnto the fiue and thirtieth yere of the reigne of Asá CHAP. XVI 2 Asa for feare of Baasha King of Israél maketh a couenant with Benhadad King of Aram. 7 He is reproued by the Prophet 10 Whome he putteth in prison 12 He putteth his trust in the Phisitians 13 His death 1 IN the six and thirtieth yere of the reigne of Asá came Baasha King of Israél vp against Iudah and buylt Ramah to let none passe out or go in to Asa King of Iudah 2 Then Asa broght out siluer and golde out of the treasures of the house of the Lorde and of the Kyngs house and sent to Benhadad Kyng of Arám that dwelt at Damascus saying 3 There is a couenant betwene me and thee and betwene my father and thy father behold I haue sent thee siluer and gold come breake thy league with Baasha Kyng of Israél that he may departe from me 4 And Benhadád hearkened vnto Kyng Asá and sent the captaines of the armies whiche he had against the cities of Israél And they smote Iiōn and Dan and Abelmāim and the store cities of Naphtalī 5 And when Baashá heard it he left buylding of Ramáh and let his worke cease 6 Then Asá the King toke all 〈◊〉 caryed away the stones of Ramáh and the tymbre thereof where with Baashá did buyld and he buylt therewith Géba and Mizpáh 7 ¶ And at that same time Hanáni the Seer came to Asá King of Iudáh and said vnto him Because thou hast rested vpon the King of Arám and not rested in the Lord thy God therefore is the hoste of the King of Arám escaped out of thine hand 8 * The Ethiopians and the Lubims were they not a great hoste with charets and horsemen exceding many yet because thou didest rest vpon the Lord he deliuered them into thine hand 9 * For the eyes of the Lord beholde all the earth to shewe him selfe strong with them that are of perfite heart to ward him thou hast thē done foolishly in this therefore frō hensforthe thou shalt haue warres 10 Thē Asā was wroth with the Seer and put him īto a prisō for he was displeased with him because of this thing And Asá oppressed certeine of the people at the same time 11 And beholde the actes of Asá first and last lo they are writen in the boke of the Kings of Iudáh and Israél 12 ¶ And Asá in the nine and thirtieth yere of his reigne was diseased in his fete and his disease was extreme yet he soght not the Lord in his disease but to the Phisicians 13 So Asá slept with his fathers and dyed in the one and fourtieth yere of his reigne 14 And they buryed him in one of his sepulchres whiche he had made for him selfe in the citie of Dauid and layed him in the bed which they had filled with swete odours and diuerse kindes of spices made by the arte of the apoticarie and they burnt him with an exceding great fyre CHAP. XVII 5 Iehoshaphát trusting in the Lord prospereth in riches honour 6 He abolisheth idolatrie 7 And causeth the people to be taught 11 He receiueth tribute of strangers 13 His munitions and men of warre 1 ANd Iehoshaphát his sonne reigned in his stead and preuailed against Israél 2 And he put garisons in all the strong cities of Iudáh and set bands in the land of Iudáh and in the cities of Ephráim which Asá his father had taken 3 And the Lord was with Iehoshaphát because he walked in the first wayes of his father Dauid and soght not Baalim 4 But soght the Lord God of his father and walked in his commandements and not after the trade of Israél 5 Therefore the Lord stablished the kingdom in his hand and all Iudáh broght presents to Iehoshaphát so that he had of riches and ho nour in abun dance 6 And he lift vp his heart vnto the wayes of the Lord and he toke awaye moreouer the hie places and the groues out of Iudáh 7 ¶ And in the third yere of his reigne he sent his princes Ben-háil and Obadiáh Zecha riáh and Nethaneél and Michaiáh that they shulde teache in the cities of Iudáh 8 And with them Leuites Shemaiáh and Nethaniáh and Zebadiáh and Asahēl Shemiramōth and Iehonathán and Adoniiáh and Tobiiáh and Toq-adoniiáh Leuites with them Elishamá and Iehorám Priests 9 And they taught in Iudáh and had the boke of the Lawe of the Lord with them went about throughout all the cities of Iudáh and taught the people 10 And the feare of the Lord fell vpon all the kingdomes of the lands that were rounde about Iudáh and they foght not against Iehoshaphát 11 Also some of the Philistims
that ye wil remaine in Ierusalém during the siege 11 Doeth not Hezekiáh en tice you to gyue ouer your selues vnto death by famine by thirst saying The Lord our GOD shall deliuer vs out of the hand of the Kyng of Asshúr 12 Hathe not the same Hezekiáh takē away his hie places and his altars and commāded Iudáh and Ierusalém saying Ye shall worship before one altar and burne incēse vpon it 13 Knowe ye not what I and my fathers haue done vnto all the people of other countreies Were the Gods of the nations of other lands able to deliuer their land out of mine hand 14 Who is he of all the Gods of those nacions that my fathers haue destroied that colde deliuer his people out of mine hand that your God shulde be able to delyuer you out of mine hand 15 Now therefore let not Hezekiáh deceiue you nor seduce you after this sorte nether beleue ye him for none of all the Gods of any nacion or kingdome was able to deliuer his people out of myne hand and out of the hande of my fathers how muche lesse shall your Goddes delyuer you out of mine hand 16 And his seruants spake yet more agaynst the Lord God and against his seruāt Hezekiáh 17 He wrote also letters blasphemyng the Lord God of Israél and speaking agaynste him saying As the gods of the nacions of other countreis colde not delyuer theyr people out of mine hande so shall not the God of Hezekiáh deliuer hys people out of mine hand 18 Then they cryed with a lowde voyce in the Iewes speache vnto the people of Ierusalém that were on the wall to feare them and to astonish them that thei might take the citie 19 Thus they spake against the GOD of Ierusalém as against the gods of the people of the earth euen the workes of mans hands 20 But Hezekiáh the King and the Prophet Isaiáh the sonne of Amoz praied agaynst this and cryed to heauen 21 And the Lord sent an Angell whiche de stroied all the valiantmen and the princes and captaines of the hoste of the Kynge of Asshúr so he returned with shame to his owne land And when he was come into the house of his God they that came forth of his owne bowels slewe him there with the sworde 22 So the Lord saued Hezekiáh and the inhabitants of Ierusalém from the hande of Sanneherib King of Asshúr and frome the hand of all other and mainteined them on euerie side 23 And many broght offrings vnto the Lord to Ierusalém and presents to Hezekiáh King of Iudáh so that he was magnified in the sight of all nacions frome thence forthe 24 * In those dayes Hezekiáh was sicke vnto the death and praied vnto the Lord who spake vnto him and gaue him a signe 25 But Hezekiáh did not rendre accordyng to the rewarde bestowed vpō him for his heart was lift vp and wrath came vppon him and vpon Iudáh and Ierusalém 26 Notwithstanding Hezekiáh humbled him selfe after that his heart was lifted vp he and the inhabitants of Ierusalém and the wrath of the Lord came not vpon them in the daies of Hezekiáh 27 Hezekiáh also had exceding much riches and honour and he gate him treasures of siluer and of golde of precious stones and of swete odours and of shields and of all pleasant vessels 28 And of store houses for the increase of wheat and wine and oyle and stalles for all beastes and rowes for the stables 29 And he made him cities and had possession of shepe and oxen in abundance for God had giuen him substance excedynge muche 30 This same Hezekiáh also stopped the vpper water springs of Gihón and led then streight vnderneth toward citie of Dauid Westward so Hezekiáh prospered in all his workes 31 But because of the ambassadours of the princes of Babél whiche sent vnto hym to enquire of the wondre that was done in the land God left him to trye him to knowe all that was in his heart 32 Concerning the rest of the actes of Hezekiáh and his goodnes beholde they are writen in the visiō of Ishaiáh the Prophet the sonne of Amóz in the boke of the Kings of Iudáh and Israél 33 So Hezekiáh slept with his fathers and they buryed him in the highest sepulchre of the sonnes of Dauid and all Iudáh the inhabitants of Ierusalém did him honour at his death and Manasséh his sonne reygned in his stead CHAP. XXXIII 1 Manasséh an 〈◊〉 9 He causeth Iudah to erre 〈◊〉 He is led awaye prisoner into Babylón 12 He praieth to the LORD and is delyuered 14 He abolisheth idolatrie 16 And setteth vp true religion 20 He dyeth and Amón hys sonne succedeth 24 whome his owne seruants slay 1 MAnasséh was twelue yere olde* whē he began to reygne and he reygned fiue and fiftie yere in Ierusalém 2 And he did euill in the sight of the Lorde like the abominacions of the heathen * whome the Lord had cast out before the children of Israél 3 For he went backe and buylt the hie places * which Hezekiáh his father had broken downe * and he set vp altars for Baalim and made groues and worshiped all the hoste of the heauen and serued them 4 Also he buylt altars in the house of the Lord whereof the Lord had said * In Ierusalém shal my Name be for euer 5 And he buylt altars for all the hoste of the heauen in the two courtes of the house of the Lord. 6 And he caused his sonnes to passe through the fyre in the valley of 〈◊〉 he gaue him selfe to witch craft and to charming and to sorcerie and he vsed thē that had familiar Spirits and sothesayers he did verye muche euyll in the sight of the Lord to angre him 7 He put also the karued image whiche he had made in the house of God whereof God had said to Dauid and to Salomón his sonne * In this house and in Ierusalē which I haue chosē before all the tribes of Israél wil I put my Name for euer 8 Nether will * I make the foote of Israél to remoue any more out of the lande whiche I haue appointed for your fathers so that they take hede and do all that I haue commanded them accordynge to the Law and statutes and iudgements by the hand of Mosés 9 So Manasséh made Iudáh and the inhabitants of Ierusalém to erre to do worse then the heathen whome the Lorde had destroyed before the children of Israél 10 ¶ And the Lord spake to Manasséh and to his people but they wolde not regarde 11 Wherefore the Lord broght vppon them the captaines of the hoste of the Kynge of Asshúr whiche toke Manasséh put him in fetters and bounde him in chaines and caryed him to Babél 12 And when he was in tribulacion he praied to the
5 Lead me forthe in thy trueth and teache me for thouart the God of my saluacion in thee do I trust all the daye 6 Remember ô Lord thy rendre mercies and thylouing kindenes for they haue bene for euer 7 〈◊〉 not the sinnes of my youth nor my rebellions but according to thy kinde nes remember thou me euen for thy good 〈◊〉 sake ô Lord. 8 Gracious and righteous is the Lord the refore wil he teache sinners in the waye 9 Them that be meke wil he guide in iudge ment and teache the humble his waye 10 All the paths of the Lord are mercie and trueth vnto such as kepe his couenant his 〈◊〉 11 For thy Names sake ô Lord be merciful vnto mine iniquitie for it is great 12 What man is he that feareth the Lord him shal he teache the waye that he shal chuse 13 His soule shal dwel at ease and his 〈◊〉 shal 〈◊〉 the land 14 The secret of the Lord is reueiled to thē that feare him and his couenant to giue thē vnderstanding 15 〈◊〉 eies are euer to ward the Lord for he wil bring my fete out of the net 16 Turne thy face vnto me and haue mercie vpon me for I am desolate and poore 17 The sorowes of mine heart are enlarged drawe me out of my troubles 18 Loke vpon mine affliction and my trauel 〈◊〉 all my sinnes 19 Beholde mine enemies for they are many and they hate with cruel hatred 20 Kepe my soule and deliuerme let me be cō founded for 〈◊〉 trust in thee 21 Let mine vprightenes and equitie preser ue me for mine hope is in thee 22 Deliuer Israél ô God out of all histroubles PSAL. XXVI 1 Dauid oppressed with many 〈◊〉 finding no helpe in the worlde calleth for aide from God and assured of his integritie toward Saúl desireth God to be his iudge and to defend his innocencie 6 Finally he maketh mencion of his sacrisice which he wil offre for his 〈◊〉 and desireth to be in the companie of the faithful in the congregaciō of God whēce he was 〈◊〉 by Saúl promising integritie of life open praises and thankesgiuing ¶ A Psalme of Dauid 1 IVdge me ô Lord for I haue walked in mine innocencie my trust hathe bene also in the Lord therefore shal I not slide 2 Proue me ô Lord and trye me examine my reines and mine heart 3 For thy louing kindenes is before mine eyes therefore haue I walked in thy trueth 4 * I haue not hanted with vaine persones ne ther kept companie with the dissemblers 5 I haue hated the assemblie of the euil and 〈◊〉 not companied with the wicked 6 I wil wash mine hands in innocencie ô Lord and compasse thine altar 7 That 〈◊〉 maie declare with the voice of thankesgiuing and set forthe all wonderous workes 8 O Lord I haue loued the habitation of thine house and the place where thine honour 〈◊〉 9 Gather not my soule with the sinners nor my life with the bloodie men 10 In whose hands is wickednes and their right hands is ful of bribes 11 But I wil 〈◊〉 in 〈◊〉 innocencie redeme me therefore and be merciful vnto me 12 My fote standeth in vp rightnes I wil praise thee ô Lord in the Congregations PSAL. XXVII 1 Dauid maketh this psalme being 〈◊〉 from great 〈◊〉 as 〈◊〉 by the praises thankesgiuing 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 wherein we may se the 〈◊〉 saith of Dauid against the 〈◊〉 of all his enemies 〈◊〉 And also the end wherefore he desireth to hue and to be deliuered onely to 〈◊〉 God in his Congregation ¶ A Psalme of Dauid 1 THe Lord is my light and my saluation whome shal I feare the Lord is the strēgth of my life of whome shal I be afraid 2 When the wicked euen mine enemies and my foes came vpō me to eatvp my flesh they stumbled and fel. 3 Thogh an hoste pitched against me mine heart shulde not be afraid thogh warre be raised against me I wil trust in this 4 One thing haue I desired of the Lord that I wil require 〈◊〉 that I may dwel in the house of the Lord all the dayes of my life to beholde the beautie of the Lord to visite his Temple 5 For in the time of trouble he shal hide me in his Tabernacle in the secret place of his pa 〈◊〉 shal he hide me and set me vp vpon arocke 6 And now shal he lift vp mine head aboue mine enemies round about me therfore wil I offer in his Tabernacle sacrifices of ioye I wilsing and praise the Lord. 7 Hearken vnto my voice ô Lord when I crye haue mercie also vpon me heare me 8 When thou saidest 〈◊〉 ye my face mi ne heart answered vnto thee O Lord I wil seke thy face 9 Hide not therefore thy face from me nor cast thy seruāt awaie in displeasure thou hast bene my succour leaue me not nether for sake me ô God of my saluation 10 Thogh my father and my mother shulde forsake 〈◊〉 yet the Lord wil gather me vp 11 Teache me thy waie ô Lord and leade me in a right path because of mine enemies 12 Giue me not vnto the lust of mine aduersaries for there are false witnesses risen vp againstme and suche as speake cruelly 13 I shulde haue fainted except I had beleued to see the goodnes of the Lord in the land of the 〈◊〉 14 Hope in the Lord be strong and he shall comfortthine heart and trust in the Lord. PSAL. XXVIII 1 Being in great feare and heauines of heart to se God dishonored by the 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 to berid of them 4 And 〈◊〉 for 〈◊〉 against them and 〈◊〉 length 〈◊〉 him selfe that God hathe 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 9 Vnto whose tuition he 〈◊〉 all the faithful ¶ A Psalme of Dauid 1 VNto thee ô Lord do I crye ô my strēgth be not deafe toward me 〈◊〉 if thou answer me not I be like them that go downe into the pit 2 He are the voice of my peticions whē I crye vnto thee whē I 〈◊〉 vp mine 〈◊〉 to ward thine holy Oracle 3 Drawe 〈◊〉 not awaie with the 〈◊〉 and with the workers of iniquitie which speake friendly to their neighbours when malice is in their hearts 4 Re Ward them according to their dedes and according to the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 inuentions recompense them after worke of their hands render them their rewarde 5 For thei regard not the workes of the Lord nor the operation of his hands therefore breake thē downe and buy lde thē not vp 6 Praise be the Lord for he he hathe heard the voice of my petitions 7 The Lord is my strength and my 〈◊〉 mine heart trusted in him and I was helped the refore mine heart shal reioyce and with my song wil I praise him 8 The Lord is their
brakest the heades of the dragons in the waters 14 Thou brakest the head of Liuiathán in pie ces and gauest him to be meat for the peo ple in wildernes 15 Thou brakest vp the fountaine and riuer thou dryedst vp mightie riuers 16 The daye is thine and the night is thine thou hast prepared the light and the sunne 17 Thou hast set all the borders of the earth thou hast made somer and winter 18 Remember this that the enemie hathe reproched the Lord and the foolish people hathe blasphemed thy Name 19 Giue not the soule of thy turtle dooue vnto the beast forget not the Congregaciō of thy poore for euer 20 Consider thy couenant for the darke pla ces of the earth are ful of the habitacions of the cruel 21 Oh let not the oppressed returne ashamed but let the poore nedie praise thy Name 22 Arise ô God mainteine thine owne cause remember thy dailie reproche by the foolish man 23 Forget not the voyce of thine enemies for the tumulte of thē that rise against thee ascendeth continually PSAL. LXXV 1 The faithful do praise the Name of the Lord 2 Whiche shal come to iudge at the time appointed 8 When the wicked shal be put to confusion and drinke of the cup of his wrath 10 Their pride shal be abated and the righteous shal be exalted to honour ¶ To him that excelleth Destroye not A Psalme or song committed to Asáph 1 WE wil praise thee ô God we wil praise thee forthy Name is nere therefo re they wil declare thy wonderous workes 2 When I shal take a conuenient time I wil iudge righteously 3 The earth and all the inhabitans there of are dissolued but I wil establish the pillers of it Selah 4 I said vnto the foolish Be not so foolish and to the wicked Lift not vp the horne 5 Lift not vp your horne on high nether speake with a stiffe necke 6 For to come to preferment is nether from the East nor from the West nor from the South 7 But God is the iudge he maketh low and he maketh hie 8 For in the hand of the Lord is a cup and the wine is red it is ful mixt and he powreth out of the same surely all the wicked of the earth shall wring out and drinke the dregs thereof 9 But I wil declare for euer and sing praises vnto the God of Iaakób 10 All the hornes of the wicked also wil I brea ke but the hornes of the righteous shal be exalted PSAL. LXXVI 1 This Psalme 〈◊〉 forthe the power of God and care for the defence of his people in Ierusalem inthe destruction of the armie of Saneherib 〈◊〉 And exhorteth the faithful to be thankeful for the same ¶ To him that excelleth on Neginōth A Psalme or song committed to Asáph 1 GOd is knowen in Iudáh his Name is great in Israél 2 For in Shalém is his Tabernacle and his dwelling in Zión 3 There brake he the arrowes of the bowe the shield and the sworde the battel Sélah 4 Thou art more bright and puissant then the mountaines of pray 5 The stoute harted are spoiled they haue slept their slepe and all the men of strength haue not founde their hands 6 At thy rebuke ô God of Iaakób bothe the chariot and horse are cast a slepe 7 Thou euē thou art to be feared who shal stand in thy sight when thou art angrie 8 Thou didest cause thy iudgement to be heard from heauē therefore the earth feared and was stil 9 When thou ô God arose to iudgement to helpe all the meke of the earth Sélah 10 Surely the rage of man shal turne to thy praise the remnant of the rage shalt thou restraine 11 Vowe and performe vnto the Lord your God all ye that be rounde about him let them bring presents vnto him that ought to be feared 12 He shal cut of the spirit of princes he is terrible to the Kings of the earth PSAL. LXXVII 1 The Prophet in the name of the Church rehearserh the greatnes of his affliction and his grieuous tentations 6 whereby he was driuē to this end to consider his former conuersation 11 And the continual course of Gods workes in the preseruation of his seruants so he cōfirmeth his faith against these tentations ¶ For the excellent musician * Ieduthún A Psasme committed to Asáph 1 MY voyce came to God when I cryed my voyce came to God and he heard me 2 In the day of my trouble I soght the Lord my sore ranne and ceased not in the night my soule refused comfort 3 I did thinke vpon God and was troubled I prayed and my spirit was ful of anguish Sélah 4 Thou kepest mine eyes waking I was asto nied and colde not speake 5 Then I considered the dayes of olde and the yeres of ancient time 6 I called to remembrance my song in the night I communed with mine owne heart my spirit searched diligently 7 Wil the Lord absent him self for euer wil he she we no more fauour 8 Is his mercie cleane gone for euer doeth his promes faile for euer more 9 Hathe God forgotten to be merciful hathe he shut vp his tender mercies in displeasure Sélah 10 And I said This is my death yet I remem bred the yeres of the right hand of the must High 11 I remembred the workes of the Lord certeinly I remembred thy wonders of olde 12 I did also meditate all thy workes did deuise of thine Actes saying 13 Thy waye ö God is in the Sanctuarie who is so great a God as our God! 14 Thou art the God that doest wonders thou hast declared thy power among the people 15 Thou hastredemed thy people with thine arme euen the sonnes of laakób and Ioséph Sélah 16 The waters sawe thee ô God the waters sawe thee were afrayed yea the depths trembled 17 The cloudes powred out water the heauēs gaue a sounde yea thine arrowes went abroad 18 The voice of thy thundre was round about the lightenings lightened the worlde the earth trembled and shoke 19 Thy waye is in the Sea and thy paths in the great waters and thy fotesteps are not knowen 20 Thou didest leade thy people like shepe by the hand of Mosés and Aarón PSAL. LXXVIII 1 He sheweth how God of his mercie chose his Church of the posteritie of Abrahám 8 Reproching the stubburne rebellion of their fathers that the children might not one ly vnderstand 11 That God of his fre mercie made his coueuant with their ancetours 17 But also seing them so malicious and peruerse might be ashamed and so turne wholly to God In this Psalme the holie Gost hathe comprehended as it were the summe of all Gods benefites to the intent the ignorant grosse
the barbarous people 2 Iudáh was his sanctificatiō and Israél his dominion 3 The Seasawe it and fled Iordén was turned backe 4 The moūtaines leaped like ramps the hilles as lambs 5 What ailed thee ô Sea that thou fled dest ô Iordén why wast thou turned backe 6 Ye mountaines why leaped ye like rams and ye hilles as lambs 7 The earth trembled at the presence of the Lord at the presence of the God of Iaak 〈◊〉 8 Which turneth the rocke into waterpooles and the flint into a fountaine of water PSAL. CXV 1 A prayer of the faithful oppressed by idolatrous tyrants against whome they desire that God wolde succour thē 9 Trusting moste constantly that God wil preserue them in this their nede seing that he hathe adopted and receiued them to his fauour 〈◊〉 Promising finally that thei wil not be vnmindeful of so great a benefite if it wolde please God to heare their prayer deliuer them by his omni potent power 1 NOt vnto vs ô Lord not vnto vs but vnto thy Name giue the glorie for thy louing mercie and for thy trueths sake 2 Wherefore shal the heathen saye Where is now their God 3 But our God is in heauen he doeth whatsoeuer he wil. 4 Their idoles are siluer and golde euen the worke of mens hands 5 They haue a mouth and speake not thei haue eyes and se not 6 Thei haue eares and heare not thei haue no ses and smell not 7 Thei haue hands and touche not they haue fete and walke not nether make they a sounde with their throte 8 They that make them are like vnto them so are all that trust in them 9 O Israél trust thou in the Lord for he is their helpe and their shield 10 O house of Aarō trust ye in the Lord for he is their helper and their shield 11 Ye that feare the Lord trust in the Lord for he is their helper and their shield 12 The Lord hathe bene mindeful of vs he wil blesse he wil blesse the house of Israél he wil blesse the house of Aarón 13 He wil blesse them that feare the Lord both small and great 14 The Lord wil encrease his graces toward you euen toward you and toward your chil dren 15 Ye are blessed of the Lord which made the heauen and the earth 16 The heauens euen the heauens are the Lords but he hathe giuen the earth to the sō nes of men 17 The dead praise not the Lord nether anie that go downe into the place of silence 18 But we wil praise the Lord frō hence forthe and for eue Praise ye the Lord. PSAL. CXVI 1 Dauid being in great dāger of Saul in the desert of Maón perce uing the great and inestimable loue of God toward him magnisieth suche great mercies 13 And protesteth that he wil be thankeful for the same 1 I Loue the Lord because he hathe heard my voice and my prayers 2 For he hathe inclined his eare vnto me whē I did call vpon him in my dayes 3 When the 〈◊〉 of death compassed me the griefs of the graue caught me when I founde trouble and sorowe 4 Then I called vpon the Name of the Lord saying I beseche thee 〈◊〉 Lord deliuer my soule 5 The Lord is merciful and righteous and our God is ful of compassion 6 The Lord preserueth the simple I was in mi serie and he saued me 7 Returne vnto thy rest ô my soule for the Lord hathe bene beneficial vnto thee 8 Because thou hast deliuered my soule from death mine eyes from teares and my fete from falling 9 I shal walke before the Lord in the land of the liuing 10 I beleued therefore did I speake for I was sore troubled 11 I said in my feare All men are lyers 12 What shal I rendre vnto the Lord for all his benefites to ward me 13 I wil take the cup of saluacion and call vpon the Name of the Lord. 14 I wil paye my vowes vnto the Lord euen now in the presence of all his people 15 Precious in the sight of the Lord is the death of his Saints 16 Beholde Lord for I am thy seruant I am thy seruant and the sonne of thine hand maied thou hast broken my bonds 17 I wil offer to thee a sacrifice of praise wil call vpon the Name of the Lord. 18 I wil paie my vowes vnto the Lord euen now in the presence of all his people 19 In the courtes of the Lords house euen in the middes of thee ô 〈◊〉 Praise ye the Lord. PSAL. CXVII 1 He exhorteth the Gentiles to praise God because he hath accomplished aswel to them as to the Iewes the promes oflife euerlasting by Iesus Christ. 1 ALl * naciōs praise ye the Lord all ye peo ple praise him 2 For his louing kindenes is great toward vs and the trueth of the Lord endureth for euer Praise ye the Lord. PSAL. CXVIII 1 Dauid reiected of Saúl and of the people at the time appointed obteined the kingdome 4 For the which he bid deth all them that feare the Lord to be thankeful And vn der his persone in all this was Christ liuely set for the who shulde be of his people reiected 1 PRaise ye the Lord because he is good for his mercie endureth for euer 2 Let Israél now saye That his mercie endureth for euer 3 Let the house of Aarón now saye That his mercie endureth for euer 4 Let them that feare the Lord now saye That his mercie endureth for euer 5 I called vpon the Lord in trouble and the Lord heard me and set me at large 6 The Lord is with me therefore I wil not feare what man can do vnto me 7 The Lord is with me among thē that helpe me therefore shal I se my desire vpon mine enemies 8 It is better to trust in the Lord then to haue confidence in man 9 It is better to trust in the Lord then to haue confidence in princes 10 All nations haue compassed me but in the Name of the Lord shal I destroye them 11 Thei haue compassed me yea they haue cōpassed me but in the Name of the Lord I shal destroye them 12 They came about me like bees but they were quēched as a fyre of thornes for in the Name of the Lord I shal destroye them 13 Thou hast thrust sore at me that I might fall but the Lord hathe holpen me 14 The Lord is my strength and song for he hathe bene my deliuerance 15 The voice of ioye and deliuerance shal be in the tabernacles of the righteous saying The right hand of the Lord hathe done valiantly 16 The right hand of the Lord is exalted the right hand of the Lord hathe done valiantly 17 I shal not dye but liue and declare the workes of
I shal teache them their sonnes also shal sit vpon thy throne for euer 13 For the Lord hathe chosen Zion loued to dwell in it saying 14 This is my rest for euer here wil I dwell for I haue a delite therein 15 I wil surely blesse her vitailes wil satisfie her poore with bread 16 And wil clothe her Priests with saluacion and her Saintes shal showte for ioye 17 There wil I make the horne of Dauid to bud for I haue ordeined a light for mine Anointed 18 His enemies wil I clothe with shame but on him his crowne shal florish PSAL. CXXXIII 1 This psalme conteineth the commendacion of brotherlie amitie among the seruants of God ¶ A song of degrees or Psalme of Dauid 1 BEholde how good how comelie a thīg it is brethren to dwell euen together 2 It is like to the precious ointment vpon the head that runneth downe vpō the beard euē vnto Aarons beard which wēt downe on the border of his garments 3 And as the dewe of Hermōn which falleth vpon the moūtaines of Ziōn for there the Lord appointed the blessing life for euer PSAL. CXXXIIII 1 He 〈◊〉 the Leuites watching in the Temple to praise the Lord. ¶ A song of degrees 1 BEholde praise ye the Lord all ye seruāts of the Lord ye that by night stand in the House of the Lord. 2 Lift vp your hands to the Sanctuarie and praise the Lord. 3 The Lord that hathe made heauen earth blesse thee out of Zión PSAL. CXXXV 1 He exhorteth all the faithful of what estate so euer they be to praise God for his maruelous workes 12 And specially for his graces toward his people wherein he hathe declared his maiestie 15 To the confusion of all idolaters and their idoles ¶ Praise ye the Lord. 1 PRaise the Name of the Lord ye seruants of the Lord prayse him 2 Ye that stand in the House of the Lord in the courtes of the House of our God 3 Praise ye the Lord for the Lord is good sing praises vnto his Name for it is a comelie thing 4 For the Lord hathe chosen Iaakōb to him selfe and Israél for his chief treasure 5 For I know that the Lord is great and that our Lord is aboue all gods 6 Whatsoeuer pleased the Lord that did he in heauē and in earth in the sea and in all the depths 7 He bringeth vp the cloudes from the ends of the earth and maketh the * lightnings with the raine he draweth forthe the winde out of his treasures 8 * He smote the first borne of Egypt bothe of man and beast 9 He hathe sent tokens and wonders into the middes of thee ô Egypt vpon Pharaōh and vpon all his seruants 10 * He smote manie nacions and slewe mightie Kings 11 As 〈◊〉 King of the Amorites and Og King of Bashán and all the kingdomes of Canáan 12 And gaue their land for an inheritance euen an inheritance vnto Israél his people 13 Thy Name ô Lord endureth for euer ô Lord thy remembrance is from generation to generation 14 For the Lord wil iudge his people and be pacified towards his seruants 15 The idoles of the heathen are siluer and golde euen the worke of mens 〈◊〉 16 Thei haue a mouth and speake not they ha ue eyes and se not 17 They haue eares and heare not nether is there anie breath in their mouth 18 Thei that make them are like vnto them so are all that trust in them 19 Praise the Lord ye house of Israél praise the Lord ye house of Aarōn 20 Praise the Lord ye house of Leui ye that feare the Lord praise the Lord. 21 Praised be the Lord out of Ziōn whiche dwelleth in Ierusalém Praise ye the Lord. PSAL. CXXXVI 1 A moste earnest exhortation to giue thankes vnto God for the creation gouernāce of all things which stādeth in confessing that he giueth vs all of his mere liberalitie 1 PRaise ye the Lord because he is good for his mercie endureth for euer 2 〈◊〉 ye the GOD of gods for his mercie endureth for euer 3 Praise ye the Lord of lords for his mercie endureth for euer 4 Which onelie doeth great wonders for his mercie endureth for euer 5 Which by his wisdome made the heauens for his mercie endureth for euer 6 Which hathe stretched out the earth vpon the waters for his mercie endureth for euer 7 Which made great lights for his mercie en dureth for euer 8 As the sunne to rule the daie for his mercie endureth for euer 9 The moone and the starres to gouerne the night for his mercie endureth for euer 10 Which smote Egypt with their first borne for his mercie endureth for euer 11 And broght out Israél from among them for his mercie endureth for euer 12 With a mightie hand and stretched out arme for his mercie endureth for euer 13 Which diuided the red Sea in two partes for his mercie endureth for euer 14 And made Israél to passe through the middes of it for his mercie endureth for euer 15 And ouerthrowe Pharaōh his hoste in the red Sea for his mercie endureth for euer 16 Which led his people through the wildernes for his mercie endureth for euer 17 Which smote great Kings for his mercie endureth for euer 18 And slewe mightie Kings for his mercie endureth for euer 19 As 〈◊〉 King of the Amorites for his mer cie endureth for euer 20 And Og the King of Bashán for his mercie endureth for euer 21 And gaue their land for an heritage for his mercie endureth for euer 22 Euen an heritage vnto Israél his seruant for his mercie endureth for euer 23 Which remembred vs in our base estate for his mercie endureth for euer 24 And hathe rescued vs from our oppressours for his mercie en dureth for euer 25 Which giueth foode to all 〈◊〉 for his mercie endureth for euer 26 Praise ye the God of heauen for his mercie endureth for euer PSAL. CXXXVII 1 The people of God in their banishment seing Gods true religion decaie liued in great anguish and sorowe of heart the which grief the Chaldeans did so litle pitie 3. That thei rather increased the same daiely with tauntes reproches and blasphemies against God 7 wherefore the Israelites desire God first to punish the Edomites who prouoked the Babylonians against them 8 And mo ued by the Spirit of God prophecie the destruction of Ba bylon where thei were handled so tyrannously 1 BY the riuers of Babél we sate and there we wept when we remembred Ziōn 2 We hanged our harpes vpon the willowes in the middes thereof 3 Then thei that led vs captiues required of vs songs and mirth when we had hanged vp our harpes saying Sing vs one of the songs of Zión 4 How shal we sing said we a
the strange woman euen from the stranger whiche flattereth with her wordes 17 Which for saketh the guide of her youth and forgetteth the couenant of her God 18 Surely her house tendeth to death and her paths vnto the dead 19 All thei that go vnto her returne not againe nether take they holde of the waies of life 20 Therfore walke thou in the waie of good men and kepe the waies of the righteous 21 For the iust shall dwell in the land the vpright men shal remaine in it 22 But the wicked shal be cut of frō the earth the transgressers shal be rooted out of it CHAP. III. 1 The worde of God giueth life 5 Trustin God 7 Feare him 9 Honour him 11 Suffre his correction 22 To thē that followe the worde of God all thinges shall succede well 1 MY sonne forget not thou my law but let thine heart kepe my cōmādemēts 2 For thei shal increase the length of thy daies the yers of life thy prosperitie 3 Let not mercie and trueth for sake thee binde them on thy necke write them vpon the table of thine heart 4 So shalt thou finde fauour good vnderstanding in the sight of God and man 5 ¶ Trust in the Lord with all thine hearte and leane not vnto thine owne wisdome 6 In all thy waies acknowledge him and he shal direct thy waies 7 ¶ Be not wise in thine owne eyes but feare the Lord and departe from euil 8 So health shal be vnto thy nauel and marow vnto thy bones 9 Honour the Lord with thy riches with the first frutes of all thine increase 10 So shal thy barnes be filled with abundāce thy presses shal burst with new wine 11 ¶ My sonne refuse not the chastening of the Lord nether be grieued with his correction 12 * For the Lord correcteth him whome he loueth euen as the father doeth the child in whome he deliteth 13 Blessed is the man that findeth wisdome and the man that getteth vnderstanding 14 For the marchandise thereof is better thē the marchandise of siluer and the gayne thereof is better then golde 15 It is more precious then pearls and all things that thou canst desire are not to be compared vnto her 16 Lēgth of daies is in her right hand in her left hand riches and glorie 17 Her waies are waies of pleasure and all her paths prosperitie 18 She is a tre of life to them that laie holde on her blessed is he that reteineth her 19 The Lord by wisdome hath laied the fūdacion of the earthe and hathe stablished the heauens through vnderstanding 20 By his knowledge the deapths are brokē vp the cloudes droppe downe the dewe 21 My sonne let not the 〈◊〉 thinges depart from thine eies but obserue wisdome counsel 22 So thei shal be life to thy soule and grace vnto thy necke 23 Then shalt thou walke safely by thy waie and thy fote shal not stumble 24 If thou sleapest thou shalt not be afraied whē thou slepest thy slepe shal be swete 25 Thou shalt not feare for anie suddē feare nether for the destructiō of the wicked when it cometh 26 For the Lord shal be for thine assurance shal preserue thy fote from taking 27 ¶ Withholde not the good frome the owners thereof thogh there be power in thine hand to do it 28 Saie not vnto thy neighbour Go come againe and to morowe will I giue thee if thou now haue it 29 ¶ Intēde none hurt against thy neigbour seīg he doeth dwel without feare by thee 30 ¶ Striue not with a man causeles whē he hathe done thee no harme 31 ¶ Be not enuious for the wicked mā nether chuse anie of his waies 32 For the froward is abominaciō vnto the Lord but his secret is with the righteous 33 The curse of the Lord is in the house of the wicked but he blesseth the habitation of the righteous 34 With the skorneful he skorneth but he giueth grace vnto the humble 35 The wise shal in herite glorie but fooles dishonour thogh they be exalted CHAP. IIII. 1 Wisdome and her frutes ought to be searched 14 The way of the wicked must be refused 20 By the worde of God the heart eyes and course of life must be guided 1 HEare ôye children the instruction of a father and giue eare to learne vnderstanding 2 For I do giue you a good doctrine therefore forsake ye not my law 3 For I was my fathers sonne tender and dere in the sight of my mother 4 When he taught me and said vnto me Let thine heart holde fastmy wordes kepe my commandements and thou shalt liue 5 Get wisdome get vnderstāding forget not nether decline frō the wordes of my mouth 6 Forsake her not and she shall kepe thee loue her and she shal preserue thee 7 Wisdome is the beginning get wisdome therfore and aboue all thy possessiō get vnderstanding 8 Exalt her and she shalt exalt thee she shall bring thee to honour if thou embrace her 9 She shall gyue a comelie ornament vnto thine head yea she shall giue thee a crowne of glorie 10 ¶ Heare my sonne and receiuemy wordes and the yeres of thy life shal be manie 11 I haue taught thee in the waie of wisdome and led thee in the paths of righteousnes 12 Whē thou goest thy gate shal not be strait and when thou runnest thou shalt not fal 13 Take holde of instruction and leaue not kepe her for she is thy life 14 ¶ Entre not into the way of the wicked and walke not in the waie of euil men 15 Auoide it and go not by it turne from it and passe by 16 For thei can not slepe excepte thei haue done euil their slepe departeth except thei cause some to fall 17 For they eat the bread of wickednes drinke the wine of violence 18 But the way of the righteous shineth as the light that shineth more and more vnto the perfite daie 19 The waie of the wicked is as the darkenes they knowe not wherein thei shal fal 20 ¶ My sonne hearkē vnto my wordes encline thine eare vnto my sayings 21 Let thē not departe from thine eies but kepe them in the middes of thine heart 22 Forthei are life vnto those that finde thē and helthe vnto all their flesh 23 Kepe thine heart with all deligence for thereout cometh life 24 Put awaie from thee a frowarde mouth put wicked lippes farre from thee 25 Let thine eyes beholde the right and let thine eyeliddes direct thy way before thee 26 Pondre the path of thy fete and let all thy waies be ordred aright 27 Turne not to the right hande nor to the left but remoue thy fote from euil CHAP. V. 3 Whoredome forbiddé
of death 13 Euen in laughing the heart is sorowful and the end of that mirth is heauines 14 The heart that declineth shal be saciate with his owne wayes but a good man shal departe from him 15 The foolish wil beleue euerie thing but the prudent wil consider his steppes 16 A wise man eareth and departeth from euil but a foole rageth and is careles 17 He that is hastie to angre committeth folie and a busie bodie is hated 18 The foolish do inheritie folie but the prudent are crowned with knowledge 19 The euil shal bowe before the good and the wicked at the gates of the righteous 20 The poore is 〈◊〉 euē of his owne neigh bour but the friēds of the riche are manie 21 The sinner despiseth his neighbour but he that hathe mercie on the poore is blessed 22 Do not they erre that imagine euil 〈◊〉 but to them that thinke on good things shal be mercie and trueth 23 In all labour there is abundance but the talke of the lippes bringeth onely want 24 The 〈◊〉 of the wise is their riches and the folie of fooles is foolishnes 25 A faithful witnes deliuereth soules but a disceiuer speaketh lies 26 In the feare of the Lord is an assured strength and his children shal haue hope 27 The feare of the Lord is as a well spring of life to auoide the snares of death 28 In the multitude of the people is the ho nour of a King and for the want of people cometh the destruction of the prince 29 He that is slowe to wrath is of great wis dome but he that is of an hastie minde exalteth folie 30 A sound heart is the life of the flesh but enuie is the rotting of the bones 31 * He that oppresseth the poore reproueth him that made him but he honoreth him that hathe mercie on the poore 32 The wicked shal be cast away for his malice but the righteous hathe hope in his death 33 Wisdome resteth in the heart of him that hathe vnderstanding and is knowē in the mindes of fooles 34 Iustice exalteth a nation but sinne is a shame to the people 35 The pleasure of a King is in a wise seruāt but his wrath shal be toward him that is lewde CHAP XV. 1 A * Soft answer putteth away wrath but grieuous wordes stirre vp angre 2 The tongue of the wise vseth knowledge aright but the mouth of fooles * bableth out foolishnes 3 The eyes of the Lord in euerie place behol de the euil and the good 4 A wholsome tongue is as a tre of life but the frowardnes thereof is the breaking of the minde 5 A foole despiseth his fathers instruction but he that regardeth correctiō is prudēt 6 The house of the righteous hathe muche treasure but in the reuenues of the wicked is trouble 7 The lippes of the wise do spread abroad knowledge but the heart of the foolish doeth not so 8 The sacrifice of the wicked is a bomin ation to the Lord but the praier of the righ teous is acceptable vnto him 9 The way of the wicked is an abominacion vnto the Lord but he loueth him that fol loweth righteousnes 10 Instructiō is euil to him that for saketh the way and he that hateth correction shal dye 11 Hel destructiō are before the lord how much more the hearts of the sonnes of mē 12 A scorner loueth not him that rebuketh him nether wil he go vnto the wise 13 * A ioyful heart maketh a chereful countenance but by the sorow of the heart the minde is heauie 14 The heart of him that hathe vnderstanding seketh knowledge but the mouthe of the foole is fed with foolishnes 15 All the daies of the afflicted are euil but a good conscience is a continual feast 16 * Better is a litle with the feare of the lord thē great treasure and trouble therewith 17 Better is a dinner of grene herbes were loue is then a stalled oxe hatred therewith 18 * An angrie man stirreth vp strife but he that is slowe to wrath appeaseth strife 19 The way of a slouthful man is as an hedge of thornes but the way of the righteous is plaine 20 * A wise sonne reioyceth the father but a foolish man despiseth his mother 21 Foolishnes is ioye to him that is destitute of vnderstanding but a man of vnderstanding walketh vprightly 22 Without coūsel toghtes come to nought but f in the multitude of counsellers there is stedfastnes 23 A ioye cometh to a mā by the answer of his mouth and how good is a worde in due season 24 The waie of life is on high to the prudēt to auoide from hel beneth 25 The Lord wil destroy the house of the prou de men but he wil stablish the borders of the widowe 26 The thoghts of the wicked are abomination to the Lord but the pure haue plea sant wordes 27 He that is gredie of gaine troubleth his owne house but he that hateth giftes shal liue 28 The heart of the righteous studieth to an swer but the wicked mans mouth bableth euil things 29 The Lord is farre of from the wicked but he heareth the praier of the righteous 30 The light of the eies reioyceth the heart and a good name ma keth the bones fat 31 The eare that hearkeneth to the correction of life shal lodge among the wise 32 He that refuseth instruction despiseth his owne soule but he that obeieth correctiō getteth vnderstanding 33 The feare of the Lord is the instruction of wisdome and before honour goeth humilitie CHAP. XVI 1 THe preparations of the heart are in man but the answer of the tōgue is of the Lord. 2 All the waies of a man are cleane in his o wne eies but the lord pōdereth the spirits 3 Cōmit thy workes vnto the Lord thy thoghts shal be directed 4 The Lord hathe made all things for his owne sake yea euen the wicked for the day of euil 5 All that are proude in earth are an abomi nation to the Lord thogh * hand ioyne in hand he shal not be vnpunished 6 By mercie and trueth iniquitie shal be forgiuē and by the feare of the Lord they departe from euil 7 When the waies of a man please the Lord he wil make also his enemies at peace with him 8 * Betteri litle with righteousnes then great reuenues without equitie 9 The heart of mā purposeth his way but the Lord doeth direct his steppes 10 A diuine sentence shal be in the lippes of the King his mouth shal not transgresse iniudgement 11 * A true weight and balance are of the Lord all the weights of the bagge are his worke 12 It is an abominacion to Kings to commit wickednes for the throne isstablished by iustice 13 Righteous lippes are the
of the citie of Dauid for they were manie and ye gathered the waters of the lower poole 10 And ye nombred the houses of Ierusalē and the houses haue ye broken downe to fortifie the wall 11 And haue also made a ditch betwene the two walles for the waters of the olde poole and haue not loked vnto the maker there of nether had respect vnto him that formed it of olde 12 And in that day did the Lord God of hostes call vnto weping mourning to baldnes and girding with sacke cloth 13 And beholde ioye and gladnes slaying oxen and killing shepe eating flesh and drinking wine eating and drinking forto morowe we shal dye 14 And it was declared in the eares of the Lord of hostes Surely this iniquitie shal not be purged from you til ye dye saith the LORD God of hostes 15 Thus saith the Lord God of hostes Go get thee to that treasurer to Shebná the steward of the house say 16 What hast thou to do here and whome hast thou here that thou shuldest here hew thee out a sepulchre as he that he weth out his se pulchre in an hie place or that graueth an ha bitacion for him self in a rocke 17 Beholde the Lord wil carye thee awaye with a great captiuitie and wil surely couer thee 18 He wil surely rolle turne thee like a ball in a large countrey there shalt thou dye and there the charets of thy glorie shal be the shame of thy lords house 19 And I wil dryue thee from thy station and out of thy dwelling wil he destroy thee 20 And in that day wil I call my seruant Eliakim the sonne of Hilkiáh 21 And with thy garments wil I clothe him with thy girdle wil I strengthen him thy power also wil I commit into his hand he shal be a father of the inhabitants of Ierusalém and of the house of Iudáh 22 And the keye of the house of Dauid wil I laye vpon his shoulder so he shal open no man shal shut and he shal shut and no man shal open 23 And I'wil fasten him as a naile in a sure place and he shal be for the throne of glorie to his fathers house 24 And thei shal hang vpon him all the glorie of his fathers house euen of the nephewes and posteritie all smalevessels from the vessels of the cuppes euen to all the instrumēts of musike 25 In that daie saith the Lord of hostes shal the naile that is fastened in the sure place departe and shal be broken and fall and the burdē that was vpon it shal be cut of for the Lord hathe spoken it CHAP. XXIII 1 A prophecie against Tyrus 17 A promise that it shal be restored 1 THe burden of Tyrus Howle ye shippes of 〈◊〉 for it is destroied so that there is none house none shal come from the land of Chittim it is reueiled vnto them 2 Be stil ye that dwell in the 〈◊〉 the marchāts of Zidon and such as passe ouer the sea haue replenished thee 3 The sede of Nilus growing by the abundance of waters and the haruest of the riuer was herreuenues and she was a marte of the nations 4 Be ashamed thou Zidôn for the sea hathe spoken euen the strength of the sea saying I haue not trauailed nor broght for the chil dren nether nourished yōgmen nor broght vp virgins 5 When the fame commeth to the Egyptians they shal be sorie concerning the rumor of Tyrus 6 Go you ouer to Tarshish howle ye that dwell in the yles 7 Is not this that your glorious citie her anti quitie is of 〈◊〉 daies her owne fete shal lead her a farre of to be a soiourner 8 Who hathe decreed this against Tyrus that crowneth men whose marchants are princes whose chapmen are the nobles of the worlde 9 The Lord of hostes hathe decreed this to staine the pride of all glorie and to bring to contempt all them that be glorious in the earth 10 Passe through thy land like a flood to the daughter of Tarshish there is no more strength 11 He stretched out his hand vpon the sea he shoke the kingdomes the Lord hathe giuen a commandement concerning the place of marchandise to destroye the power thereof 12 And he said Thou shalt no more reioyce when thou art oppressed ô virgin daughter of Zidón rise vp go ouer vnto Chittim yet there thou shalt haue no rest 13 Beholde the land of the Chaldeans this was no people Asshúr founded it by the in hahabitants of the wildernes they set vp the towres thereof they raised the palaces there of he broght it to ruine 14 Howle ye shippes of Tarshish for your strength is destroyed 15 And in that daye shal Tyrus be forgotten se uentie yeres according to the yeres of one King at the end of seuétie yeres shal Tyrus sing as an harlot 16 Take an harpe go about the citie thou harlot that hast bene forgotten make swe te melodie sing mo songs that thou maiest be remembred 17 And at the end of seuentie yeres shal the Lord visite Tyrus and she shal returne to her wages and shal commit fornication with all the kingdomes 〈◊〉 the earth that are in the worlde 18 Yet her occupying and her wages shal be holie vnto the Lord it shal not be layed vp nor kept in store but her marchādise shal be for them that dwell before the Lord to eat sufficiently and to haue durable clothing CHAP. XXIIII A prophecie of the curse of God for the sinnes of the people 13 A remnant 〈◊〉 shal praise the Lord. 1 BEholde the Lord maketh the earth emptie and he maketh it waste he turneth it vpside downe scattereth abroad the inha bitants thereof 2 And there shal be like people like Priest like seruant like master like maide like mai straisse like byer like seller like lender 〈◊〉 borrower like giuer like taker to 〈◊〉 3 The earth shal be cleane emptied and vtterly spoyled for the Lord hathe spoken 〈◊〉 worde 4 The earth lamenteth and fadeth away 〈◊〉 worlde is febled decayed the proude peo ple of earth are weakened 5 The earth also deceiueth because 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in habitants thereof for 〈◊〉 transgressed the lawes they changed the ordinances and brake the euerlasting couenant 6 Therefore hathe the curse 〈◊〉 the earth and the inhabitants thereof are desola te Wherefore the inhabitants of the lād are burned vp and fewe men are left 7 The wine faileth the vine hathe no might all that were of mery heart do mourne 8 The mirth of tabrets ceaseth the noise of them that reioyce endeth the ioye of the harpe ceaseth 9 They shal not drinke wine with mirth strong drinke shal be bitter to them that drinke it 10 The
burnt 11 Then set it emptie vpon the coles thereof that the brasse of it may be hot and may burne and that the filthines of it may be molten in it that the skome of it may be consumed 12 She hathe wearied her self with lies and her great skome went not out of her therefore her skome shal be consumed with fyre 13 Thou remainest in thy filthines and wickednes because I wold haue purged thee and thou wast not purged thou shalt not be purged from thy filthines til I haue caused my wrath to light vpon thee 14 I the Lord haue spoken it shal come to pas se and I wil do it I wil not go backe nether wil 〈◊〉 spare nether will repent according to thy wayes and according to thy workes shal they iudge thee saith the LORD God 15 ¶ Also the worlde of the Lord came vnto me saying 16 Sonne of man beholde I take away from thee the pleasure of thine eyes with a pla gue yet shalt thou nether mourne nor wepe nether shal thy teares runne downe 17 Cease from sighing make no mourning for the dead and binde the tyre of thine head vpon thee put on thy shoes vpō thy fete and couer not thy lippes and eat not the bread of men 18 So I spake vnto the people in the morning and at euen my wife dyed and I did in the morning as I was commanded 19 And the people said vnto me Wilt thou nottel vs what these things meane toward vs that thou do est so 20 Then I answered them The worde of the Lord came vnto me saying 21 Speake vnto the house of Israél Thus saith the Lord God Beholde I will pollute my Sanctuarie euen the pride of your power the pleasure of your eyes and your heartes desire and your sonnes and your daughters whome ye haue left shal fall by the sworde 22 And ye shal do as I haue done ye shal not couer your lippes nether shall ye eate the bread of men 23 And your tyre shal be vpon your heads and your shoes vpon your fete ye shall not mourne nor wepe but ye shall pine awaye for your iniquities mourne one toward another 24 Thus Ezekiél is vnto you a signe according to all that he hathe done ye shal do when this cometh ye shal know that I am the Lord God 25 Also thou sonne of man shall it not be in the day when I take from thē their power the ioye of their honour the pleasure of their eyes the desire of their heart their sonnes and their daughters 26 That he that escapeth in that daye shall come vnto thee to tel thee that whiche he hathe heard with his eares 27 In that day shall thy mouth be opened to him which is escaped thou shalt speake and be no more domme and thou shalt be a signe vnto them and 〈◊〉 shal know that I am the Lord. CHAP. XXV 3 The worde of the Lord against Ammon whiche reioyced at the fast of Ierusalém 8 Against Moáb and Seir Idumea and the Philistims 1 THe word of the Lord came againe vnto me saying 2 Sonne of man set thy face against the Am monites and prophecie against them 3 And say vnto the Ammonites Heare the worde of the Lord God Thus saith the Lord God Because thou say dest Ha ha against my Sanctuarie when it was polluted and against the land of Israél when it was desolate against the house of Iudáh when they went into captiuitie 4 Beholde therfore I wil deliuer thee to the men of the East for a possession and they shal set their palaces in thee make their dwellings in thee they shall eat thy frute and they shal drinke thy milke 5 And I wil make Rabbáhad velling place for camels and the Ammonites a 〈◊〉 cote and ye shal knowe that I am the Lord. 6 For thus saith the Lord God Because thou hast clapped the han̄ds and stamped with the fete and reioyced in heart with all thy despite against the land of Israél 7 Beholde therefore I wil stretche out mine hand vpon thee and wil deliuer thee to be spoiled of the heathē and I wil roote thee out from the people and I wil cause thee to be destroyed out of the countreis and I wil destroye thee and thou shalt knowe that I am the Lord. 8 Thus saith the Lord GOD because that Moáb and Seir do say Beholde the house of Iudáh is like vnto all the heathen 9 Therefore beholde I wil open the side of Moáb euen of the cities of his cities I say in his frontiers with the pleasant coun trey Beth-ieshimóth Baal-meon and Karia thaim 10 I wil call the men of the East against the Ammonites and wil giue them in possession so that the Ammonites shal no more be remembred among the nations 11 And I wil execute iudgements vpon Moáb and thei shal knewe that I am the Lord. 12 ¶ Thus saith the Lord God Because that Edōm hathe done euil by taking vengeāce vpon the house of Iudáh and hathe committed great offence and reuenged him self vpon them 13 Therefore thus saith the Lord God I wil also stretche out mine hand vpon Edóm destroye man and beast out of it and I wil make it desolate from Temán and they of Dedán shal fall by the sworde 14 And I wil execute my vengeance vpon Edóm by the hand of my people Israél and they shal do in Edóm according to mine angre and according to mine indignatiō and they shal knowe my vengeance saith the Lord God 15 Thus saith the Lord God Because the Phili 〈◊〉 haue executed vengeance and reuenged them selues with a despiteful heart to destroye it for the olde hatred 16 Therefore thus saith the Lord God Beholde I wil stretche out mine hand vpon the Philistims and I wil cut of the Cherethims and destroye the remnant of the sea coast 17 And I wil execute great vengeance vpon them with rebukes of mine indignation thei shal knowe that I am the Lord when I shall aie my vengeance vpon them CHAP. XXVI 1 He prophecieth that Tyrus shal be ouerthrowen because it reioyced at the destruction of Ierusalém 15 The wondring and astonishment of the marchantes for the destru ction of Tyrus 1 ANd in the eleuenth yere in the first daie of the moneth the worde of the Lord came vnto men saying 2 Sonne of man because that Tyrus hathe said against Ierusalém Aha the gate of the people is broken it is turned vnto me for seing she is desolate I shal be replenished 3 Therefore thus saith the Lord God Beholde I come against thee ô Tyrus and I wil bring vp manie nations against thee as the sea mounteth vp with his waues 4 And thei shal destroie the walles of Tyrus and breake downe her towers I will also scrape her dust from her make her like the toppe
remnant of Israél shal do none iniqui tie nor speake lies nether shal a deceitful tongue be founde in their mouth for they shal be fed and lie downe and none shal ma ke them afraid 14 Reioyce ô daughter Zión be ye ioyful ô Israél be glad and reioyce with all thine heart ô daughter Ierusalém 15 The Lord hathe taken a way thy iudgements he hathe cast out thine enemie the King of Israél euen the Lord is in the middes of thee thou shalt se no more euil 16 In that day it shal be said to Ierusalém Feare thou not ô Zión let not thine hands be faint 17 The Lord thy God in the middes of thee is mightie he wil saue he wil reioyce ouer thee with ioye he wil quiet him self in his Ioue he wil reioyce ouer thee with ioye 18 After a certeine time wil I gather the afflicted that were of thee and them that bare the reproche for it 19 Beholde at that time I wil bruise all that afflict thee I wil saue her that halteth and gather her that was cast out and I wil get them praise and fame in all the lands of their shame 20 At that time wil I bring you againe and then wil I gather you for I wil giue you a name and a praise amōg all people of the earth when I turne backe your captiuitie before your eyes saith the Lord. HAGGAI THE ARGVMENT WHen the time of the seuentie yeres captiuitie prophecied by Ieremiáh was expired God raised vp Haggai Zechariah and Malachi to comforte the Iewes and to exhorte them to the buylding of the Temple which was a figure of the spiritual Temple and Church of God whose perfection and excellencie stode in Christ. And because that all were gi uen to their owne pleasures and commodities he declareth that that plague of famine which God sent then among them was a iuste rewarde of their ingratitude in that they contemned Gods honour who had deliuered them Yet he comforteth them if they wil returne to the Lord with the promes of greater felicitie for asmuche as the Lord wil finish the worde that he hathe begonne and send Christ whome he had promised and by whome they shulde atteine to perfite ioy and glorie CHAP. I. 1 The time of the prophecie of Haggái 8 An exhortation to buylde the Temple againe 1 IN the second yere of King Darius in the sixt moneth the first day of the moneth came the worde of the Lord by the ministerie of the Prophet Haggái vnto Zerubbabél the sonne of Shealtiél a prince of Iudáh and to Iehoshúa the sonne of Iehozadák the hie Priest saying 2 Thus speaketh the Lord of hostes saying This people say The time is not yet come that the Lords House shulde be buylded 3 Then came the worde of the Lord by the ministerie of the Prophet Haggái saying 4 Is it time for your selues to dwell in your filled houses and this House lie wast 5 Now therefore thus saith the Lord of hostes Consider your owne waies in your hearts 6 Ye haue sowen muche and bring in litle ye eat but ye haue not ynough ye drinke but ye are not filled ye clothe you but ye be not warme and he that earneth wages putteth the wages into a broken bagge 7 Thus saith the Lord of hostes Consider your owne waies in your hearts 8 Go vp to the mountaine bring wood and buylde this House and I wil be fauo-rable in it and I wil be glorified saith the Lord. 9 Ye loked for muche and lo it came to litle and when ye broght it home I did blowe vpon it And why saith the Lord of hostes Because of mine House that is waste and ye returne euery man vnto his owne house 10 Therefore the heauen ouer you staied it self from dewe and the earth staied her frute 11 And I called for a drought vpon the land and vpon the mountaines and vpon the corne and vpon the wine and vpon the oyle vpon all that the grounde bringeth forthe bothe vpon men and vpon cattel and vpon all the labour of the hands 12 When Zerubbabél the sonne of Shealtiél and Iehoshúa the sonne of Iehozadák the hie Priest with all the remnāt of the people heard the voyce of the Lord their God and the wordes of the Prophet Haggái as the Lord their God had sent him then the people did feare before the Lord. 13 Then spake Haggái the Lords messenger in the Lords message vnto the people saying I am with you saith the Lord. 14 And the Lord stirred vp the spirit of Zerubbabél the sonne of Shealtié a prince of Iudáh and the spirit of Iehoshúa the sō ne of Iehozadák the hie Priest the spirit of all the remnant of the people and they came did the worke in the House of the Lord of hostes their God CHAP. II. He sheweth 〈◊〉 the glorie of the 〈◊〉 Temple shal 〈◊〉 the first 1 IN the foure and twentieth daye of the sixt moneth in the secōde yere of King Darius 2 In the seuenth 〈◊〉 in the one twen tieth day of the moneth came the worde of the lord by the ministere of the prophet Haggái saying 3 Speake now to Zerubbabél the sonne of Shealtiél prince of Iudáh and to Iehoshúa the sonne of Iehozadák the hie Priest and to the residue of the people saying 4 Who is left among hou that sawe this House in her first glorie and now do you se it now Is it not in your eyes in compari son of it as nothing 5 Yet now be of good courage ô 〈◊〉 él saith the Lord be of good comfort ô Iehoshúa sonne of Iehozadák the 〈◊〉 Priest and be strong all ye people of the land saith the Lord and do it for I am with you saith the Lord of hostes 6 According to the worde that I couenāted with you whē ye came out of Egypt so my Spirit shal remaine amōg you feare ye not 7 For thus saith the Lord of hostes Yet a litle while and I wil shake the heauen and the earth and the 〈◊〉 and the drye land 8 And I wil moue all nacions and the desire of all nacions shal come and I wil fil this House with glorie saith the Lord of hostes 9 The siluer is mine and the golde is mine saith the Lord of hostes 10 The glorie of this last House shal be greater then the first saith the Lord of hostes and in this place wil I giue peace saith the Lord of hostes 11 ¶ In the foure and twentieth day of the ninth moneth in the seconde yere of Darius came the worde of the Lord vnto the Prophet Haggài saying 12 Thus saith the Lord of hostes Aske now the Priests concerning the Law and say 13 If one beare holy flesh in the 〈◊〉 of his garment and with his skirt do touche the bread or the potage or
after the captiuitie and after hym there was no more vntil Iohn Baptist was sent which was 〈◊〉 a token of Gods wrath or an admonition that they shulde with more feruent desires loke for the comming of 〈◊〉 He confirmeth the same doctrine that the two former do but chiefly he reproueth the Priests for their couetousnes and for that they serued God after their owne fantasies not according to the prescript of his worlde He also noteth certein peculiar sinnes which were then among them as marying of idolatrous and manie wiues murmurings against God impaciencie and suche like Notwitstanding for the comfort of the 〈◊〉 he declareth that God wolde not forget his promes made vnto their fathers but wolde 〈◊〉 Christ his messenger in whome the couenant shulde be accomplished whose comming shulde be 〈◊〉 to the wicked and bring all consolation and ioye vnto the godlie CHAP. I. A complaint against Israél and chiefly the Priests 1 THE burde of the worde of the Lord to Israél by the ministery of Malachi 2 I haue loued you saith the Lord yet ye say Wherein hast thouloued vs Was not Esàu Iaakôbs brother saith the Lord yet I loued Iaakôb 3 And I hated Esau and made his mountaines waste and his heritage a wildernes for dragons 4 Thogh Edópm say We are impouerished but we wil returne and buyld the desolate places yet saith the Lord of hostes they shal buylde but I wil destroye it and they shal call them The border of wickednes and the people with whome the Lord is angrie for euer 5 And your eye shal se it and ye shal say The Lord wil be magnified vpon the border of Israél 6 A sonne honoreth his father and a seruant his master If then I be a father where is mine honour and if I be a master where is my feare saith the Lord of hostes vnto you ô Priests that despise my Name and ye say Wherein haue we despised thy Name 7 Ye offer vncleane bread vpon mine altar and you say Wherein haue we polluted thee In that ye say the table of the Lord is not to be regarded 8 And if ye offer the blinde for sacrifice it is not euil and if ye offer the lame and sicke it is not euil offer it now vnto thy prince wil he be content with thee or accept thy persone saith the Lord of hostes 9 And now I pray you pray before God that he may haue mercie vpō vs this hathe bene by your meanes wil he regarde your persones saith the Lord of hostes 10 Who is there euen among you that wolde shut the dores and kindle not fyre on mine altar in vaine I haue no pleasure in you saith the Lord of hostes nether wil I accept an offring at your hand 11 For from the rising of the sunne vnto the going downe of the same my Name is great among the Gentiles and in euerie place incense shal be offred vnto my Name and a pure offring for my Name is great amōg the heathē saith the Lord of hostes 12 But ye haue polluted it in that ye say The table of the Lord is polluted and the frute thereof euen his meat is not to be regarded 13 Ye said also Beholde it is a we arines and ye haue snuffed at it saith the Lord of hostes and ye offred that which was torne the lame and the sicke thus ye offred an offring shulde I accept this of your hand saith the Lord 14 But cursed be the deceiuer which hathe in his flocke a male and voweth and sacrificeth vnto the Lord a corrupt thing for I am a great King saith the Lord of hostes my Name is terrible among the heathē CHAP. II. Threatenings against the Priests being seducers of the people 1 ANd now ô ye Priests this commandement is for you 2 If ye wil not heare it nor cōsider it in your heart to giue glorie vnto my Name saith the Lord of hostes I wil euen send a curse vpon you and wil curse your blessings yea I haue cursed them already because ye do not considerit in your heart 3 Beholde I wil corrupt your seed and cast dongue vpō your faces euē the dōgue of your solēne feasts you shal be like vnto it 4 And ye shal knowe that I haue sent this commandement vnto you that my couenant which I made with Leui might stand saith the Lord of hostes 5 My couenant was with him of life and peace and I gaue him feare and he feared me and was afraide before my Name 6 The law of trueth was in his mouth and there was no iniquitie founde in his lippes he walked with me in peace and equitie and did turne manie away from iniquitie 7 For the Priests lippes shulde preserue knowledge and they shulde seke the lawe at his mouth for he is the messenger of the Lord of hostes 8 But ye are gone out of the way ye haue caused manie to fall by the Law ye haue brokē the couenāt of Leui saith the Lord of hostes 9 Therefore haue I also made you to be despised vile before all the people because ye kept not my wayes but haue bene parcial in the Law 10 Haue we not all one father hathe not one God made vs why do we transgresse euerie one against his brother and breake the couenant of our fathers 11 Iudáh hathe transgressed and an abominacion is committed in Israél and in Ierusa lém for Iudáh hathe defiled the holines of the Lord which he loued and hathe maried the daughter of a strange god 12 The Lord wil cut of the man that doeth this bothe the master and the seruant out of the tabernacle of Iaakób and him that offereth an offring vnto the Lord of hostes 13 And this haue ye done againe and couered the altar of the Lord with teares with weping and with mourning because the offring is no more regarded nether receiued acceptably at your hands 14 Yet ye say Wherein Because the Lord hathe bene witnes betwene thee and thy wife of thy youth against whome thou hast transgressed yet is she thy companion the wife of thy couenant 15 And did not he make one yet had he abundance of spirit and wherefore one because he soght a godlie seed therefore kepe your selues in your spirit and let none trespasse against the wife of his youth 16 If thou hatest her put her away saith the Lord God of Israél yet he couereth the iniurie vnder his garment saith the Lord of hostes therefore kepe your selues in your spirit and transgresse 〈◊〉 17 Ye haue wearied the Lord with your wordes yet ye say Wherein haue we wearied him Whēye say Euerie one that doeth euil is good in the sight of the Lord and he deliteth in them Or where is the God
sonne of Aaron of the tribe of Leui which Esdras was prisoner in the land of Medes in the reigne of Attaxerxes King of Persia. 4 * And the worde of the Lord came vnto me saying 5 Go and shewe my people their sinnes and their children their wickednes which thei haue committed against me that they may tel their childrens children 6 For the sinnes of their fathers are increased in them because they haue forgotten me and haue offred vnto strange gods 7 Haue not I broght them out of the land of Egypt from the house of bondage but they haue prouoked me vnto wrath and despised my counsels 8 Pull thou of them the heere of thine head cast all euil vpon them for they haue not bene obedient vnto my Law but they are a rebellious people 9 How long shal I forbeare thē vnto whome I haue done somuche good 10 * Many Kings haue I destroyed for their sakes Pharao with his seruāts and all his armie haue I smitten downe 11 All the nacions haue I destroied before thē * I haue destroyed the East the people of the two countreis Tyrus and Sidon and haue slaine all their enemies 12 Speake thou therefore vnto them saying Thus saith the Lord 13 * I haue led you thorow the Sea and haue giuen you a sure way since the beginning * I gaue you Moses for a guide and Aaron for a Priest 14 * I gaue you light in a piller of fyre great wonders haue I done amōg you yet haue ye forgotten me saith the Lord. 15 Thus saith the Almightie Lord The quailes * were a token vnto you I gaue you tentes for saue garde wherein ye murmured 16 And ye triumphed not in my Name for the destruction of your enemies but ye yet murmure stil. 17 Where are the benefites that I haue done for you when ye were hungrie in the wildernes * did ye not crye vnto me 18 Saying Why hast thou broght vs into this wildernes to kil vs It had bene better for vs to haue serued the Egyptians then to dye in this wildernes 19 I had pitie vpon your mournings and gaue you Manna to eat * so ye did eat Augels fode 20 * When ye were thirstie did not I cleaue the stone waters did flowe out to satisfie you from the heat I couered you with the leaues of the trees 21 And I gaue you fat countre is I cast out the Cananite the Pheresites Philistims before you * what shal I do more for you saith the Lord 22 Thus saith the almightie Lord * When ye were in the wildernes at the bitter waters being a thirst and blaspheming my Name 23 I gaue you not fyre for the blasphemies but cast a tre into the water and made the riuer swete 24 What shal I do vnto thee ô Iacob thou * Iu da woldest not obey I wil turne me to other nations and vnto those wil I giue my Name that they may kepe my lawes 25 Seing ye haue forsaken me I wil also forsake you when ye aske mercie of me I wil not ha ue pitie vpon you 26 * Whē ye call vpon me I wil not heare you for ye haue defiled your hands with blood and your fete are swift to commit murther 27 Althogh ye haue not forsaken me but your owne selues saith the Lord. 28 Thus saith the almightie Lord Haue I not prayed you as a Father his sonnes and as a mother her daughters as a nurse her yōg babes 29 That ye wolde be my people as I am your God and that ye wolde be my children as I am your father 30 * I gathered you together as an henne gathe reth her chikens vnder her wings but now what shal I do you I wil cast you out from my sight 31 * When you bring gifts vnto me I wil turne my face from you for your solēne feast dayes your new moones your circumcisions ha ue I forsaken 32 I sent vnto you my seruants the Prophetes whome ye haue taken and slaine and torne their bodies in pieces whose blood I wil reuenge saith the Lord. 33 Thus saith the almightie Lord Your house shal be desolate I wil cast you out as the winde doeth the stubble 34 Your children shal not haue generaciō for thei haue despised my commandement and done the thing that I hate before me 35 Your houses wil I giue vnto a people to come who shal beleue me thogh they heare me not and they vnto whome I neuer shewed miracle shal do the things that I command them 36 Thogh they seno Prophetes yet shal they hate their iniquities 37 ¶ I wil declare the grace that I wil do forthe people to come whose children reioyce in gladnes and thogh they haue not sene me with bodelie eyes yet in heart they beleue the things that I say 38 Now therefore brother behold what great glorie and se the people that come from the East 39 Vnto whome I wil giue for leaders Abrahā Isahac Iacob Oseas Amos Micheas Ioel Abdias Ionas 40 Naum Habacuc Sophonias Aggeus Zacha rias and Malachias which is called also the * messenger of the Lord CHAP. II. The Synagogue sindeth faute with her owne children 18 The Gentiles are called 1 THus saith the Lord I broght this people out of bondage I gaue them also my cōmandements by my seruants the Prophetes whome they wolde not heare but despised my counsels 2 The mother that bare them saith vnto thē Go you away ô childrē for I am a widdowe and forsaken 3 I broght you vp with gladnes but with soro we and heauines haue I lost you for ye haue sinned against the Lord your God done the thing that displeaseth him 4 But what shal I now do vnto you I am a widdowe and forsaken go ye ô my children and aske mercie of the Lord. 5 And thee ô father I call for a witnes for the mother ofthese children which wolde not kepe my couenant 6 That thou bring them to cōfusion and their motherto a spoile that their kinred be not continued 7 Let their names be scatred amōg the heathē let them be put out of the earth for they haue despised my couenant 8 Wo vnto thee Assur for thou hidest the vnrighteous in thee ô wicked people remember * what I did vnto Sodom and Gomorrha 9 Whose land is mixt with cloudes of pitch heapes of ashes so wil I do vnto thē that hea re me not saith the almightie Lord. 10 ¶ Thus saith the Lord vnto Esdras Tel my people that I wil giue them the kingdome of Ierusalēm which I wolde haue giuen vnto Israél 11 And I wil get me glorie by thē and giue thē the euerlasting tabernacles which I had prepared for those 12 They shal haue at wil thetre of life smelling of ointement they shal nether labour nor be weary 13 Goye ye shal receaue it pray that
7 * And in the time of their vision they shal shine and runne through as the sparkes among the stubble 8 They * shal iudge the nacions and haue do minion ouer the people their Lord shal reigne for euer 9 They that 〈◊〉 in him shal vnderstand the trueth and the faithful shal remaine with him in loue for grace and mercie is among his Saintes and he regardeth his elect 10 * But the vngodlie shal be punished according to their imaginacions for they haue despised the righteous and forsaken the Lord. 11 Who so despiseth wisdome and discipline is miserable and their hope is vaine and their labours are foolish and their workes vn profitable 12 Their wiues are vndiscrete and their children wicked their offring is cursed 13 Therefore the barren is blessed which is vn defiled and knoweth not the sinful bed * she shal haue frute in the visitation of the soules 14 And the eunuche which with his hands ha the not wroght iniquitie nor imagined wic ked things against God for vnto him shal be giuen the special gift of faith and an acceptable porcion in the Tēple of the Lord 15 For glorious is the frute of good labours and the roote of wisdome shal neuer fade away 16 But the children of a 〈◊〉 shal not be partakers of the holy things and the seed of the wicked bed shal be rooted out 17 And thogh they liue lōg yet shal they be nothing regarded and their last age shal be without honour 18 If they dye hastely they haue no hope ne ther comfort in the day of tryal 19 For horrible is the end of the wicked generacion CHAP. IIII. Of vertue and the commoditie thereof 10 The death of the righteous and the condemnation of the vnfaithful 1 BEtter is barennes with vertue for the memorial thereof is immortal for it is knowen with God and with men 2 When it is present men take example thereat and if it go away yet they desire it it is alway crowned and triumpheth and winneth the battel and the vndefiled rewardes 3 But the multitude of the vngodlie which abunde in childrê is vnprofitable and the bastard plātes shal take no depe roote nor laye any fast fundacion 4 For thogh they budde for the in the branches for a time * yet they shal be shaken with the winde for they stand not fast and thorowe the vehemēcie of the winde they shal be rooted out 5 For the vnperfect branches shal be brokē their frute shal be vnprofitable sower to eat and mete for nothing 6 For all the children that are borne of the wicked bed shal be witnes of the wickednes against their parents when they be asked 7 But thogh the righteous be preuented with death yet shal he be in rest 8 For the honorable age is not that which is of lōg time nether that which is measured by the nomber of yeres 9 But wisdome is the graye heere and an vndefiled life is the olde age 10 * He pleased God was beloued of him so that where as he liued among sinners he translated him 11 He was takē away lest wickednes shulde alter his vnderstanding or deceit be guile his minde 12 For wickednes by be witching obscureth the things that are good the vnstedfastnes of concupiscēce peruerteth the simple minde 13 Thogh he was sone dead yet fulfilled he muche time 14 For his soule pleased God therefore hasted he to take him away from wickednes 15 Yet the people se vnderstand it not cōsider no suche things in their hearts how that grace and 〈◊〉 is vpon his Saintes and his prouidence ouer the elect 16 Thus the righteous that is dead condemneth the vngodlie which are liuing the youth that is sone broght to an end the long life of the vn righteous 17 For they se the end of the wise but they vnderstād not what God hathe deuised for him and wherefore the Lord hathe preserued him in safetie 18 They 〈◊〉 him and despise him but the Lord wil laugh them to scorne 19 So that they shal fall hereafter without honour and shal haue a shame among the dead for euermore for without anie voyce shal he burste them and cast them downe shake them from the fundacions so that they shal be vtterly wasted they shal be in sorowe and their memorial shal perish 20 So they being afraied shal remēber their sinnes and their owne wickednes shal come before them to conuince them CHAP. V. 1 The constantnes of the righteous before their persecuters 14 The hope of the vnfaithful is vaine 15 The blessednes of the saintes and godlie 1 THen shal the righteous stand in great boldenes before the face of suche as haue tormented him and taken away his labours 2 When thei se him thei shal be vexed with horrible feare and shal be amased for his wonderful deliuerance 3 And shal change their 〈◊〉 and sigh for grief of minde and say within them selues This is he whome we sometime had in derision and in a parable of reproche 4 * We fooles thoght his life madnes and his end without honour 5 How is he counted among the children of God and his porcion is among the Saintes 6 Therefore we haue erred from the waye of trueth and the light of righteousnes hathe not shined vnto vs and the sunne of vn derstanding rose not vpon vs. 7 We haue wearied our selues in the waye of wickednes and destruction and we 〈◊〉 go ne through dangerous waies but we 〈◊〉 not knowen the way of the Lord. 8 What hathe pride profited vs or what pro fite hathe the pompe of riches broght vs 9 All those things are * passed away like a shadow and as a poste that passeth by 10 As a shippe that passeth ouer the waues of the water which when it is gone by the tra ce thereof can not be founde nether the path of it in the floods 11 Or as * a birde that fleeth thorowe in the aire and no man can se anie token of her passage but 〈◊〉 heare the noise of her wings beating the light winde parting the aire thorow the wehemencie of her going and fleeth on shaking her wings where as afterwarde no token of her way can be founde 12 Or as when an arrowe is shot at a marke it parteth the aire which immediatly cometh together a gaine so that a man can not knowe where it went thorowe 13 Euen so we assone as we were borne we be ganne to drawe to our end haue shewed no token of 〈◊〉 but are cōsumed in our owne wickednes 14 For * the hope of the vngodlie is like the dust that is blowne away with the winde and like a thinne fome that is scattered abroad with the storme and as the smoke which is dispersed with the winde and as the remembrance of him passeth that tarieth but for a day 15 But the
of wisdom bene discouered and shewed and who hathe vnderstand the manifolde entrāce vnto her 8 There is one wise euen the moste high Crea tor of all things the almightie the King of power and verie terrible which sitteth vpō his throne 9 He is the Lord that hathe created her thorow the holie Gost he hate sene her nombred her and measured her 10 He hathe powred her out vpon all his workes and vpon all flesh according to his gift and giueth her abundantly vnto them that loue him 11 The feare of the Lord is glorie and gladnes and reioycing and a ioyful crowne 12 The feare of the Lord maketh a mery heart and giueth gladnes and ioye and long life 13 Whoso feareth the Lord it shal go wel with him at the last and he shal finde fauour in the day of his death 14 The 〈◊〉 of God is honorable wisdome and vnto whome it appeareth in a visiō they loue it for the vision and for the knowledge of the great workes thereof 15 * The feare of the Lord is the beginning of wisdome and was made with the faithful in the wombe 〈◊〉 goeth with the chosen wo men and is knowen with the righteous and faithful 16 The feare of the Lord is an holie knowledge 17 Holines shal preserue and iustifie the heart and giueth mirth and gladnes 18 Who so feareth the Lord shal prosper and in the day of his end he shal be blessed 19 She hathe buylt her euerlasting fundacions with men and is giuen to be with their sede 20 To feare God is the fulnes of wisdome and filleth men with her frutes 21 She filleth their whole houe with all things desireable and the garners with the things that she bringeth forthe and bothe twaine are 〈◊〉 of God 22 The feare of the Lord is the crowne of wisdome ād giueth peace and perfite health he hathe sene her and nombred her 23 She raineth downe knowledge and vnder standing of wisdome and hathe broght vnto honour them that possessed her 24 The feare of the Lord is the roote of wisdome and her branches are long life 25 In the treasures of wisdome is vnderstanding and holie knowledge but wisdome is abhorred of sinners 26 The feare of the Lord driueth out sinne and when she is present she driueth away anger 27 ¶ For wicked angre can not be iustified for his rashnes in his angre shal be his destruction 28 Apacient mā wil suffer for a time and then shal he haue the rewarde of ioye 29 He wil hide his wordes for a time and manie mens lippes shal speake of his wisdome 30 In the treasures of wisdome are the secrets of knowledge but the sinner abhorreth the worship of God 31 If thou desire wisdome kepe the commandements the Lord shal giue her vnto thee and wil fil her treasures 32 For the feare of the Lord is wisdome and discipline he hathe pleasure in faith and mekenes 33 Be not disobedient to the feare of the Lord and come not vnto him with a double heart 34 ¶ Be not an hypocrite that men shulde speake of thee but take hede what thou speakest 35 Exalte not thy self lest thou fall and bring thy soule to dishonour and so God discouer thy secretes and cast thee downe in the middes of the congregacion because 〈◊〉 not receiue the true feare of God and thine heart is ful of disceite CHAP. II. 1 He exhorteth the seruāts of God to righteousnes loue vn derstāding paciēce 〈◊〉 To trust in the Lord. 13 A cursse vpon them that are fainte hearted and impacient 1 MY sonne if thou wilt come into the seruice of God stand fast in righteousnes feare and preparethy soule to tentacion 2 Settle thine heart be pacient bow dow ne thine 〈◊〉 and receiue the wordes of vnderstanding shrinke not a waie whē thou 〈◊〉 but waite vpon God paciently 3 Ioyne thy self vnto him departe not away that thou maist be increased at thy last end 4 Whatsoeuer cometh vnto thee receiue it paciently and be pacient in the change of thine affliction 5 * For as golde and siluer are tryed in the fyre euen so are men acceptable in the forna ce of aduersitie 6 Beleue in God and he wil helpe thee order thy waye aright and trust in him holde fast his feare and growe olde therein 7 Ye that feare the Lord waite for his mercie shrinke not a waye frō him that ye fall not 8 Ye that feare the Lord beleue him and your rewarde shal not faile 9 O ye that feare the Lord trust in good thīgs and in the euerlasting ioy and mercie 10 Ye that feare the Lord loue him and your hearts shal be lightened 11 Consider the olde generacions of men ye children and marke them wel * was there euer anie confounded that put his trust in the Lord or who hathe continued in his fea re and was forsaken or whome did he euer despise that called vpon him 12 For God is gracious and merciful and forgi ueth sinnes and saueth in the time of trouble and is a defender for all them that seke him in the trueth 13 Wo vnto them that haue a feareful heart and to the wicked lippes and to the faint hands and to the sinner that goeth two* ma ner of wayes 14 Wo vnto him that is faint hearted for he beleueth not therefore shal he not be defended 15 Wo vnto you that haue lost pacience and haue forsaken the right wayes and are turned backe into frowarde wayes for what wil ye do when the Lord shal visit you 16 They that feare the Lord wil not disobey his worde and they that * loue him wil kepe his wayes 17 They that feare the Lord wil seke out the things that are pleasant vnto him and they that loue him shal be fulfilled with his Law 18 They that feare the Lord wil prepare their hearts and humble their soules in his sight 19 Thei that feare the Lord kepe his cōman dements and wil be pacient til he se them 20 Saying If we do not repent we shal fall in to the hands of the Lord and not into the hands of men 21 Yet as his greatnes is so is his mercie CHAP. III. 2 To our father and mother ought we to giue double honor 10. Of the blessing and curse of the father and mother 22 No man ought ouer curiously to searche out the secrets of God 1 T He children of wisdome are the Church of the righteous and their of spring is obedience and loue 2 Heare your fathers iudgement ô children and do thereafter that ye may be safe 3 For the Lord wil haue the father honored of he children and hathe confirmed the autoritie of the mother ouer the children 4 Who so honoreth his father his sinnes shal be forgiuen him and he shal absteine from them and shal haue his daily desires 5 And he that honoreth his mother is like one that
gathereth treasure 6 Who so honoreth his father shal haue ioye of his owne children and when he maketh his prayer he shal be heard 7 He that honoreth his father shal haue alōg life and he that is obedient vnto the Lord shal comfort 〈◊〉 mother 8 He that feareth the Lord honoreth his parents and doeth seruice vnto his parents as vnto lords 9 * Honour thy father and mother in dede and in worde and in all paciēce that thou maist haue Gods blessing and that his blessing may abide with thee in the end 10 For the blessing of the father stablisheth the houses of the children and the mothers curse rotteth out the fundacions 11 Reioyce not at the dishonour of thy father for it is not honour vnto thee but shame 12 Seing that mans glorie cometh by his fathers honour and the reproche of the mother is dishonour to the children 13 My sonne helpe thy father in his age and greue him not as long as he liueth 14 And if his vnderstanding faile haue pacience with him and despise him not when thou art in thy ful strength 15 For the good intreatie of thy father shal not be forgottē but it shal be a forteres for thee against sinnes and for thy mothers offence thou shalt be recompensed with good and it shal be founded for thee in righteousnes 16 And in the day of trouble thou shalt be remembred thy sinnes also shal melt away as the yce in the faire wether 17 He that forsaketh his father shal come to shame and he that angreth his mother is curs sed of God 18 ¶ My sonne performe thy doings with mekenes so shalt thou be beloued of them that are approued 19 The * greater thou art the more humble thy self in all things and thou shalt finde fa uour before the Lord. 20 Many are excellēt and of renoume but the secrets are reueiled vnto the meke 21 For the power of the Lord is great and he is honored of the lowlie 22 * Seke not out the things that are to hard for thee nether searche the things rashly which are to mightie for thee 23 But what God hathe commanded thee thinke vpon that with reuerence and be not curious in many of his workes for it is not nedeful for thee to se with thine eyes the things that are secret 24 Be not curious in superfluous things for many things are shewed vnto thee aboue the capacitie of men 25 The medling with suche hathe beguiled ma ny and an euil opinion hathe deceiued their iudgement 26 Thou cāst not se without eyes professe not the knowledge therefore that thou hast not 27 A stubberne heart shal fare euil at the last and he that loueth dāger shal perish therein 28 An heart that goeth two waies shal not prosper ād he that is frowarde of heart 〈◊〉 stumble therein 29 An obstinate heart shal be laden with sorowes and the wicked man shal heape sinne vpon sinne 30 The persuasion of the proude is without re medie and his steppes shal be plucked vp for the plant of sinne hathe taken roote in him and he shal not be estemed 31 The heart of him that hathe vnderstanding shal perceiue secret things and an attentiue eare is the desire of a wise man 32 An heart that is wise and vnderstanding wil absteine from sinne and shal prosper in the workes of righteousnes 33 Water quencheth burning fyre * and almes taketh away sinnes 34 And he that rewardeth good dedes wil remember it afterward and in the time of the fall he shal finde a staye CHAP. IIII. 1 Almes must be done with gentlenes 12 The studie of wisdome and her frute 20 An exhortation to eschewe euil and to do good 1 MY sonne defraude not the poore of his liuing and make not the nedie eyes to waite long 2 Make not an hungrie soule sorowfull nether vexe a man in his necessitie 3 Trouble not the heart that is grieued and differre not the gift of the nedie 4 Refuse not the prayer of one that is in trouble turne not awaye thy face from the poore 5 Turne not thine eyes a side in angre frō the poore and giue him none occasion to speake euil of thee 6 For if he cursse thee in the bitternes of his soule hys prayer shal be heard of him that made him 7 Be courteous vnto the cōpanie of poore and humble thy soule vnto the Elder and bowe downe thine head to a mā of worship 8 Let it not greue thee to bowe downe thine eare vnto the poore but pay thy dette and giue him a friendlie answer 9 ¶ Deliuer him that suffreth wrong from the hand of the oppressour be not faint hearted when thouiudgest 10 Be as a father vnto the fatherles and as an housband vnto their mother so shalt thou be as the sonne of the moste High and he shall loue thee more then thy mother doeth 11 Wisdome exalteth her children and receiueth them that seke her and wil go before them in the way of righteousnes 12 He that loueth her loueth life and they that seke life in the morning shall haue great ioye 13 He that kepeth her shall inherite glorie for vnto whome she entreth him the Lord wil blesse 14 They that honour her shal be the seruāts of the holie one and them that loue her the Lord doeth loue 15 Who so gyueth eare vnto her shal iudge the nacions and he that goeth vnto her shal dwel safely 16 He that is faithful vnto her shall haue her in possession and his generacion shall possesse her For first she wil walke with him by croked waies and bring him vnto feare drede and torment him with her discipline vntill she haue tryed his soule and haue proued him by her iudgements 18 Then will she returne the straight waye vnto him and comfort him and shew him her secrets and heape vpon him the treasures of knowledge and vnderstanding of righteousnes 19 But if he go wrong she wil forsake him giue him ouer into the hands of his destruction 20 ¶ My sonne * Make muche of time and esche we the thing that is euil 21 And be not ashamed to say the trueth for thy life for there is a shame that 〈◊〉 sinne and a shame that 〈◊〉 worship and fauour 22 Accept no persone againste 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 conscience that thou be not confounded to thine owne decaye and forbeare not thy neighbour in his faute 23 And kepe not backe counsell when it may do good nether hide thy wisdome when it may be famous 24 For by the talke is wisdome knowē and learning by the wordes of the tongue counsel wisdome and learning by the talking of the wise stedfastnes in the workes of righteousnes 25 In no wise speake against the worde of trueth but be ashamed of the lies of thine owne ignorance 26 Be not ashamed to confesse thy sinnes resist not the course of the riuer 27 Submit not thy selfe
And if thou seest a man of vnderstanding get thee sone vnto him and let thy 〈◊〉 weare the steppes of his dores 38 Let thy minde be vpon the ordinances of the Lord and be continually occupied in his commandements so shall he stablishe thine heart and giue thee wisdome at thine owne desire CHAP. VII 2. We must forsake euil and yet not iustifie our selues 23 The behauiour of the wise towarde his wife his friende his children his seruants his father and mother 1 DO no euil so shal no harme come vnto thee 2 Departe from the thing that is wicked sinne shal turne away from thee 3 My sonne sowe not vpon the forowes of vnrighteousnes lest that thou reape them seuen folde 4 Aske not of the Lord preeminence nether of the King the seate of honour 5 * Iustifie not thy self before the Lord for he knoweth thine heart boast not thy wisdome in the presence of the King 6 Seke not to be made a iudge lest thou be not able to take away iniquitie and lest thou fearing the persone of the mightie shuldest commit an offence against thine vprightenes 7 Offend not against the multitude of a citie and cast not thy self among the people 8 * Binde not two sinnes together for in one sinne shalt thou not be vnpunished 9 Say not God wil loke vpon the multitude of mine oblacions and when I offer to the moste high God he wil accept it 10 Be not faint hearted when thou makest thy prayer nether slacke in giuing of almes 11 Laugh no man to scorne in the heauines of his soule for God which seeth all thigs is he * that can bring downe and set vp againe 12 Sow not a lie against thy brother nether do the same against thy friend 13 Vse not to make anie maner of lie for the custome there of is not good 14 Make not manie wordes when thou art among the Elders nether repeate a thing in thy prayer 15 Heare not laborious worke nether the housbandrie which the moste High hathe created 16 Nomber not thy self in the multitude of the wicked but remember that vengeance wil not slacke 17 Humble thy minde greatly for the vengeā ce of the wicked is fyre and wormes 18 Giue not ouer thy friend for anie good nor thy true brother for the gold of Ophir 19 Departe not from a wise and good womā that is fallen vnto thee for thy porcion in the feare of the Lord for her grace is aboue golde 20 ¶ * Where as thy seruant worketh truely intreate him not euil not the hireling that besto weth him self wholie for thee 21 Let thy soule loue a good seruant and defraude him not of libertie nether leaue him a poore man 22 * If thou haue cattel loke wel to them if thei be for thy profite kepe them with thee 23 If thou haue sonnes instruct them holde their necke from their youth 24 If thou haue daughters kepe their bodie and shewe not thy face chereful towarde them 25 Marie thy daughter and so shalt thou performe a weightie matter but giue her to a man of vnderstanding 26 If thou haue a wife after thy minde forsake her not but commit not thy self to the hateful 27 * Honour thy father from thy whole heart forget not the sorowes of thy mother 28 Remember that thou wast borne of them and how canst thou recompense them the things that they haue done for the. 29 ¶ Feare the Lord with all thy soule and honor his ministers 30 Loue him that made thee with all thy strength * and forsake not his seruants 31 Feare the Lord with all thy soule and honor the Priests * And giue them their porcion as it is commanded thee the first frutes and purifications and sacrifices for sinne and the offrings of the shoulders and the sacrifices of sanctification and the first frutes of the holie things 32 Stretche thine hand vnto the poore that thy blessing and reconciliacion may be accomplished 33 Liberalitie pleaseth all men liuing and * from the dead restraine it not 34 * Let not them that wepe be without cōfort but mourne with suche as mourne 35 * Be not slowe to visit the sicke for that shal make thee to be beloued 36 What soeuer thou takest in hād remember the end and thou shalt neuer do amisse CHAP. VIII We must take hede with whome we haue to do 1 STriue not with a mightie man lest thou fall into his hands 2 * Make not variance with a riche man lest on the other side weigh downe thy weight * for golde and siluer hathe destroyed ma nie hathe subuerted the hearts of Kings 3 Striue not with a man that is ful of wordes and laie no stickes vpon his fyre 4 Playe not with a man that is vntaught lest thy kinred be dishonored 5 * Despise not a man that turneth himself away from sinne nor cast him not in the teeth with all but remember that we are all worthie blame 6 * Dishonour not a man in his olde age for they 〈◊〉 as we which are not olde 7 Be not glad of the death of thine enemie but remember that we must dye all and so enter into ioy 8 * Despise not the exhortacion of the Elders that be wise but acquaint thy self with their wise sentences for of thē thou shalt learne wisdome the doctrine of vnderstanding and how to serue great mē without complaint 9 Go not from the doctrine of the Elders for they haue learned it of their fathers of them thou shalt learne vnderstanding and to make answer in the time of nede 10 Kindle not the coles of sinners when thou rebukest them lest thou be burnt in the fyrie flames of their sinnes 11 Rise not vp against him that doeth wrong that he lay not wait as a spie for thy mouth 12 * Lend not vnto him that is mightier then thy selfe for if thou lendest him counte it but lost 13 Be not suretie aboue thy power for if thou be suretie thinke to paie it 14 Go not to law with the iudge for thei wil giue sentēce accordig to his owne honour 15 * Trauaile not by the waye with hym that is rash lest he do thee iniurie for he followeth his owne wilfulnes and so shalt thou perish thorowe his folie 16 * Striue not with him that is angrie go not with him into the wildernes for blood is as nothing in his sight and where there is no helpe he wil ouerthrowe thee 17 Take no counsel at a foole for he can not kepe a thing close 18 Do no secret thing before a stranger for thou canst not tell what he goeth about 19 Open not thine hearte vnto euerie man lest he be vnthankeful to thee put thee to reprofe CHAP. IX Ofielousie 12 An olde friend is to be preferred before a newe 18
Righteous most shulde be bidden to thy table 1 BE not ielous ouer thy wife of thy bosome nether teache her by thy meanes an euil lesson 2 Giue not thy life vnto a woman lest she ouer come thy strength and so thou be confounded 3 Mete not an harlot lest thou fall into her snares 4 Vse not the companie of a woman that is a singer and a dancer nether heare her lest thou be taken by her craftines 5 Gaze not on a * maide that thou fall not by that that is precious in her 6 * Cast not thy minde vpon harlots in any maner of thing lest thou destroye bothe thy self and thine heritage 7 Go not about gazing in the streates of the citie nether wāder thou in the secret places thereof 8 * Turne awaye thine eye from a beautifull woman and loke not vpō others beautie for many * haue perished by the beautie of womē for thorow it loue is kindled as a fire 9 Euerie woman that is an harlot shal be trodden vnder fote as dongue of euerie one that goeth by the waye 10 Many wondering at the beautie of a strāge woman haue bene cast out for her wor des borne as a fyre 11 Sit not at all with another mans wife nether lie with her vpon the bed nor banket with her lest thine heart incline vnto so through thy desire fall into destructiō 12 ¶ For sake not an olde friend for the new shal not be like him a newe friend is as dewe wine when it is olde thou shalt drinke it with pleasure 13 * Desire not the honour riches of a sinner for thou knowest not what shal be his end 14 Delite not in the thing that the vngodlie haue pleasure in but remember that they shal not be founde iust into their graue 15 Kepe thee from the man that hathe power to slaye so shalt thou not doute the feare of death and if thou come vnto him make no faute lest he take away thy life remem ber that thou goest in the middes ofsnares and that thou walkest vpon the towres of the citie 16 Trye thy neighbour as nere as thou canst * and aske counsel of the wise 17 Let thy talke be with the wise and all thy communication in the Law of the moste High 18 Let iust men eat and drinke with thee and let thy reioycing be in the feare of the Lord. 19 In the hands of the craftesmen shal the workes be commended and the wise prince of the people by his worde the wor de by the wisdome of the Elders 20 A man ful of wordes is dangerous in his ci tie and he that is rash in his talking shal be hated CHAP. X. 1 Of Kings and iudges 7 Pride and 〈◊〉 are to be abhorred 28 Labour in praised 1 A Wise iudge wil instruct his people with discretion the gouernance of a prudēt man is wel ordered 2 As the iudge of the people is him self so are his officers and what maner of man the ruler of the citie is suche are all they that dwell therein 3 * An vnwise King destroieth his people but where they that be in autoritie are men of vnderstanding there the citie prospereth 4 The gouernour of the earth is in the hand of the Lord and all iniquitie of the nacions is to be abhorred and when time is he wil set vp a profitable ruler ouer it 5 In the hand of God is the prosperitie of man and vpon the scribes wil he laye his honour 6 * Be not angrie for any wrong with thy neighbour and do nothing by iniurious practises 7 Pride is hateful before God and man and by bothe doeth one 〈◊〉 iniquitie 8 * Because of vn righteous dealing and wrongs and riches gotten by deceite the kingdome is translated from one people to another 9 There is nothing worse then a 〈◊〉 man why art thou proude ô earth and ashes there is not a more wicked thing then to loue money for suche one wolde euen sel his soule and for his life euery one is compelled to pul out his owne bowels 10 All tyrannie is of smale indurance and the disease that is hard to heale is grieuous to the physicion 11 The physicion cutteth of the sore disease and he that is to day a King tomorowe is dead 12 Why is the earth and ashes proude seing that when a man dyeth he is the heire of serpents beastes and wormes 13 The beginning of mans pride is to fall away from God to turne away his heart from his maker 14 For pride is the original of sinne and he that hathe it shal powre out abominaciō til at last he be ouer throwen therfore the Lord bringeth the persuasions of the wicked to dishonour and destroieth them in the end 15 The Lord hathe cast downe the thrones of the proude princes and set vp the meke in their steade 16 The Lord plucketh vp the rootes of the proude nacions and planteth the lowlie with glorie among them 17 The Lord ouerthroweth the lands of the heathen and destroyeth thē vnto the fundacions of the earth he causeth thē to wither away and destroieth thē and maketh their memorial to cease out of the earth 18 GOD destroyeth the memorial of the proude and leaueth the remembrance of the humble 19 Pride was not created in mē nether wrath in the generacion of women 20 There is a sede of man which is an honorable sede the honorable sede are thei that feare the Lord there is a sede of mā which is without honour the sede without honor are they that transgresse the 〈◊〉 of the Lord it is a sede that remaineth whiche feareth the Lord afaire plant that loue him but they are a sede without honour that despise the Law and adeceiueable sede that breake the commandemēts 21 He that is the chief among brethrē is honorable so are they that feare the Lord in his sight 22 The feare of the LORD causeth that the kingdome faileth not but the kyngdome is lost by crueltie and pride 23 The feare of the Lord is the glorie as well of the riche and the noble as of the poore 24 It is not mete to despise the poore man that hath vnderstanding nether is it 〈◊〉 to magnifie the riche that is a wicked man 25 The great man and the iudge and the man of autoritie are honorable yet is there none of them greater then he that feareth the Lord. 26 * Vnto the seruant that is wise shall they that are free do seruice * he that hathe knowledge will not grudge when he is reformed and the ignorāt shall not 〈◊〉 to honour 27 Seke not excuses when thou 〈◊〉 do thy worke nether be ashamed thereof through pride in the time of aduersitie 28 * Better is he that laboreth and hath plēteousnes of all things then he that is gorgeous and wanteth bread 29 My 〈◊〉 get thy self praise by mekenes
and esteme thy self as thou 〈◊〉 30 Who will counte hym iust that sinneth against him selfe or honour him that dishonoreth his owne soule 31 The poore is honored for his knowledge and his feare but the riche is had in repu tacion because of his goods 32 He that is honorable in pouertie how muche more shal he be when he is riche he that is vnhonest being riche how much more wil he be so when he is in pouertie CHAP. XI 1 The praise of humilitie 2 After the outward appearance ought we not to iudge 7 Of 〈◊〉 iudgement 14 All things come of God 29 All men are not to be broght into thine house 1 WIsdome * 〈◊〉 vp the head of hym that is lowe and maketh hym to sit among great men 2 Commend not a mā for his beautie nether despise a man in his vtter appearance 3 The bee is but 〈◊〉 among the foules yet doeth her frute passe in swetenes 4 Be not proude of clothing and raimēt * exalte not thy selfe in the daye of honour for the workes of the Lord are wonderful and glorious secret and vnknowen are his workes among men 5 Many tyrāts haue sit downe vpō the earth * the vnlikelie hath worne the crowne 6 Manye mightie men haue bene broght to dishonour the honorable haue bene deliuered into other mens hands 7 ¶ * Blame no man before thou haue inquired the matter vnderstand first and thē reforme righteously 8 * Giue no sentence before thou hast heard the cause nether interrupt men in the middes of their tales 9 Striue not for a matter that thou hast not to do with and sit not in the iudgement of sinners 10 My sonne medle not with many matters * for if thou 〈◊〉 muche thou shalt not be blameles and if thou followe after it yet shalt thou not atteine it nether shalt thou escape thogh thou flee from it 11 * There is some man that laboreth and taketh peine and the more he hasteth the more he wanteth 12 Againe there is some that is slouthful * hath nede of helpe for he wāteth strēgth and hath great pouertie yet the eye of the Lord loketh vpon hym to good and setteth him vp from his lowe estate 13 And he lifteth vp his head so that manye men marueil at him and giue honour vnto God 14 * Prosperitie and aduersitie life and death pouertie and riches come of the Lord. 15 Wisdome and knowledge and vnderstanding of the Lawe are of the Lord loue and good workes come of him 16 Errour and darckenes are appointed for sinners and they that exalte them selues in euil waxe olde in euil 17 The gifte of the Lord remayneth for the godlie and his good wil giueth prosperitie for euer 18 ¶ Some man is riche by hys care and nigardship and this is the porcion of his wages 19 In that he saith * I haue gotten rest and now wil I eat continually of my goods yet he considereth not that the time draweth nere that he must leaue all these things vnto other men and dye him self 20 Stand thou in thy stare and exercise thy self therein and remaine in thy worke vnto thine age 21 Marueil not at the workes of sinners but truste in the Lord and abide in thy labour for it is an easie thing in the sight of the Lord suddenly to make a poore man riche 22 The blessing of the Lord is in the wages of the godlie and he maketh his prosperitie sone to florish 23 ¶ Say not What profite and pleasure shal I haue and what good thinges shall I haue hereafter 24 Againe say not I haue ynough and posses se many things * what euil can come to me hereafter 25 In thy good state remember 〈◊〉 in aduersitie forget not prosperitie 26 For it is an easie thing vnto the LORD in the day of death to rewarde a man according to his waies 27 The aduersitie of an houre maketh one to forget pleasure and in a mans ende hys workes are discouered 28 Iudge none blessed before his death for a man shal be knowen by his children 29 Bring not euerie man into thine house for the disceitfull haue many traines and are like stomackes that belche stin kingly 30 As a partriche is takē vnder a basket the hinde is taken in the snare so is the heart of the proude man whiche like a spie watcheth for thy fall 31 For he lieth in waite and turneth good vnto euil and in things worthie praise he wil finde some faute 32 Of one litle sparke is made a greate fyre and of one disceitful man is blood in creased for a sinful man laieth waite for blood 33 Beware of a wicked man for he imagineth wicked things to bring thee into a perpetual shame 34 Lodge a stranger and he will destroy thee with vnquietnes and driue thee from thine owne CHAP. XII 1 Vnto whome we ought to do good 10 Enemies ought not to be trusted 1 WHen thou wilt do good knowe to whome thou doest it so shalt thou be thanked for thy benefites 2 Do good vnto the righteous thou shalt finde great rewarde thogh not of him yet of the moste High 3 He can not haue good that continueth in euill and gyueth no almes for the moste High hateth the sinners and hathe mercie vpon them that repent 4 Giue vnto suche as feare God and receiue not a sinner 5 Do well vnto him that is lowlie but gyue not to the vngodlie holde backe thy bread and giue it not vnto him lest he ouer come thee thereby els thou shalt receyue twise as muche euill for all the good that thou doest vnto him 6 For the moste High hateth the wicked will repay vengeance vnto the vngodlye and kepeth them against the daye of horrible vengeance 7 Giue vnto the good and receiue not the sinner 8 A friende can not be knowen in prosperitie nether can an enemie be vnknowen in aduersitie 9 When a man is in wealth it grieueth hys enemies but in heauines trouble a mans very friend wil departe from him 10 Trust neuer thine ennemie for like as an yron rusteth so doeth his wickednes 11 And thogh he make muche crouching kneeling yet a duise thy selfe and beware of him and thou shalt be to him as he that wipeth a glasse and thou shalt knowe that all his rust hath not bene wel wiped away 12 Set him not by thee lest he destroy thee standin thy place 13 Nether set him at thy right hand lest he seke thy roume thou at the last remēber my wordes be pricked with my sayings 14 Binde not two sinnes together for there shal not one be vnpunished 15 Who wil haue pitie of the charmer that is stinged of the serpent or of all suche as come nere the beasts so is it with him that kepeth companie with a wicked man wrap peth him self in
tymes brighter then the sunne beholdyng all the waies of men and the ground of the deepe and considereth the moste secret partes 20 He knewe all thyngs or euer they were made and after they be broght to passe also he loketh vpon them all 21 * The same man shal be punished in the strea tes of the citie and shal be chased lyke a yong horsefoale and when he thinketh not vpon it he shal be taken thus shal he be put to shame of euerie man because he wolde not vnderstand the feare of the Lord. 22 And thus shal it go also with euerie wife that leaueth her housband and getteth in he ritance by another 23 * For first she hathe disobeid the Law of the moste High and secondly she hathe trespaced against her owne housband and thirdly she hathe plaide the whore in adulterie and gotten her children by another man 24 She shal be broght out into the congregacion and examinacion shal be made of her children 25 Her children shal not take roote and her branches shal bring forthe no frute 26 A shameful reporte shal she leaue and her reproche shal not be put out 27 And they that remaine shal knowe that the re is nothing better then the feare of the Lord and that there is nothing sweter then to take hede vnto the commandements of the Lord. 28 It is great glorie to followe the Lord and to be receiued of him is long life CHAP. XXIIII 1 A praise of wisdome proceding forthe of the mouth of God 6 Of her workes and place where she resteth 20 She is giuen to the children of God 1 WIsdome shal praise herself and be honored in God and reioyce in the mid des of her people 2 In the congregacion of the moste High shal she open her mouth and triumph before his power 3 In the middes of her people shal she be exalted and wondred at in the holy assemblie 4 In the multitude of the chosen she shal be cō mended and among suche as be blessed she shal be praised and shal say 5 I am come out of the mouth of the moste High first borne before all creatures 6 I caused the light that faileth not to arise in the heauen and couered the earth as a cloude 7 My dwelling is aboue in the height and my throne is in the piller of the cloude 8 I alone haue gone rounde about the compasse of heauē and haue walked in the bottom of the depth 9 I possessed the waues of the sea and all the earth and all people and nacion and with my power haue I troden downe the hearts of all bothe High and low 10 In all these things I soght rest a dwelling in some inheritance 11 So the creator of all things gaue me a cōmā dement and he that made me appointed me a tabernacle and said Let thy dwelling be in Iacob and take thine inheritance in Israél and roote thy selfe among my chosen 12 * He created me from the beginning and be fore the world and I shal neuer faile * In the holie habitacion haue I serued before him so was I stablished in Sion 13 * In the welbeloued citie gaue he me rest in Ierusalem was my power 14 I toke roote in an honorable people euen in the porcion of the Lords inheritance 15 I am set vp on hielyke aceder in Libanus and as a cipers tre vpon the mountainès of Hermon 16 I am exalted like a palme tre about the bā kes and as a rose plante in Iericho as a faire oliue tre in a pleasant field and am exalted as a plane tre by the water 17 I smelled as the cinnamom and as a bagge of spices I gaue a swete odour as the best myrrhe as galbanum and onix and swete sto rax and perfume of incense in an house 18 As the terebinth haue I stretched out my branches and my branches are the brāches of honour and grace 19 * As the vine haue I broght forthe frute of swete sauour and my floures are the frute of honour and riches 20 I am the mother of beautifull loue and of feare and of knowledge and of holy hope I giue eternall thyngs to all my chyldren to whome God hathe commanded 21 In me is al grace of life and trueth in me is all hope of life and vertue 22 Come vnto me al ye that be desirous of me and fill your selues with my frutes 23 * For the remembrance of me is sweter thē honie and mine enheritance sweter then the honie combe the remembrance of me endureth for euer more 24 They that eat me shal haue the more hunger and they that drinke me shal thirst the more 25 Who so hearkeneth vnto me shal not come to confusion they that worke by me shal not offende they that make me to be know en shal haue euerlasting life 26 All these things are the boke of life and the couenant of the moste high God the knowledge of the trueth * the Law that Moyses in the precepts of righteousnes commanded for an heritage vnto the house of Iacob and the promises perteining vnto Israel 27 Be not weary to behaue your selues valiant ly with the Lord that he may also confirme you cleaue vnto him for the Lord almightie is but one God besides him there is none other Sauiour 28 Out of Dauid his seruant he ordeined to raise vp a moste mightie King that shulde sit in the throne of honour for euer more 29 He filleth all things with his wisdome as * Physon as Tygris in the time of the newe frutes 30 He maketh the vnderstanding to abounde like* Euphrates as Iorden in the time of the haruest 31 He maketh the doctrine of knowledge to appeare as the light ouerfloweth as Geon in the time of the vintage 32 The first man hathe not knowen her 〈◊〉 ly no more shal the last seke her out 33 For her consideratious are more abundant then the sea and her counselis profounder then the great depe 34 I wisdome haue cast out floods I am as an arme of the riuer I runne into Paradise as a watercondite 35 I said I wil watter my faire garden and wil water my pleasant grounde and lo my ditche became a slood and my flood became a sea 36 For I make doctrine to shine as the light of the morning and I lighten it for euer 37 I wil pearce thorow all the lower partes of the earth I wil loke vpon all suche as be aslepe and lighten all them that trust in the Lord. 38 I wil yet powre out doctrine as prophecie and leane it vnto all ages for euer 39 * Beholde that I haue not labored formy self onely but for all them that seke wisdome CHAP. XXV 1 Ofthre things which please God and of thre which he hateth 7 Of nine things that be not to be suspect 15 Of the malice of a
that hathe pleasure in the gode and in driuing oxen and is occupied in their labours talketh but of the brede of bullockes 26 He giueth his minde to make forowes is diligent to giue the kine fodder 27 So is it of euerie carpēter and workemaster that laboreth night and daye and they that cut and graue seales and make sondrie diuersities and giue thē selues to contrefait imagerie and watche to performe the worke 28 The smithe in like maner abideth by hys anuil and doeth his diligence to labour the yron the vapour of the fyre dryeth hys fleshe and hemuste fight with the heat of the fornace the noyce of the hammer is euer in his eares and his eyes loke stil vpon the thing that he maketh he setteth his minde to make vp his workes therefore he watcheth to polish it perfitely 29 So doeth the potter sit by his worke he turneth the whele about with his fete he is careful alwaye at his worke and maketh his worke by nomber 30 He facioneth the claye with his arme and with his feete he tempereth the hardnes thereof his heart 〈◊〉 how to couer it with lead and his diligence is to clen se the ouen 31 All these hope in their hands and euerie one bestoweth his wisdome in his worke 32 Without these can not the cities be mainteined nor inhabited nor occupied 33 And yet they are not asked their iudgemēt in the coūsel of the people nether are thei hie in the congregacion nether sit they vpon the iudgement seates nor vnderstand the order of iustice they can not declare matters according to the forme of the Law they are not mete for hard matters 34 But thei mainteine the state of the worlde and their desire is concerning their worke and occupacion CHAP. XXXIX 1 A wise man 16 The workes of God 24 Vnto the good good things profite but vnto the euil euen good things are euil 1 HE one lie that applieth his minde to the Law of the moste High and is occupied in the meditacion thereof seketh out the wisdome of all the ancient ex erciseth him self in the prophecies 2 He kepeth the sayings of famous men entreth in also to the secrets of darke sen tences 3 He seketh out the my sterie of graue sentences and exerciseth him self in darke pa rables 4 He shal serue amōg great men and appeare before the prīce he shal traueil through strange countreis for he hathe tryed the good and the euil among men 5 He wil giue his heart to resorte early vnto the Lord that made him and to praye before the moste High and wil open his mouth in prayer and praie for his sinnes 6 When the great Lord wil he shal be filled with the Spirit of vnderstanding that he may powre out wise sentences and giue thankes vnto the Lord in his prayer 7 He shal direct his coūsel and knowledge so shal he meditate in his secrets 8 He shal shewe for the his science and lear ning and reioyce in the Law and couenant of the Lord. 9 Manie shal commend his vnderstanding and his memorie shal neuer be put out nor departe away but his name shal continue from generacion to generacion 10 * The congregacion shall declare his wisdome and shewe it 11 Thogh he be dead he shal leaue a greater same then a thousand and if he liue still he shal get the same 12 Yet wil I speake of mo things for I am ful as the moone 13 Hearken vnto me ye holy children and bring forthe frute as the rose that is planted by the brokes of the field 14 And giue ye a swete smell as incense and bring forth flowres as the lilie giue a smel and sing a song of praise blesse the Lord in all his workes 15 Giue honour vnto hys Name and shewe forthe his praise with the songs of your lippes and with harpes and ye shal say after this maner 16 * All the workes of the Lord are exceading good and all his commandemēts are done in due season 17 And none may say What is this wherfore is that for at time conuenient they shal all be soght out at his cōmandement the water stode as an heape and at the worde of his mouth the waters gathered thē selues 18 His whole fauour appeared by his commandement and none can diminishe that which he wil saue 19 The workes of all fleshe are before him and nothing can be hid from his eyes 20 He seeth from euerlasting to euerlasting and there is nothing wonderful vnto him 21 A man nede not to say What is this wherfore is that for he hath made all things for their owne vse 22 His blessing shal renne ouer as the streame and moisture the earth like a flood 23 As he hath turned the waters into saltnes so shal the heathen fele his wrath 24 As his waies are plaine and right vnto the iust so are they stumbling blockes to the wicked 25 ¶ For the good are good thinges created from the beginning and euill thinges for the sinners 26 * The principal thinges for the whole vse of mans life is water fyre and yron and salt and meale wheate and hony milke the blood of the grape and oyle and clothing 27 All these things are for good to the godlie but to the sinners they are turned vnto euil 28 There be spretes that are created for vēgeance whiche in their rigour laye on sure strokes in the time of destructiō thei shewe forthe their power and accomplishe the wrath of him that made them 29 Fyre and haile and famine and death all these are created for vengeance 30 The teeth of wilde beastes and the Scorpions and the serpents and the sword execute vengeance for the destruction of the wicked 31 They shal be glad to do his commandemēts and when nede is they shal be readie vpō earth and when their houre is come they shal not ouerpasse the commandement 32 Therefore haue I taken a good courage vnto me from the beginning and haue thoght on these things and haue put thē in writing 33 * All the workes of the Lord are good he giueth euerie one in due season whē nede is 34 So that a man nede not to say This is wor se then that for in due season they are all worthie praise 35 And therefore praise the Lord with whole heart and mouth and blesse the Name of the Lord. CHAP. XL. 1 Many miseries in mans life 14 Of the blessing of the righteous and prerogatiue of the feare of God 1 GReat trauail is created for all men an heauie yoke vpon the sonnes of Adam from the day that they go out of their mothers wombe til the day that theiretur ne to the mother of all things 2 Namely their thoghts and feare of the heart and their imaginacion of the things they waite for and the daye of death 3 〈◊〉 him that sitteth vpon the glorious throne vnto
there are hid yet greater things then these be we haue sene but a fewe of hys workes 33 For the Lord hathe made all things and giuen wisdome to suche as feare God CHAP. XLIIII The praise of certein holie men Enoch Noe Abraham Isaac and Iacob 1 LEt vs now commende the famous men and our fathers of whome we are begotten 2 The Lord hathe gotten great glorie by them and that through his great power from the beginning 3 Thei haue borne rule in their kingdomes and were renoumed for their power and were wise in counsel and declared prophecies 4 * They gouerned the people by counsel by the knowledge of learning mete for the people in whose doctrine were wise sē tences 5 They inuented the melodie of musicke expounded the verses that were writen 6 They were riche and mightie in power liued quietly at home 7 All these were honorable men in their generacions and were wel reported of their times 8 There are of them that haue left a name behinde them so that their praise shal be spoken of 9 There are some also which haue no memo rial * and are perished as thogh they had neuer bene and are become as thogh they had neuer bene borne and their children after them 10 But the former were merciful men whose righteousnes hathe not bene forgotten 11 For whose posteritie a good inheritance is reserued and their sede is conteined in the couenant 12 Their stocke is conteined in the couenant and their posteritie after them 13 Their sede shal remaine for euer their praise shal neuer be taken away 14 Their bodies are buryed in peace but their name liueth for euer more 15 * The people speake of their wisdome the congregacion talke of their praise 16 * Enoch pleased the Lord God therefore was he translated for an example of repentance to the generacions 17 * 〈◊〉 was founde perfite and in the time of wrath he had a rewarde therefore was he left as a remnant vnto the earth when the flood came 18 An euerlasting couenant was made with him that all flesh shulde * perish no more by the flood 19 Abrahā was a * great father of maniepeo ple in glorie was there none like vnto him 20 He kepeth the Law of the moste High was in couenant with him and he set couenant * in his flesh and in tentation he was founde faithful 21 Therefore he assured him an * othe that he wolde blesse the nacions in his sede and that he wolde multiplie him as the dust of the earth exalte his sede as the starres cause them to inheritāce from sea to sea frō the Riuer vnto the end of the worlde 22 * With Isaac did he cōfirme likewise for Abraham his fathers sake the blessing of all men and the couenant 23 And caused it to rest vpon the head of Iacob and made him selfe knowen by * hys blessings and gaue him an heritage and deuided his porcions * and parted them among the twelue tribes 24 And he broght out of him a mercifull man whiche founde fauour in the sight of all flesh CHAP. XLV The praise of Moyses Aaron and Phinees 1 ANd Moyses the * beloued of God men broght forthe whose remembrance is blessed 2 He made him like to the glorious Saints and magnified him by the feare of his enemies 3 By his wordes he caused the wonders to cease and he made him * glorious in the sight of Kings and gaue him commandements for his people and shewed him hys glorie 4 * He sanctified him with faithfulnes and mekenes and chose him out of all men 5 He caused him to heare his voyce and broght him into the darke cloude * and there he gaue him the commaundements before his face euen the Lawe of life and knowledge that he might teache Iacob the couenant and Israel his iudgements 6 He exalted Aaron an holie man like vnto him euē his * brother of the tribe of Leui. 7 An euerlasting couenant made he with him and gaue him the Priesthode amōg the people and made him blessed through his comelie ornament clothed him with the garment of honour 8 He put perfite ioye vpon him and gyrded him with ornaments of strength as with breches and a tunicle and an ephod 9 He compassed hym aboute with belles of golde and with manie belles round about * that when he went in the sound might be heard and might make a 〈◊〉 in the Sanctuarie for a remembrance to the children of Israel his people 10 And with an holie garment with golde also and blewe silke and purple diuers kindes of workes and with a brestlappe of iudgemēt with the signes of trueth 11 And with worke of skarlet conningly wroght and with precious stones grauen like seales and set in golde by gold smithes worke for a memorial with a writing grauen after the nōber of the tribes of Israel 12 And with a crowne of golde vpon the mitre hearing the forme and marke of holines an ornamēt of honour a noble worke garnished and pleasant to loke vpon 13 Before him were there no suche faire ornaments there might no stranger put thē on but onely his children and his childrēs children perpetually 14 Their sacrifices were wholy consumed eue rie day twise continually 15 * Moses filled his hands and anointed him with holie oyle this was appointed vnto him by an euerlasting couenant and to his sede so long as the heauens shulde remaine that he shulde minister before him and also to execute the office of the priesthode and blesse his people in his name 16 Before all men liuing the Lord chose him that he shulde present offrings before him and a swete sauour for a remembrance to make reconciliation for his people 17 * He gaue him also his commandements autoritie according to the Lawes appointed that he shulde teache Iacob the testimonies and giue light vnto Israél by his Law 18 * Strangers stode vp against him and enuied him in the wildernes euen the men 〈◊〉 toke 〈◊〉 and Abirams parte and the companie of Core in furie and rage 19 This the Lord sake and it displeased him and in his wrathful indignaciō were they consumed he did wonders vpon them and consumed them with the syrie flame 20 * But he made Aaron more honorable and gaue him an heritage and parted the first frutes of the first 〈◊〉 vnto him vnto him specially he appointed bread in abundance 21 For the Priests did eat of sacrifices of the Lord which he gaue vnto him and to his sede 22 * Els had he none heritage in the land of his people nether had he any porcion among the people for the Lord is the porcion of his inheritance 23 The third in glorie is * Phinees the sonne of Eleazar because
he had zeale in the feare of the Lord and stode vp with good courage of heart when the people were turned backe and made reconciliation for 〈◊〉 24 Therefore was there a couenant of peace made with him that he shulde be the chief of the Sanctuarie and of his people and that he and his posteritie shulde haue the dignitie of the priesthode for euer 25 And according to the couenant made with Dauid that the inheritance of the king do me shulde remaine to his sonne of the tribe of Iuda so the heritage of Aaron shuld be to the onelie sonne of his sonne and to his sede God giue vs wisdome in our heart to iudge his people in righteousnes that the good things that they haue be not abolished and that their glorie may endure for their posteritie CHAP. XLVI The praise of Iosue Caleb and Samuel 1 IEsus * the sonne of Naue was valiant in the warres was the successour of Moy ses in prophecies who according vnto his name was a great sauiour of the elect of God to take vengeāce of the enemies that rose vp against them and to set Israél in their in heritance 2 * What glorie gate he when he lift vp his hand and drewe out his sworde against the cities 3 Who was there before him like to him for he foght the battels of the Lord. 4 * Stode not the sunne stil by his meanes and one day was as long astwo 5 He called vnto the moste high Gouernour when the enemies preased vpō him on eue rie side the mightie Lord heard him with the haile stones and with 〈◊〉 power 6 He rushed in vpō the nacions in battel and in the * going downe of Bethoron he destroied the aduersaries that they might knowe his weapons and that he foght in the sight of the Lord for he followed the Almightie 7 * In the time of Moyses also he did a good worke he and Caleb the sonne of Iephu ne stode against the enemie and with helde the people from sinne and appeased the wicked murmuring 8 * And of six hundreth thousand people of fote they two were preserued to bring thē into the heritage euen into the land that floweth with milke and honey 9 * The Lord gaue strength also vnto Caleb which remained with him vnto his olde age so that he went vp into the high places of the land and his sede obteined it for an heritage 10 That all the children of Israél might se that it is good to follow the Lord. 11 Concerning the Iudges euerie one by name whose heart wēt not a whoring nor departed from the Lord their memorie be blessed 12 Let * their bones florish out of their place and their name by succession remaine to them that are moste famous of their chil dren 13 ¶ Samuel the Prophet of the Lord beloued of his Lord * ordeined Kings and anointed the princes ouer his people 14 By the Lawe of the Lord he iudged the cō gregacion and the Lord hast respect vnto Iacob 15 This Prophete was approued for his faith fulnes and he was knowen faithful in his wordes and visions 16 * He called vpō the Lord almightie when his enemies preased vpon him on euerie side when he offred the sucking lambe 17 And the Lord thondred from heauen made his voyce to be heard with a great noyce 18 So he discomfited the princes of the Tyrians and all the rulers of the Philistims 19 * And before his long 〈◊〉 he made protestacion in the sight of the Lord and his anointed that he toke no substance of any man no not so muche as a shooe and no man colde accuse him 20 * After his slepe also he tolde of the Kings death and from the earth lift he vp his voy ce and prophecied that the wickednes of the people shulde perish CHAP. XLVII The praise of Nathan Dauid and Salomon 1 AFter him rose vp * Nathan to prophe cie in the time of Dauid 2 For as the fat is taken away from the peace offring so was Dauid chosen out of the children of Israél 3 * He plaied with the lions as with kiddes and with beares as with lambes 4 * Slewe he not a gyante when he was yet but yong and toke away the rebuke from the people when he lift vp his hand with the stone in the sling to beat downe the pride of Goliah 5 For he called vpon the moste high Lord which gaue him strēgth in his right hand to slay that mightie warriour that he might set vp the horne of his people againe 6 * So he gaue him the praise of ten thousand and honored him with great praises and gaue him a crowne of glorie 7 * For he destroied the enemies on euerie side and rooted out the Philistims his aduersaries and brake their horne in sunder vnto this day 8 In all his workes he praised the Holy one and the moste High with honorable wordes with his whole heart he sung songs and loued him that made him 9 * He set singers also before the altar and according to their tune he made swete songs that they might praise God daily with songs 10 He ordeined to kepe the feast daies comely and appointed the times perfitely that they might praise the holy Name of God and make the Tēple to sounde in the morning 11 * The Lord toke away his sinnes and exalted his horne for euer he gaue him the couenant of the kingdome and the throne of glorie in Israél 12 After him rose vp a wise sonne who by him dwelt in a large possession 13 * Salomon reigned in a peaceable time and was glorious for God made all quiet rounde about that he might buyld an house in his Name and prepare the Sanctuarie for euer 14 * How wise wast thou in thy youth wast filled with vnderstāding as with a flood 15 Thy minde couered the whole earth and hathe filled it with graue and darke senten ces 16 Thy Name went abroade in the yles and for thy peace thou wast beloued 17 * The countreie marueiled at thee for thy songs and prouerbes and similitudes and in terpretations 18 By the Name of the Lord God which is called the God of Israél thou hast * gathered golde as tinne and hast had as muche siluer as lead 19 * Thou didest bowe thy loines to women and wast ouercome by thy bodie 20 Thou didest staine thine honour and hast defiled thy posteritie hast broght wrath vpon thy children and hast felt soro we for thy folie 21 * So the kingdome was deuided and Ephraim begā to be a rebellious kingdome 22 * Neuertheles the Lord left not of his mer cie nether was he destroied for his workes nether did he abolish the posteritie of his elect nor toke a
way the sede of him that loued him but he left a remnāt vnto Iacob and a roote of him vnto Dauid 23 Thus rested Salomon with his fathers and of his sede he left behinde him Roboam euen the foolishnes of the people one that had no vnderstanding * who turned away the people thorow his counsel Ie roboam the sonne of Nabat * which caused Israél to sinne shewed Ephraim the way of sinne 24 So that their sinnes were so muche increa sed that they were driuen out of the land 25 For they soght out all wickednes til the vengeance came vpon them CHAP. XLVIII The praise of Elias Eliscus Ezekias and 〈◊〉 1 THen stode vp * Elias the Prophete as a fyre and his worde burnt like a lampe 2 He broght a famine vpon thē and by his zeale he diminished thē for they might not away with the commandements of the Lord. 3 By the worde of the Lord he shut the heauen * and thre times broght he the fyre from heauen 4 O Elias how honorable art thou by thy wonderous dedes who may make his boast to be like thee 5 * Which hast raised vp the dead frō death and by the worde of the moste High out of the graue 6 Which hast broght Kings vnto destructiō and the honorable from their seate 7 Which heardest the rebuke of the Lord in Sina * and in Horeb the iudgement of the vengeance 8 * Which didest anoint Kings that they might recompense and Prophetes to be thy successours 9 * Which wast taken vp in a whirle winde offyre and in a charet of fyrie horses 10 Which wast appointed * to reproue in due season to pacific the wrath of the Lords iudgemēt before it kindled to turne the hearts of the fathers vnto the childrē and to set vp the tribes of Iacob 11 Blessed were they that sawe thee slept in loue for we shalliue 12 * When Elias was couered with the storme Eliseus was filled with his spirit while he li ued he was not moued for any prince nether colde any bring him into subiection 13 Nothing colde ouercome him * and after his death his bodie prophecied 14 He did wonders in his life and in death were his workes marueilous 15 For all this the people repented not nether departed they from their sinnes * til they were caryed away prisoners out of their land and were scatered through all the earth so that there remained but a very few people with the prince vnto the hou se of Dauid 16 Howbeit some of them did right and some heaped vp sinnes 17 * Ezekias made his citie strong and con ueied water into the middes thereof he dig ged thorow the rocke with yron and made fountaines for waters 18 * In his time came Sennacherib vp and sent Rabsaces and list vp his hand against Sion and boasted proudely 19 Then trembled their hearts and hands so that they sorowed like a woman in trauel 20 But they called vpon the Lord which is merciful and lift vp their hands vnto him and immediatly the holy one heard them out of heauen 21 He thoght no more vpon their sinnes nor gaue them ouer to their enemies but deliuered them by the hand of Esai 22 * He smote the hoste of the Assyrians and his Angel destroyed them 23 For Ezekias had done the thing that plea sed the Lord and remained stedfastly in the wayes of Dauid his father as Esai the great Prophet and faithful in his visiō had commanded him 24 * In his time the sonne went backwarde and he lengthened the Kings life 25 He sawe by an excellent Spirit what shulde come to passe at the last and he comfor ted them that were sorowful in Sion 26 He shewed what shulde come to passe for euer and secret things or euer thei came to passe CHAP. XLIX Of Iosias Hezekiah Dauid Ieremi Ezechiel 〈◊〉 Iesus 〈◊〉 Enoch Ioseph Sem Seth. 1 THe remembrāce of * Iosias is like the composition of the perfume that is ma de by the arte of the apothe carie it is swete as honie in all mouthes and as musicke at a banket of wine 2 He behaued him self vprightly in the refor macion of the people and toke a way all abominacions of iniquitie 3 He * directed his heart vnto the Lord and in the time of the vngodlie he established religion 4 All except Dauid and Ezekias and Iosias committed wickednes for euen the Kings of Iuda forsoke the Law of the moste High and failed 5 Therefore he gaue their horne vnto other and their honor to a strange nacion 6 He burnt the elect citie of the Sanctuarie * and destroied the stretes thereof according to the prophecie of Ieremias 7 For thei * intreated him euil which neuer theles was a Prophete * sanctified from his mothers wombe that he might roote out and a fflict and destroye and that he might also buyld vp and plant 8 * Ezechiel sawe the glorious visiō which was shewed him vpon the charet of the Cherubims 9 * For he made mēcion of the enemines vn der the figure of the raine directed thē that went right 10 * ¶ And let the bones of the twelue Prophetes florish out of their place and let their memorie be blessed for they comforted Iacob and deliuered them by assured hope 11 ¶ * How shal we praise Zorobabel which was as a ring on the right hand 12 So was * Iesus also the sonne of Iosedec these men in their time buylded the house and set vp the Sanctuarie of the Lord agai ne which was prepared for an euerlasting worship 13 ¶ * And among the elect was Neemias whose renoume is great which set vp for vs the walles that were fallen and set vp the gates and the barres and laied the fundacions of our houses 14 ¶ But vp on the earth was no man created like * Enoch for he was taken vp from the earth 15 Nether was there a like man vnto * Ioseph the gouernour of his brethren the vp holder of his people whose bones were kept 16 * Sem and Seth were in great honour among men and so was Adam aboue eue rie liuing thing in the creation CHAP. L. Of Simon the sonne of Onias 22 An exhortacion to praise the Lord. 27 The autor of this boke 1 SImon * the sonne of Onias the hie Priest which in his life set vp the house againe and in his dayes established the Temple 2 Vnder him was the fundacion of the double height laied the hie walles that compasseth the Temple 3 In his dayes the places to receiue water that were decaied were restored and the
things from the beginning to write vnto thee there of from point to point 4 That thou mightest acknowledge the certeintie of those things whereof thou hast bene instructed 5 IN the time of Herode King of Iudea there was a certeine Priest named Zacharias of the course of Abia and his wife was of the daughters of Aarō and her name was Elisabet 6 Bothe were iust before God and walked in all the commaundements and ordinances of the Lord without reprofe 7 And thei had no childe because that Elisabet was barren and bothe were wel strickē in age 8 And it came to passe as he executed the Priests office before God as his course came in order 9 According to the custome of the Priests office his lot was to burne incense when he went into the Temple of the Lord. 10 And the whole multitude of the people were without in prayer * while the incēse was burning 11 Then appeared to him an Angel of the Lord standing at the right side of the altar of incense 12 And whē Zacharias sawe him he was trou bled and feare fel vpon him 13 But the Angel said vnto him Feare not Zacharias for thy prayer is heard and the wife Elisabet shal beare thee a sonne and thou shalt call his name Iohn 14 And thou shalt haue ioye and gladnes and many shal reioyce at his birth 15 For he shal be great in the sight of the Lord and shal nether drinke wine nor strong drinke and he shal be filled with the holie Gost euen from his mothers wombe 16 * And many of the children of Israel shal he turne to their Lord God 17 * For he shal go before him in the spirit power of Elias to turne the hearts of the Fathers to the children and the disobedient to the wisdome of the iust men to make readie a people prepared for the Lord. 18 Then Zacharias said vnto the Angel 〈◊〉 shall knowe this for I am an olde mā and my wife is of a great age 19 And the Angel answered and said vnto him I am Gabriel that stand in the presence of God and am sent to speake vnto thee and to 〈◊〉 thee these good tidings 20 And beholde thou shalt be 〈◊〉 and not be able to 〈◊〉 vntil the day that these things be done because thou beleuedst not my wordes whiche shal be fulfilled in their season 21 Now the people waited for Zacharias and marueiled that he taried so long in the Tēple 22 And when he came out he colde not speake vnto them then they 〈◊〉 that he had sene a vision in the Temple for he made signes vnto them and remained domme 23 And it came to passe when the dayes of his office were fulfilled that he departed to his owne house 24 And after those dayes his wife Elisabet cōceiueth hid her self fiue moneths saying 25 Thus hathe the Lord dealt with me in the dayes wherein he loked on me to take frō me my rebuke among men 26 ¶ And in the sixt moneth the Angel Gabriel was sent from God vnto a citie of 〈◊〉 named Nazaret 27 To a virgine affianced to a man whose name was Ioseph of the house of Dauid and the virgins name was Marie 28 And the Angel went into her said Haile thou that art freely beloued the Lord is with thee blessed art thou among women 29 And when she sawe him she was troubled at his saying and toght what maner of saluta cion that shulde be 30 Then the Angel said vnto her Feare not Marie for thou hast founde fauour with God 31 * For lo thou shalt conceiue in thy wombe and beare a sonne and shalt call his name IESVS 32 He shal be great and shal be called the Sonne of the moste High and the Lord God shal giue vnto him the throne of his Father Dauid 33 * And he shal reigne ouer the house of Iacob for euer of his kingdome shal be none end 34 Then said Marie vnto the Angel How shal this be seing I know no man 35 And the Angel ans 〈◊〉 and said vnto her The holie Gost shal come vpon thee the power of the most High shal ouer shadowe thee 〈◊〉 also that yholie thing which shal be borne of thee shal be called the Sonne of God 36 And beholde thy cousin Elisabet she hath also cōceiued a sonne in her olde age this is her sixt moneth which was called barren 37 For with God shal nothing be vnpossible 38 Then Marie said Beholde the seruant of the Lord be it vnto me according to thy worde So the Angel departed from her 39 ¶ And Marie arose in those dayes and went into the hill countrey with haste to a citie of Iuda 40 And entred into the house of Zacharias saluted Elisabet 41 And it came to passe as Elisabet heard the saluaciō of Marie the babe sprāg in her bel lie Elisabet was filled with the holie Gost. 42 And she cryed with a loude voyce and said Blessed art thou among women because the frute of thy wombe is blessed 43 And whence cometh this to me that the mother of my Lord shulde come to me 44 For lo assone as the voyce of thy salutation sounded in mine eares the babe sprang in my bellie for ioye 45 And blessed is she that beleued for those things shal be performed which were tolde her from the Lord. 46 Then Marie said My soule magnifieth the Lord 47 And my spirit reioyceth in God my Sauiour 48 For he hathe loked on the poore degre of his seruant for beholde from hence forthe shal all ages call me blessed 49 Because he that is mightie hathe done for me great things and holie is his Name 50 And his mercie is from generacion to generacion on them that feare him 51 * He hathe shewed strenght with his arme * he hathe scattered the proude in the imagination of their hearts 52 He hathe put downe the mightie frō their seates and exalted them of lowe degre 53 * He hathe filled the hungrie with good things and sent away the riche emptie 54 * He hathe vpholden Israel his seruāt being mindeful of his mercie 55 * As he hathe spokē to our fathers to wit to Abraham and his sede for euer 56 ¶ And Marie abode with her about thre mo neths after she returned to her owne house 57 ¶ Now Elisabets time was fulfilled that she shulde be deliuered and she broght forthe a sonne 58 And her neighbours and cousins heard tel how the Lord had shewed his great mercie vpon her and they reioyced with her 59 And it was so that on the eight day they came to circumcise the babe and called him Zacharias after the Name of his Father 60 But his
couetous persone which is an idolater hathe any inheritance in the kingdom of Christ of God 6 * Let no man deceiue you with vaine wordes for suche things commeth the wrath of God vpon the children of disobedience 7 Be not therefore companions with them 8 For ye were once darkenes but are now light in the Lord walke as childrē of light 9 For the frute of the Spirite is in all goodnes and righteousnes and trueth 10 Approuyng that whiche is pleasing to the Lord. 11 And haue no fellowship with the vnfruteful workes of darkenes but euen reproue thē rather 12 For it is shame euen to speake of the things whiche are done of them in secret 13 But all thinges when they are reproued of the light are manifest for it is light that ma keth all things manifest 14 Wherefore he saith A wake thou that slepest and stand vp from the dead and Christe shall giue thee light 15 Take hede therefore that ye walke circumspectly not as fooles but as * wise 16 Redemyng the time for the dayes are euil 17 * Wherefore be ye not vnwyse but vnderstand what the will of the Lord is 18 And be not drunke with wine wherein is excesse but be fulfilled with the Spirit 19 Speaking vnto your selues in psalmes and hymnes and spiritual songs singing and making melodie to the Lord in your hearts 20 Giuing thankes 〈◊〉 for all things vnto God euen the Father in the Name of our Lord Iesus Christ. 21 Submitting yourselues one to another in the feare of God 22 ¶ * Wiues submit yourselues vnto your housbands as vnto the Lord. 23 * For the housband is the wiues head euen as Christ is the head of the Church and the same is the sauiour of his bodie 24 Therefore as the Churche is in subiection to Christ euen so let the wiues be to their housbands in euerie thing 25 ¶ * Housbands loue your wiues euen as Christ loued the Churche and gaue him self for it 26 That he might sanctifie it and clense it by the washing of water through the worde 27 That he might make it vnto himself a glorious Church not hauing spot or wrincle or anie suche thing but that it shulde be holie and without blame 28 So ought men to loue their wiues as their owne bodies he that loueth his wife loueth him self 29 For no man euer yet hated his owne flesh but nourisheth and cherisheth it euen as the Lord doeth the Church 30 For we are members of his bodie of his flesh and of his bones 31 * For this cause shal a man leaue father and mother and shal cleaue to his wife and they twaine shal be one flesh 32 This is a great secret but I speake concerning Christ and concerning the Churche 33 Therefore euerie one of you do ye so let euerie one loue his wife euen as him self let the wife se that she feare her housbād CHAP. VI. 1 How children shulde behaue themselues towarde their fathers and mothers 4 Likewise parents towarde their children 5 Seruants towarde their masters 9 Masters towarde their seruants 13 An exhortation to the spiritual battel and what weapōs the Christians shulde fight with all 1 CHildren * obey your parents in the Lord for this is right 2 * Honour thy father and mother whiche is the first commandement with promes 3 That it may be wel with thee and that thou maist liue long on earth 4 And ye fathers prouoke not your children to wrath but bring them vp in instruction and information of the Lord. 5 * Seruants be obedient vnto them that are your masters according to the flesh with feare trēbling in singlenes of your hearts as vnto Christ. 6 Not with seruice to the eye as men pleasers but as the seruants of Christ doyng the will of God from the heart 7 With good will seruing the Lord and not men 8 And know ye that whatsoeuer good thing any man doeth that same shall he receiue of the Lord whether he be bonde or fre 9 And ye masters do the same things vnto thē putting away threatning and knowe that euen your maister also is in heauen nether * respect of persone with hym 10 ¶ Finally my brethrē be strong in the Lord is there and in the power of his might 11 Put on the whole armour of God that ye may be able to stand against the assauts of the deuil 12 For we wrestle not against flesh and blood but against * principalities against powers 〈◊〉 against the wordlie gouernours the princes of the darkenes of this worlde against spiritual wickednesses whiche are in the hie places 13 For this cause take vnto you the whole armour of God that ye may be able to resist in the euil daye hauing finished al things stand fast 14 Stand therefore your loines girde about with veritie and hauing on the brest plate of righteousnes 15 And your fete shod with the preparation of the Gospel of peace 16 Aboue al take the shielde of faith wherewith ye may quenche all the fyrie dartes of the wicked 17 * And take the helmet of saluation and the sworde of the Spirit which is the worde of God 18 And pray alwaise with all maner prayer and supplication in the Spirit and * watch thereunto with al perseuerance and supplication for all Saintes 19 * And for me that vtterance may be giuen vnto me that I may open my mouth boldly to publish the secret of the Gospel 20 Whereof I am the ambassadour in bondes that therin I may speake boldely as I ought to speake 21 ¶ But that ye may also knowe mine affaires and what I do 〈◊〉 chicus my deare brother and faithfull minister in the Lorde shall shewe you of all things 22 Whome I haue sent vnto you for the same purpose that ye might knowe mine affaires and that ye might comfort your hearts 23 Peace be with the brethren and loue with faith from God the Father and frome the Lord Iesus Christ. 24 Grace be with all them whiche loue our Lord Iesus Christe to their immortalitie Amen Written from Rome vnto the Ephesians and sent by Tychicus THE EPISTLE OF Paul to the Philippians THE ARGVMENT PAul being warned by the holie Gost to go to Macedonia planted first a Churche at Philippi a citie of thesame coun trey but 〈◊〉 his charge was to preache the Gospel vniuersally to all the Gentiles he trauailed from place to place 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he was taken prisoner at Rome whereof the Philippians being 〈◊〉 sent their minister 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 with 〈◊〉 vnto him who declaring him the state of the Churche caused him to write this Epistle wherein he 〈◊〉
preaching of God ye receiued it not as the worde of men but as it is in dede the worde of God which also worketh in you that beleue 14 For brethren ye are become followers of the Churches of God which in Iudea are in Christ Iesus because ye haue also suffred the same things of your owne countrey men euen as they haue of the Iewes 15 Who bothe killed the Lord Iesus and their owne Prophetes and haue persecuted vs ād God they please not and are contrarie to all men 16 And forbid vs to preache vnto the Gentiles that they might be saued to fulfil their sinnes alwais for the wrath of God is come on them to the vt moste 17 Forasmuche brethrē as we were kept from you for a season concerning 〈◊〉 but not in the heart we * enforced 〈◊〉 more to se your face with great desire 18 Therefore we wolde haue come vnto you I Paul at least once or twise but Satan hindered vs. 19 For what is our hope or ioye or crowne of reioycing are not euen you it in the presen ce of our Lord Iesus Christ at his comming 20 Yes ye are our glorie and ioye CHAP. III. 2 He sheweth how greatly he was affectioned towarde them bothe in that he sent Timotheus to them 10 And also prayed for them 1 WHerefore since we colde no longer forbeare we thoght it good to remaine at Athens alone 2 * And haue sent Timotheus our brother minister of God and our labour felow in the Gospel of Christ to stablish you and to comfort you touching your faith 3 That no man shulde be moued with these afflictions for ye your selues knowe that we are appointed thereunto 4 For verely whē we were with you we tolde you before that we shulde suffre tribulatiōs euen as it came to passe and ye knowe it 5 Euen for this cause when I colde no longer for beare I sent him that I might know of your faith lest the tempter had tempted you in any sorte and that our labour had bene in vaine 6 But now lately when Timotheus came from you vnto vs broght vs good tidings of your faith and loue and that ye haue good remem brance of vs alwayes desiring to se vs as we also do you 7 Therefore brethren we had consolation in you in all our affliction and necessitie throu ghe your faith 8 For no we are we aliue if ye stand faste in the Lord. 9 For what thankes can we recōpense to God againe for you for al the ioye where with we reioyce for your sakes before our God 10 Night and day * praying excedingly that we might se your face and might accomplishe that which is lacking in your faith 11 Nowe God hym selfe euen our Father and our Lorde Iesus Christ guide our iorney vnto you 12 And the Lorde increase you and make you abunde in loue one towarde another and towarde all men euen as we do toward you 13 * To make your hearts stable and vnblamea ble in holines before God euen our Father at the commyng of our Lorde Iesus Christ with all his Saints CHAP. IIII. 1 He exhorteth them to holines 6 Innocencie 9 Loue. 11 Labour 13 And moderation in lamentyng for the dead 17 Describing the end of the resurrection 1 ANd furthermore we beseche you brethren and exhorte you in the Lord Iesus that ye increase more and more as ye haue receyued of vs how ye ought to walke and to please God 2 For ye knowe what commaundements we gaue you by the Lord Iesus 3 * For this is the wil of God euen your sanctification and that ye shulde absteine frō fornication 4 That euerie one of you shulde know how to possesse his vessel in holines and honour 5 And not in the lust of concupiscence euen as the Gentiles which knowe not God 6 * That no man oppresse or defraude his bro ther in any matter for the Lord is a venger of all suche things as we also haue tolde you before time and testified 7 * For God hathe not called vs vnto vnclennes but vnto holines 8 He therefore that despiseth these things despiseth no man but God who hathe euen giuen * you his holie Spirit 9 But as touching 〈◊〉 loue ye nede not that I write vnto you * for ye are taught of God to loue one another 10 Yea and that thing verely ye do vnto all the brethren which are through out all Macedo nia but we beseche you brethren that ye in crease more and more 11 * And that ye studie to be quiet to medle with your owne busines and to worke with your owne hands as we commanded you 12 That ye may behaue your selues honestly to warde them that are without and that nothing be lacking vnto you 13 ¶ I wolde not brethren haue you ignorant cōcerning thē which are aslepe that ye sorowe not euē as other which haue no hope 14 For if we 〈◊〉 that Iesus is dead is risen euen so them which slepe in Iesus wil God bring with him 15 For this say we vnto you by the worde of the Lord * that we which liue and are remai ning in the comming of the Lord shal not preuent them which slepe 16 For the Lord him self shal descend from heauē with a 〈◊〉 and with the voyce of the Archangel and * with the trūpet of God and the dead in Christ shal rise first 17 Then shal we which liue and remaine be caught vp with them also in the cloudes to mete the Lord in the ayer and so shal we euer be with the Lord. 18 Wherefore 〈◊〉 yourselues one another with these wordes CHAP. V. 1 He enformeth them of the day of iudgement and comming of the Lord 6 Exhorting them to watch 12 And to regard suche as preache Gods worde among them 1 BVt of the times and seasons brethren ye 〈◊〉 no nede that I write vnto you 2 For ye your selues knowe perfitely that the * day of the Lord shal come euen as a thefe in the night 3 For when they shal say Peace and safetie then shal come vpon thē sudden destruction as the trauail vpon a woman with childe they shal not escape 4 But ye brethrē are not in darkenes that that day shulde come on you as it were a thefe 5 Ye are all the children of light and the children of the day we are not of the night nether of darkenes 6 Therefore let vs not slepe as do other but let vs watch and be sober 7 For they that slepe slepe in the night they that be dronken are dronken in the night 8 But let vs which are of the day be sober * putting on the brest plate of faith
mothers the yonger as sisters with all purenes 3 Honour widowes whiche are widowes in dede 4 But if any widow haue childrē or nephewes let them learne first to shewe godlines towarde their owne house and to recompense their kinred for that is an honest thinge and acceptable before God 5 And she that is a widowe in dede and lefte alone trusteth in God and cōtinueth in supplications and prayers night and day 6 But she that liueth in pleasure is dead while she liueth 7 These things therefore commāde that they may be blameles 8 If there be any that prouideth not for hys owne and namely for them of his housholde he denieth the faith and is worse then an infidel 9 Let not a widowe be taken into the nomber vnder thre score yere olde that hathe bene the wife of one housband 10 And wel reported of for good workes if she haue nourished her children if she haue lodged the strangers if she haue washed the Saintes fete if she haue ministred vnto them which were in aduersitie if she were continually giuen vnto euerie good worke 11 But refuse the yonger widowes for when they haue begonne to waxe want on against Christ they wil marie 12 Hauing damnation because they haue broken the first faith 13 And like wise also being ydle they learne to go about from house to house yea they are not onely ydle but also prattelers and busi-bodies speaking things which are not comelie 14 I wil therefore that the yonger women marie and beare children and gouuerne the house and giue none occasion to the aduersarie to speake euil 15 For certeine are already turned backe after Satan 16 If any faithful man or faithful woman haue widowes let them minister vnto them and let not the Churche be charged that there may be sufficient for them that are widowes in dede 17 ¶ The Elders that rule wel are worthie of* double honour specially they which labour in the worde and doctrine 18 For the Scripture saith * Thou shalt not mousel the mouth of the oxe that treadeth out the corne and * The labourer is worthie of his wages 19 Against an Elder receiue none accusation but vnder two orthre witnesses 20 Them that sinne rebuke openly that the rest also may feare 21 ¶ * charge thee before God the Lord Iesus Christ and the elect Angels that thou obserue these thyngs without preferryng one to another and do nothing parcially 22 Layhands suddenly on no man nether be partaker of othermens sinnes kepe thy self pure 23 Drinke no longer water but vse a litle wine for thy stomakes sake and thine often infirmities 24 Some mens sinnes are open before hand and go before vnto iudgement but some mens followe after 25 Likewise also the good workes are manifest before hand and thei that are otherwise can not be hid CHAP. VI. 1 The duetie of sernants to 〈◊〉 their masters 3 Against suche as are not satisfied with the worde of God 6 Of true godlines and contentation of minde 9 Against couetousnes 11 A charge giuen to Timothie 1 LEt as many * seruants as are vnder the yoke counte their masters worthie of al honour that the Name of God and his doctrine be not euil spoken of 2 And they whiche haue beleuing masters let thē not despise them because they are brethren but rather do seruice because thei are faith ful and beloued and 〈◊〉 of the benefite These things teache and exhorte 3 If any man teach other wise and consenteth not to the wholsome wordes of our Lorde Iesus Christe and to the doctrine whiche is accordyng to godlines 4 He is pufte vp and knoweth nothyng but doteth about * questions and strife of wordes whereof cometh enuie strife railings euil surmisings 5 Vaine disputations of men of corrupt mindes ād destitute of the trueth which thinke that gaine is godlines from suche separate thy self 6 But godlines is great gaine if a man be con tent with that he hathe 7 * For we broght nothing into the worlde it is certeine that we cā carie nothīg out 8 Therefore when we haue fode and raiment let vs there with be content 9 For they that will be riche fall into tentation and snares and into many foolish and noysome lustes whiche drowne men in perdition and destruction 10 For the desire of money is the roote of all euil whiche while some Iusted after they erred from the faith and perced them selues through with many sorowes 11 But thou ô man of God flee these thyngs and followe after righteousnes godlines faith loue pacience and meek enes 12 Fight the good fight of faith laye holde of eternall life whereunto thou art also called and hast professed a good profession before many witnesses 13 * I charge thee in the sight of GOD who quickneth althings and before Iesus Christ whiche vnder Pontius Pilate * witnessed a good confession 14 That thou kepe this commandement with out spot and vnrebukeable vntil the appea ring of our Lord Iesus Christ. 15 Whiche in duetime he shal shewe that is * blessed and prince onely the King of Kings and Lord of Lords 16 Who onely hathe immortalitie and dwelleth in the light that none can atteine vnto * whome neuer man sawe nether can se vnto whome be honour power euerlasting Amen 17 Charge them that are riche in this worlde that they be not high minded and that they * trust not in vncerteine riches but in the liuing God whiche giueth vs abundantly all things to enioye 18 That they do good and be riche in good workes and readie to distribute and communicate 19 * Laying vp in store for them selues a good fundatio against the time to come that they may obteine eternall life 20 O Timotheus kepe that whiche is committed vnto thee and * auoide profane and vaine bablings and oppositions of science falsely so called 21 Whiche while some professe they haue erred concernyng the faith Grace be with thee Amen The first epistle to Timotheus written from Laodicea whiche is the chiefest citie of Phrygia Pacaciana THE SECONDE EPISTLE of Paul to Timotheus THE ARGVMENT THe Apostle being now ready to confirme that doctrine 〈◊〉 his blood which he had professed and taught encourageth simotheus and in him all the faithful in the faith of the Gospel and in the constant and syncere cōfession of the same willing him not to shrinke for feare of afflictions but patiently to attende the yssue as do housband men which at length receiue the frutes of their labours and to cast of alfeare and care as souldiers do which seke onely to please their 〈◊〉 shewing him briefly the summe of the Gospel which he preached cōmanding him to preache the same to others diligently taking hede of
contentions curious disputations and vaine questions to the intēt that his doctrine may al together edifie Considering that the examples of Hymeneus and Philetus which subuerted the true doctrine of the resurre ction were so horrible yet to the intent that no man shulde be offended at their fall being men of autoritie inestima tion he sheweth that all that professe Christ are not his that the Churche is subiect to this calamitie that the euill must dwel among the good til Gods trial come yet he reserueth them whom he hathe elected euen to the end And that Timotheus shulde not be discouraged by the wicked he declareth what abominable men and dangerous times shall followe willing him to arme him self with the hope of the good yssue that God wil giue vnto his to exercise him self diligētly in the Scriptures bothe against the aduersaries and for the vtilitie of the Churche desiring him to come to hym for certeine necessarie affaires and so with his and others salutations endeth CHAP. I. 6 Paul exhorteth Timotheus to stedfastnes and pacience in persecution and to continue in the doctrine that he had taught him 12 Whereof his bonds and afflictions were agage 16 A commendation of Onesiphorus 1 PAul an Apostle of Iesus Christ by the will of God accordyng to the promes of life whiche is in Christ Iesus 2 To Timotheus my beloued sonne Grace mercie and peace from God the Father and from Iesus Christ our Lord. 3 I thanke God * whome I serue from mine elders with pure conscience that without ceasing I haue remembrance of thee in my prayers night and day 4 Desiring to se thee mindful of thy teares that I may be filled with ioye 5 When I call to remembrance the vnfained faith that is in thee whiched welt first in thy grandmother Lois and in this mother Eunice and am assured that it dwelleth in thee also 6 Wherefore I put thee in remembrance that thou stirre vp the gifte of God whiche is in thee by the putting on of mine hands 7 For God hathe not giuen to vs the Spirit of feare but of power and of loue and of a sounde minde 8 Be not therefore ashamed of the testimonie of our Lord nether of me his prisoner but be partaker of the afflictions of the Gospel according to the power of God 9 Who hathe saued vs and called vs with an * holie calling not according to our* workes but according to his owne purpose grace which was giuen to vs through Christ Iesus before the * worlde was 10 But is now made manifest by the appearing of our Sauiour Iesus Christ who hathe abolished death and hathe broght life and immortalitie vnto light through the Gospel 11 * Whereunto I am appointed a preacher Apostle and ateacher of the Gentiles 12 For the which cause I also suffre these things but I am not ashamed for I knowe whome I haue beleued and I am persuaded that he is able to kepe that whiche I haue cōmitted to him against that day 13 Kepe the true paterne of the wholsome wordes whiche thou hast heard of me in faith and loue whiche is in Christ Iesus 14 That worthie thing which was committed to thee kepe through the holie Gost whiche dwelleth in vs. 15 This thou knowest that all they which are in Asia be turned from me of whiche sorte are Phygellus and Hermogenes 16 The Lorde giue mercie vnto the house of One siphorus for he oftrefreshed me was not ashamed of my chaine 17 But when he was at Rome he soght me out verie diligently and founde me 18 The Lord grant vnto him that he may finde mercie with the Lord at that day and in how manie things he hathe ministred vnto me at Ephesus thou knowest verie wel CHAP. II. 2 He exhorteth him to be constant in trouble to suffer manly to abyde faste in the wholsome doctrine of our Lord Iesus Christ. 11 Shewing him the fidelitie of Gods counsel touching the saluation of his 19 And the marke thereof 1 THou therfore my sonne be strong in the grace that is in Christ Iesus 2 And what things thou hast heard of me by manie witnesses the same deliuer to faithfull men whiche shal be able to teache other also 3 Thou therefore suffer afflictions as a good souldier of Iesus Christ. 4 No man that warreth entangleth hym self with the affaires of this life because he wolde please him that hathe chosen hym to be a souldier 5 And if anie man also striue for a masterie he is not crowned excepthe striue as he ought to do 6 The housband man must labour before he receiue the frutes 7 Consider what I say and the Lord giue thee vnderstanding in all things 8 Remember that Iesus Christ made of the sede of Dauid was raised againe from the dead accordyng to my Gospel 9 Wherein I suffer trouble an euil doer ouen vnto bondes but the worde of God is not bounde 10 Therefore I suffer all things for the * elects sake that they might also obteine the the saluation which is in Christ Iesus with eternal glorie 11 It is a true saying For if we be* dead wyth him we also shal liue with him 12 If we suffer we shal also reigne with hym * if we denie him he also wil denie vs. 13 If* we beleue not yet abideth he faithful he can not denie him self 14 Of these thyngs put them in remembrance and protest before the Lord that they striue not aboute wordes whiche is to no profit but to the peruerting of the hearers 15 Studie to she we thy selfe approued vnto God a workeman that nedeth not to be asha med diuiding the worde of trueth a right 16 * Stay prophane and vaine bablings for they shal encrease vnto more vngo 〈◊〉 17 And their worde shall fret as a cancre of which sorte is Hymeneus and Philetus 18 Whiche as concernyng the trueth haue erred saying that the resurrection is past already and do destroye the faith of certeine 19 But the fundation of God remayneth sure and hathe thys seale The LORD knoweth who are his and Let euerie one that calleth on the Name of Christ departe frome iniquitie 20 Notwithstanding in a great house are not onely vessels of Golde and of Siluer but also of wood and of earth and some for honour and some vnto dishonour 21 If anie man therefore purge him selfe from these he shal be a vessel vnto honour sanctified and mete for the Lord and prepared vn to euerie good worke 22 Flee also frome the lustes of youth and followe after ryghteousnes fayth loue and peace with them that* cal on the Lord with pure heart 23 * And put away foolish and vnlearned que stions knowing that they in gendre strife 24 But the seruant of the Lord
verely they whiche are the children of Leui which receiue the office of the Priesthode haue a* commandement to take according to the Law tithes of the people that is of their brethren thogh they came out of the loynes of Abraham 6 But he whose kinred is not counted among them receiued tithes of Abraham blessed him that had the promises 7 And without all contradiction the lesse is blessed of the greater 8 And here men that dye receiue tithes but there he receiueth them of whome it is witnessed that he liueth 9 And to say as the thing is Leui also whiche receiueth tithes payed tithes in Abraham 10 For he was yet in the loines of his Father Abraham when Melchi-sedec met him 11 If therefore perfection had bene by the Priesthode of the Leuites for vnder in the Law was established to the people what neded it furthermore that another Priest shuld rise after the order of Melchi-sedec and not to be called after the order of Aaron 12 For if the Priesthode be changed then of necessitie must there be a change of the Law 13 For he of whome these things are spoken perteineth vnto another tribe whereof no man serued at the altar 14 For it is euident that our Lord sprong out of Iuda concernyng the whiche tribe Moses spake nothyng touchyng the Priesthode 15 And it is yet a more euident thyng because that after the similitude of Melchi-sedec there is risen vp another Priest 16 Which is not made Priest after the Law of the carnal commandement but after the power of the endles life 17 For he testifieth thus * Thou art a Priest for euer after the order of Melchi-sedec 18 For the commandement that went afore is disanulled because of the weakenes thereof and vnprofitablenes 19 For the Law made nothing perfite but the bringing in of a better hope made perfite whereby we drawe nere vnto God 20 And forasmuche as it is not wythout an othe for these are made Priests wythout an othe 21 But this he is made with an othe by hym that said vnto him * The Lord hath sworne ād will not repent Thou art a Priest for euer after the order of Melchi-sedec 22 By so muche is Iesus made a suretie of a better Testament 23 And amonge them many were made Prists because they were not suffred to endure by the reason of death 24 But this man because he endureth euer hathe an euerlasting Priesthode 25 Wherefore he is able also perfitely to saue them that come vnto God by hym seyng he euer liueth to make intercession for them 26 For suche an hye Priest it became vs to haue whiche is holie harmeles vndefiled separate frome sinnes and made hier then the heauen 27 Which neded not daily as those hie Priests to offer vp sacrifice * first for hys owne sinnes and then for the peoples for that did he once when he offred vp him self 28 For the Law maketh men hie Priests which haue infirmitie but the worde of the othe that was since the Law maketh the Sonne who is consecrated for euermore CHAP. VIII 6 He proueth the abolishing aswel of the Leuitical Priest hode as of the olde Couenant by the spiritual and euerla 〈◊〉 Priesthode of Christ 8 And by the new Couenant 1 NOw of the things which we haue spoken this is the summe that we haue su che an hie Priest that sitteth at the righthand of the throne of the maiestie in heauens 2 And is a minister of the Sanctuarie and of the true Tabernacle which the Lord pight and not man 3 For euerie hie Priest is ordeined to offer bothe giftes and sacrifices wherefore it was of necessitie that this man shulde haue some what also to offer 4 For he were not a Priest if he were on the earth seing there are Priests that according to the Law offer giftes 5 Who serue vnto the paterne and shadowe of heauenlie things as Moses was warned by God when he was about to finish the Tabernacle * Se said he that thou make all things according to the paterne shewed to thee in the mount 6 But now our hie Priest hathe obteined a more excellent office in asmuche as he is the Mediatour of a bettter Testament which is established vpon better promises 7 For if that first Testament had bene fauteles no place shulde haue bene soght for the seconde 8 For in rebuking them he saith * Beholde the dayes wil come saith the Lord when I shal make with the house of Israel and with the house of Iuda a new Testament 9 Not like the Testament that I made with their fathers in the day that I toke them by the hand to leade them out of the land of Egypt for they continued not in my Testament and I regarded thē not saith the Lord. 10 For this is the Testament that I wil make with the house of Israel After those dayes saith the Lord I wil put my lawes in their min de and in their heart I wil write them I wil be their God and they shal be my people 11 And they shal not teache euerie man his neighbour euerie man his brother saying Knowe the Lord for all shall knowe me frō the least of them to the greatest of them 12 For I wil be merciful to their vnrighteousnes and I wil remember their sinnes ād their iniquities no more 13 In that he saith a newe Testament he hathe abrogate the olde now that which is disanulled and vaxed olde is readie to vanish away CHAP. IX 1 How that the Ceremonies and sacrifices of the Lawe are abolished 11 By the eternitie and perfection of Christs sacrifice 1 THen the first Testament had also ordinances of religion and a worldlie San ctuarie 2 For the first * Tabernacle was made wher in was the candlesticke the table and the shew bread which Tabernacle is called the Holie places 3 And after the seconde vaile was the Taber nacle which is called the Holiest of all 4 Which had the golden senser and the Arke of the Testament ouerlaide rounde about with gold wherein the golden pot which had manna was and* Aarons redde that had bud ded the * tables of the Testament 5 * And ouer the Arke were the glorious Che rubims shadowing the mercie seat of which things we wil not now speake particularly 6 Now when these things were thus ordeined the Priests went alwayes into the first Tabernacle and accomplished the seruice 7 But into the second went the * hie Priest alone once euerie yere not without blood which he offered for him self and for the ignorances of the people 8 Whereby the holie Gost this signified that the way into the Holiest of all was not yet opened while as yet the first
shal receiue an incorruptible crowne of glorie 5 Like wise ye yonger submit your selues vnto the elders and submit your selues euerie man one to another * decke your selues in wardely in low lines of minde for God * resisteth the proud giueth grace to the hūble 6 Humble * your selues therefore vnder the mightie hand of God that he may exalt you in due time 7 Cast * all your care on him for he careth for you 8 Be sober and watch for * your aduersarie the deuil as a roaring lyon walk eth about seking whome he may deuoure 9 Whome resist sted fast in the faith knowing that the same afflictions are accomplished in your brethren which are in the worlde 10 And the God of all grace which hath called vs vnto his eternal glorie by Christ Iesus after that ye haue suffred a litel make you perfect cōfirme strengthen stablish you 11 To him be glorie and dominion for euer and euer Amen 12 By Siluanus a faithful brother vnto you as I suppose haue I writen briefly exhorting and testifying how that this is the true grace of God where in ye stand 13 The Church that is at Babylon elected to gether with you saluteth you and Marcus my sonne 14 Grete ye one another with the * kysse of loue Peace be with you all which are in Christ Iesus Amen THE SECONDE EPISTLE general of Peter THE ARGVMENT THe effect of the Apostle here is to exhorte them which haue once 〈◊〉 the true faith of 〈◊〉 to stande to the same euen to the last breath also that God by his effectual grace towardesmen moueth them to holines of life in punishing the hypocrites which abuse his Name and in increasing his gifts in the godlie wherefore by godlie life he being now almost at deaths dore exhorteth them to approue their vocation not setting their affection on worldlie things as he had oft writ vnto them but lifting their eyes towarde heauen as they be taught by the Gospel whereof he is a cleare witnes chiefly in that he heard with his owne eares that Christ was proclaimed from heauen to be the Sonne of God as likewise the Prophetes testified And lest they shulde promise to them selues quietnes by professing the Gospel he warneth them bothe of troubles which they shulde susteine by the false teachers and also by the mockers and 〈◊〉 of religion whose maners and trade he liuely setteth forthe as in a table aduertising the faithful not onely to waite diligently for Christ but also to beholde presently the day of his comming and to preserue them selues vnspotted against the same CHAP. I. 4 Forasmuche as the power of God hathe giuen them all things perteining vnto life he exhorteth them to flee the corruption of worldlie lusts 10 To make their calling sure with good workes and frutes of faith 14 He maketh mention of his owne death 17 Declaring the Lord Iesus to be the true Sonne of God as he him self had sene vpon the mounte 1 SIMON Peter a seruant and an Apostle of IESVSCRIST to you which haue obteined like precious faith with vs by the rightousnes of our God and Sauiour Iesus Christ. 2 Grace and peace be multiplied to you by the knowledge of God and of Iesus our Lord 3 According as his godlie power hathe giuen vnto vs all things that perteine vnto life and godlines through the knowledge of him that hathe called vs vnto glorie and vertue 4 Whereby most great and precious promises are giuen vnto vs that by them ye shulde be 〈◊〉 of the godlie nature in that ye flee the corruption which is in the worlde through lust 5 Therefore giue euen all diligence thereunto ioyne moreouer vertue with your faith and with vertue knowledge 6 And with knowledge temperāce and with temperance pacience and with pacience godlines 7 And with godlines brotherlie kindenes and with brotherlie kindenes loue 8 For if these things be among you and abun de they wil make you that ye nether shal be ydle nor vnfruteful in the knowledge of our Lord Iesus Christ. 9 For he that hathe not these things is blinde and can not se farre of and hathe forgotten that he was purged from his olde sinnes 10 Wherefore brethren giue rather diligence to make your calling and election sure for if ye do these things ye shal neuer fall 11 For by this meanes an entring shal be ministred vnto you abundātly into the euerlastiug kingdom of our Lord Sauiour Iesus Christ. 12 Wherefore I wil not be negligent to put you alwais in remembrance of these things thogh that ye haue knowledge and be stablished in the present trueth 13 For I thinke it mete as long as I am in this tabernacle to stirre you vp by putting you in remembrance 14 Seing I knowe that the time is at hand that I must lay downe this my tabernacle euen as our Lord Iesus Christ hathe * she wed me 15 I wil endeuour therefore alwaise that ye also may be able to haue remembrāce of these things after my departing 16 For we folowed not * deceiueable fables when we opened vnto you the power and comming of our Lord Iesus Christ but with our eyes we saw his maiestie 17 For he receiued of God the Father honour and glorie whē there came suche a voyce to him frō the excellent glorie * This is my beloued Sonne in whome I am well pleased 18 And this voyce we heard whē it came from heauē being with him in the holye mounte 19 We haue also a moste sure worde of the Prophetes to the whiche ye do well that ye take hede as vnto a light that shineth in a darke place vntil the day dawne and the daye starre arise in your hearts 20 * So that ye first know this that no prophecie in the Scripture is of anie priuate motion 21 For the Prophecie came not in olde time by the wil of man but holie men of God spake as they were moued by the holie Gost. CHAP. II. He prophecieth of false teaches and sheweth their punishment 1 BVt * there were false prophetes also among the people euen as there shal be false teachers among you whiche priuely shal bring in dānable heresies euen denying the Iord that hathe boght them and bryng vpon them selues swift damnation 2 And manie shall followe their damnable wayes by whome the way of trueth shal be euil spoken of 3 And through couetousnes shall they with fained wordes make marchandise of you whose iudgement long agone is not farre of and their damnation slepeth not 4 For if God spared not the * Angels that had sinned but caste them downe into hell and deliuered them into chaines of darkenes to be kept vnto damnation 5 Nether hathe spared the olde worlde but saued * Noe the eight persone a
morning starre 29 Let him that hathe an eare heare what the Spirit saith to the Churches CHAP. III. He exhorteth the Churches or ministers to the true profession of faith and to watching 12 With promises to them that perseuere 1 ANd write vnto the Angel of the Church which is at Sardi These things saith he that hathe the seuen Spirits of God and the seuen starres I know thy workes for thou hast a name that thou liuest but thou art dead 2 Be awake and strengthen the things which remeine that are readie to dye for I haue not founde thy workes perfite before God 3 Remember therefore how thou hast receiued and heard and holde fast and repent * If therefore thou wilt not watch I wil come on thee as a thefe and thou shalt not knowe what houre I wil come vpon thee 4 Notwithstanding thou hast a fewe names yet in Sardi which haue not defiled their garments and they shal walke with me in white for they are worthie 5 He that ouercometh shal be clothed in white araye and I wil not put out his name out of the * boke of life but I wil confesse his name before my Father before his Angels 6 Let him that hathe an eare heare what the Spirit saith vnto the Churches 7 ¶ And write vnto the Angel of the Church which is of Philadelphia These things saith he that is Holie and True which hathe the * keye of Dauid which openeth and no man shutteth and shutteth and no man openeth 8 I knowe thy workes beholde I haue set before thee an open dore and no man can shut it for thou hast a litel strength and hast kept my worde hast not denied my Name 9 Beholde I wil make them of the synagogue of Satan which call them selues Iewes and are not but do lye beholde Isai I wil make them that they shal come and worship before thy fete and shal knowe that I haue loued thee 10 Because thou hast kept the worde of my pacience therefore I wil deliuer thee from the houre of tentatiō which wil come vpon all the worlde to trye them that dwell vpon the earth 11 Beholde I come shortly holde that which thou hast that no man take thy crowne 12 Him that ouercometh wil I make a pillar in the Temple of my God and he shal go no more out and I wil write vpon him the Name of my God and the name of the citie of my God which is the new Ierusalem which co meth downe out of heauen from my God I wil write vpon him my new Name 13 Let him that hathe an eare heare what the Spirit saith vnto the Churches 14 And vnto the Angel of the Church of the Laodiceans write These things saith Amen the faithful and true witnes the beginning of the creatures of God 15 I knowe thy workes that thou art nether colde not hote I wolde thou werest colde or hote 16 Therefore because thou art luke warme nether colde nor hote it wil come to passe that I shal spewe thee out of my mouth 17 For thou saist I am riche and increased with goods and haue nede of nothing know est not how thou art wretched and miserable and poore and blinde and naked 18 I counsel thee to bie of me golde tryed by the fyre that thou maiest be made riche and white raiment that thou maiest be clothed that thy filthie nakednes do not appeare and anoint thine eyes with eye salue that thou maist se. 19 As manie as I loue I * rebuke and chasten be zealous therefore and amende 20 Beholde I stand at the dore and knocke If anie man heare my voyce and open the dore I wil come in vnto him and wil suppe with him and he with me 21 To him that ouer cometh wil I grante to sit with me in my throne euen as I ouer came and sit with my Father in his throne 22 Let him that hathe an earc heare what the Spirit saith vnto the Churches CHAP. IIII. 1 The vision of the maiestie of God 2 He 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 and one sitting vpon it 8 And 24. seates about it with 24 elders sitting vpon them and foure beastes praising God day and night 1 AFter this I loked and beholde a dore was open in heauen and the first voyce which I heard was as it were of a trumpet talking with me saying Come vp hither I wil shewe thee things which must be done hereafter 2 And immediatly I was rauished in the spirit and beholde a throne was set in heauen and one sate vpon the throne 3 And he that sate was to loke vpon like vn to a iasper stone and a sardine there was a raine bowe roūde about the throne in sight like to an emeraude 4 And rounde about the throne were foure and twentie seates and vpon the seates I sawe foure and twentie Elders sitting clothed in white raiment and had on their heads crownes of golde 5 And out of the throne proceded lightnings and thundrings and voyces and there were seuen lampes of fyre burning before the throne which are the seuen spirits of God 6 And before the throne there was a sea of glasse like vnto cristal and in the middes of the throne and rounde about the throne were foure beastes full of eyes before and 〈◊〉 7 And the first beast was like a lion and the seconde beast like a calfe the thirde beast had a face as a man and the fourthe beast was like a flying egle 8 And the foure beasts had eche one of them six wings about him and they were ful of eyes within and they ceased not day nor night saying * Holie holie holie Lord GOD almightie which Was Which is and Which is to come 9 And when those beasts gaue glorie and honour and thankes to him that sate on the throne which liueth for euer and euer 10 The foure and twentie elders fell downe before him that sate on the throne ād worshipped him that liueth for euermore k and cast their crownes before the throne saying 11 Thou art * worthie ô Lord to receiue glorie and honour ād power for thou hast created all things and for thy willes sake they are haue bene created CHAP. V. 1 He seeth the Lambe opening the boke 8. 14 And therefore the foure beasts the 14. elders and the Angels praise the Lambe and do him worship 9 For their redemption and other benefites 1 ANd I sawe in the right hand of him that sate vpon the throne a Boke written with and on the backeside sealed with seuen seales 2 And I saue a strong Angel which preached with a loude voyce Who is worthie to open the boke and to lose the seales thereof 3 And no man in heauen nor in earth
the moone to shine in it for the glorie of God did light it and the Lambe is the light of it 24 * And the people whiche are saued shall walke in the light of it and the Kings of the earth shall bring their glorie and honour vn to it 25 * And the gates of it shal not be shut by day for there shal be no night there 26 And the glorie and honour of the Gentiles shal be broght vnto it 27 And there shal entre into it none vncleane thing nether whatsoeuer worketh abomination or lies but they whiche are writen in the Lambes * Boke of life CHAP. XXII 1 The riuer of the water of life 2 The frutefulnes light of the citie of God 6 The Lord giueth euer his seruants warning of things to come 9 The Angel wil not be wor shipped 18 To the worde of God may nothyng be added nor diminished there from 1 ANd he shewed me a pure riuer of water of life cleare as crystal proceding out of the throne of God and of the Lambe 2 In the middes of the strete of it of ether side of the riuer was the tre of life whiche bare twelue maner of frutes and gaue frute euerie moneth and the leaues of the tre serued to heale the nations with 3 And there shal be no more cursse but the throne of God and of the Lambe shal be in it and his seruants shall serue him 4 And they shal se his face his Name shal be in their forheades 5 * And there shal be no night there and they nede no candle nether light of the sunne for the Lord God giueth them light and they shall reigne for euermore 6 And he said vnto me These wordes are faithful and true and the Lord God of the holye Prophetes sent his Angel to shewe vnto hys seruants the things whiche must shortely be fulfilled 7 Beholde I come shortely Blessed is he that kepeth the wordes of the prophecie of this boke 8 And I am Iohn which sawe and heard these things and when I had heard and sene * I fell downe to worship before the fete of the Angel which shewed me these things 9 But he said vnto me Se thou do it not for I am thy felowe seruant and of thy brethren the Prophets and of them which kepe the wordes of this boke worship God 10 And he said vnto me Seale not the wordes of the prophecie of this boke for the time is at hand 11 He that is vniust let him bevniust stil and he which is filthie let him be filthie stil and he that is righteous let him be righteous stil he that is holie let him be holie stil. 12 And beholde I come shortely and my rewarde is with me * to giue euerie man accor ding as his worke shal be 13 I am * and the beginning and the end the first and the last 14 Blessed are they that do his commandements that their right may be in the tre of life and may entre in through the gates into the citie 15 For without shal be dogges and enchanters and whoremongers and murtherers idola ters and whosoeuer loueth or maketh lyes 16 I Iesus haue sent mine Angel to testifie vnto you these things in the Churches I am the roote and the generacion of Dauid and the bright morning starre 17 And the Spirit ād the bride say Come And let him that heareth say Come and let him that is a thirst come and * let whosoeuer wil take of the water of life frely 18 For I protest vnto euerie man that heareth the wordes of the prophecie of this boke * if any man shaladde vnto these things God shaladde vnto him the plagues that are writē in this boke 19 And if any man shal diminish of the wordes of the boke of this prophecie God shal take away his parte out of the Boke of life ād out of the holie citie and frō those things which are writen in this boke 20 He which testifieth these things saith Surely I come quickely Amen Euen so come Lord Iesus 21 The grace of our Lord Iesus Christ be with you all Amen A BRIEF TABLE OF THE INTER PRETATION OF THE PROPRE NAMES VVHICH ARE CHIEFLY FOVNDE IN THE OLDE TESTAMENT WHErein the first nomber signifieth the chapter the seconde the verse WHereas the wickednes of time and the blindnes of the former age hathe bene suche that all things altogether haue bene abused and corrupted so that the very right names of diuerse of the holie men named in the Scriptures haue bene forgotten and now seme strange vnto vs and the names of infants that shulde euer haue some godlie aduertisements in them and shulde be memorials and markes of the children of God receiued into his housholde hathe bene hereby also changed and made the signes and badges of idolatrie and heathenish impietie we haue now set forthe this table of the names that be moste vsed in the olde Testament with their interpretatiōs as the Ebrewe importeth partly to call backe the godlie from that abuse when they shal know the true names of the godlie fathers and what they signifie that their children now named after them may haue testimonies by their very names that they are within that faithful familie that in all their doings had euer God before their eyes and that they are bounde by these their names to serue God from their infancie and haue occasion to praise him for his workes wroght in them and their fathers but chiefly to restore the names to their integritie whereby many places of the Scriptures and secret mysteries of 〈◊〉 holie Gost shal better be vnderstand We haue medled rarely with the Greke names because their interpretation isvncerteine and many of them are corrupted from their original as we may also se these Ebrewe names set in the margent of this table which haue bene corrupted by the Grecians Now for the other Ebrewe names that are not 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 let not the diligēt reader becareful for he shal finde them in places moste conu enient amongs the annotations at least so many as may seme to make for any edification and vnderstanding of the Scriptures A A Arōn or Aháron a teacher Exod. 4. 14 ¶ Abdá a seruant 1. King Chap. 4. ver 6 Abdeél a seruant of God Ierem. 36. 26 Abdi my seruant 1. Chro. 6. 7 Abdiáh a seruant of the Lord. 1. King 18. 3. and Obadiah one of the twelue Prophetes Abdiél the same 1. Chron. 55. 15 Abéd-negō seruant of shining Dan. 1. 44 Abél mourning the name of a citie but Habél the name of a man doeth signifie vanitie Gen. 4. 2 Abgathá father of the wine presse Abiáh the wil of the Lord. 2. Chro. 29. 1 Abiám father of the sea 1. King 14. 31 Abiasáph a gathering father 1. Chro.
strange sight “ Or hel n Or depe and darcke places of the earth Chap. 27. 3. Deut. 11. 6. Psal. 106. 17. o which were the occasion of their owne death p Of Gods iudgements against rebelle q VVho presumed aboue hys vocacion “ Or fled to wit Moses and 〈◊〉 For it was not lauful to 〈◊〉 anie other fire but of the Altar of burnt offring Leuit. 10. 1. s God had begon ne to punishe them t GOD drewe backe his hande and ceased to pu nis he them a VVhile he was in the doute of the Tabernacle Exod. 〈◊〉 22. b To be the chief Priest c Thogh Iosephs 〈◊〉 was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the 〈◊〉 of thē lande yet here it is but one and Leui maketh 〈◊〉 d To declare that God did chose the houses of Leui to serue hym in the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 nacie Ebr. 9. 4. e Grudging that Aaron shuld be hie Priest f The Chalde text describeth thus their 〈◊〉 VVe dye by the sword the earth swalloweth vs vp the 〈◊〉 doeth cōsume vs. a If you trespas in anie thing cō cerning the ceremonies of the Sā 〈◊〉 or your office 〈◊〉 halbe punished b That is the thyngs whiche are committed to 〈◊〉 whiche thou doest enioyne them c VVhiche was not of the 〈◊〉 of Leui. Chap. 3. 〈◊〉 “ Or a gift d As the firste frute first borne and the tenthes e That whiche was not burned shulde be the Priests f That is in the Sanctuarie betwene the 〈◊〉 and the Holiest of all g Read Leuite 10. 14. h That is thy chiefest or the best Leuit. 27. 28. Exod. 13. 2. and 22. 29. Leuit. 27. 26. Chap. 3. 13. Exod. 30. 13. Leuit. 27. 25. Chap. 3. 17. Ezek. 45. 12. i Because they are appointed for sacrifice Exod. 29. 〈◊〉 Leuit. 7. 〈◊〉 k That is sure stable and 〈◊〉 l Of Canaam Deut. 10. 9. and 〈◊〉 8 2. Ios g. 13. 14. 〈◊〉 44. 28. m To ser ue ther 〈◊〉 in for the Leuites are put in their place n If they faile in their office they shal be punished o As acceptable as the 〈◊〉 of youre 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or vineyarde p VVhiche ye 〈◊〉 ue 〈◊〉 of the children of Israel q Read vers 12. r As is in the. 11. vers s Ye shal not be punished therefore t The offringes which the Israelites haue offred to God a Accordyng 〈◊〉 this lawe and ce remonie ye shal sacrifice the red kowe Ebr. 〈◊〉 11. b By another Priest Ebr. 9. 13. Exod. 29. 13. Leuit. 4. 11. c Meaning Eleazár d The 〈◊〉 Priest who killed her and burned her e Or the water of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that they that were 〈◊〉 for their vn clennes were sprinkled therewith and made cleane Chap 8. 7. It is also called holy water because it was ordeined to an ho ly vse Chap. 〈◊〉 17. f with the sprin kling water g So that he shulde not be estemed to be of the 〈◊〉 people but as a 〈◊〉 and excommuni cate persone ” Ebr a couering of cloth h Of the red kowe burnt for sinne i Water of the 〈◊〉 or riuer k One of the Priest whiche is cleane l Because he had bene among thē that were vncleane or elshad touched the water as vers 〈◊〉 m That is vhcleane a This was four tie yeres after their departure from 〈◊〉 b Mosés and A 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 sister c Another rebel 〈◊〉 was in 〈◊〉 phidim Exod. 17 and this was in Kadésh Chap. 11 33. Exod. 17. 〈◊〉 d Where with thou didest mira cles in Egypt didest deuide the Sea e The punishmēt which followed hereof declared that Mosés and Aaron beleued not the Lords promes as appea reth vers 12. f That the children of Israél shulde beleue acknowledgemy power and so honour me g Or strife and contencion h By shewyng him self almigh tie maint eyning his 〈◊〉 i Because Iaakob or Israél was Esaus brother who was called Edom. “ Or bie way “ Or come not Or the Erke mites k To passe by another way Chap. 33. 37. l Read Gen. 25. 28. “ Or 〈◊〉 “ Or 〈◊〉 Chap. 33. 38. Deut. 〈◊〉 50. 〈◊〉 10. 6. and 31. 50. “ Or 〈◊〉 Chap 33. 43. a By that way which their 〈◊〉 that searched the dangers 〈◊〉 to be moste safe “ Or 〈◊〉 b For they were forbidden to destroie Deut. 2. 5. Chap. 11. 7. c Meaning Man̄ na which they thoght did not 〈◊〉 d For 〈◊〉 that were 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 with were so inflamed with the heat thereof that they dyed Wisd. 16. 1. 1. 〈◊〉 10. 9. “ Or vpon a 〈◊〉 2. king 18. 4. Ioh. 3. 14. “ Or recouered Chap. 33. 47. “ Or in the Lead pes of Abarim or 〈◊〉 e Which 〈◊〉 to be the boke of the Iudges or as some thinke abo ke which is lost “ Or How God destroyed Vaheb the citie with a whirle winde and the vallies of Arken “ Or Spring f Ye that receiue the commoditie thereof giue prai se for it g Mosés and Aa ron heades of the people onely smote the rocke with the rod or 〈◊〉 which gaue water as a well that where depe digged 〈◊〉 2 26. Iudg. 11. 19. Deut. 29. 7. Iosh. 12. 2. Psal. 134. 11. Amos 29. h The riuer i For the people were talle and 〈◊〉 like gyāts Deut. 2 20. ” Ebr. daughters k For 〈◊〉 it had be ne the Moabites the Israelites might not haue possessed it 〈◊〉 2. 9. l Meaning war te m 〈◊〉 was the Idole of the 〈◊〉 1. king 11. 33 who was not able to defende his wor shippers which toke 〈◊〉 idole for their father ” Ebr. light Deut. 3. 1. 29. 3. Psal. 〈◊〉 12. a Being at 〈◊〉 it was beyonde Iorddén but 〈◊〉 re the 〈◊〉 were it was on this side “ Or was vexed b Which were the heades and gouerners Iosh. 24. 9. c To wit 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 tes 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 this citie Pethor d Thinking 〈◊〉 bribe him which giftes to curse the Israelites e Whome before he called 〈◊〉 meaning the go oerners and after calleth them seruants that is subiectes to their king f He warned him by a dreame that he shulde not consent to the kings wicked request g 〈◊〉 he shewed him selfe willing couerousnes had so blinded his heart h The wicked seke by al means to forther their naughty enterprises thogh thei knowe that God is against them Chap. 24. 13. i Because he tem pted God to require him contra ry to his cōmandement his petition was granted but it turned to his owne condemnation k Moued rather with couetousnes then to obey God 2. Pet. 2 16. Iude. 11 l The second time “ Or fel. m Gaue her power to speake n Since thon hast bene my master o For whose eyes the Lord doeth not open they can nether se his angre nor his loue p Bothe thy heart is corrupt thine 〈◊〉 wicked “ Or before me or to 〈◊〉 me ” Eb. 〈◊〉 wil 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ne to me q Because
yere olde when the Lorde appeared to him f By vision g Suche was the corruption of those times that the chief Priest was become 〈◊〉 and negligent to vnderstand the Lords appearing h God declareth what soden feare shal come vpon men when they shal heare that the Arke is 〈◊〉 and also the Elis house destroyed i Meaning that his 〈◊〉 shulde neuer en ioye the chief Priests office k God punishe thee after this that sort except thoutel metrueth Ruth 1. 17. l The Lord accomplished what soeuer he had said “ Or that Samuél was the faithful Prophet of the Lord. ” Ebr. by the wor de of the Lord. () 〈◊〉 the departure of the Israelites out of Egipt vnto the time of Samuél are about 390. yere “ Or stone of helpe Chap. 7. 12. a For it may 〈◊〉 that this warre was vnder taken by Samuéls commandement b For he vsed to appeare to 〈◊〉 betwene the 〈◊〉 ouer the Arke of the couenant Exod 25 vers 17. c Before we fought against men now God is come to fight against vs. d For in the red Sea in the wilder nes the Egyptiās were destroyed whiche was the last of all his plagues Iudg 13. 1. e Dauid alluding to this place Psal. 77 63. saieth they were consumed with fire meaning they were sodēly destroyed f In token of sorrow mourning g Lest it shulde be taken of the enemies Chap. 3. 2. h According as God had a 〈◊〉 said “ Or gouerned “ Or to 〈◊〉 out i And setled her body toward her traúel Or No glorie or where is the glorie k She vttered her great sorrowe by repeting her wordes a Which was one of the fiue principal cities of the Philistims b Which was their chief idole as some write from the nauil downwarde was like a fishe and vpwarde like a man c Thus in steade of acknowledging the true God by this 〈◊〉 they fall to a farther supersticion Psal. 78. 66 d Thogh they had felt Gods power and were affraied thereof yet they wolde farthert ie him whiche thyng God turned to their destruction and his glorie e The wicked when they fele 〈◊〉 hand of God grudge reiecte him where the godli humble thē selues and crye for mercie a Thei thoght by continuance of time the plague wolde haue ceased and so wolde haue kept the Arke stil. b The idolaters confesse there is a true God who punisheth sinne iustely c This is 〈◊〉 iudgement vpon the 〈◊〉 that knowig the true God they worship him not a right Exod. 12. 31. d Meaning the goldē emerods the golden mice e The God of Israél f The wicked attribute almost 〈◊〉 thing to fortune and chance whereasin dede there is nothyng done without Gods 〈◊〉 uidence decree g For the triall of the 〈◊〉 h To wit themê of Bethshémesh whiche were Israelites i These were the fiue principal cities of the Philistims which were not al conquered vnto the time of Dauid Or the plaine or lamentacion k For it was not lauful to 〈◊〉 ether to touch or to se it saue onely to Aaron and his sonnes Nomb. 4. 15. 〈◊〉 a A citie in the tribe of Iudáh called also 〈◊〉 báal Iosh. 15. 60. b Lamented for their sinnes and followed the Lord. Iosh. 24. 15. Iudg. 2. 13. Deut. 6. 4. Mat. 4. 10. Iudg. 2 11 c For Shiloh was now desolate because the Philistims had taken thence the 〈◊〉 d The 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 hathe that they drewe water out of their heart that is wept abū dantly for their sinnes e Signifying that iu the prayers of the godlie there ought to be a vehement zeale f According to the prophecie of Hannáh San. uels mother Chap. 2. 10. g Whiche was a great rocke ouer against Mizpéh h Meaning the Philistims i Which was 〈◊〉 contrarie to the Lawe for as yet a certeine place was not 〈◊〉 ted a Because he was not able to 〈◊〉 the charge b Who was also called Vashni 1. Chro. 6. 28. Deut. 16. 19. c For there his house was Chap. 7. 17. Ose. 13. 10. Act. 13. 21. d Because they were not 〈◊〉 with the ordre that God had ap pointed but wolde be gouer ned as were the Gentiles e To proue if they wil forsake their wicked purpose f Not the kings haue this autoritie by their office but that suche as reigne in Gods wrath shulde vsurpe this ouer their brethren contrary to the Law Deut. 17. 〈◊〉 “ Or chief officers g Because ye repet not for vour sinnes but because ye smart for your afflictions where into ye cast your selues willingly “ Or grant their request a That is bothe valiant and riche Chap. 14. 51. 〈◊〉 Chro. 8. 23. b So that it might semè that God approued their request ī appointing 〈◊〉 suche a persone c Al these circūstāces were meās to serue vnto Gods prouidēce whereby Saul thogh not approued of God was made king d 〈◊〉 was Ramath zophim the citie of Samuél “ Or vitailes e Which is 〈◊〉 fiue pence read Gen. 23. 15. f So called becau se he foresawe 〈◊〉 to come g That is a feast 〈◊〉 thē offring which shulde be kepe in an hie place of the 〈◊〉 appointed for that vse h That is giue thankes and distribute the meat according to their custome ” Ebr. in his care Chap. 15. 1. Act. 13. 21. i Not withstanding their wickednes yet God was euer mindful of his 〈◊〉 tance k Meaning all that thou desirest to knowe l Whome doeth Israél desire to be their King but thee m Where the feast was n That is the shoulder with the breast which the Priest had for his familie in all peace offrings Leui 10. 14. o That bothe by the assembling of the people and by the meat pro pared for thee thou mighest vnderstande that I knewe of thy comming p To speake with him secretly for the houses were flat aboue q Gods comman dement as concerning thee a In the Lawe this anointing 〈◊〉 the gifts of the holy Gost whiche were ne cessarie for them that shulde rule Gen 35 20. b Samuél confir meth him by the signes that God hathe appointed him king Or oke ” Ebr. of peace c Which was an hieplace in the citie kiriathiearim where the 〈◊〉 was Chap. 7. 1. 〈◊〉 13. 8. ” Ebr. shoulder d He gaue him suche vertues as were mete for a king ” Or sang 〈◊〉 Chap. 19. 24. e Meaning that prophecie commeth not by succession but is given 〈◊〉 whome it pleaseth God f Noting thereby him that frome lowe degre commeth sodenly to honour g Both to 〈◊〉 vnto then their faute in asking a king and also to shew Gods sentence therein h That is by 〈◊〉 of lot i As thogh he were vnworthy and vn willing ” Ebr let the King liue k As it is writen in 〈◊〉 Chap. 17. 15. l Bothe to 〈◊〉 sedition and also to winne them by pacience a After that Saul
to the prophecie of 〈◊〉 1. King 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 p Meaning the 〈◊〉 whiche came after him and caused him to eat cōtrary to the cōmandemēt of the Lord whiche were both two buried in one graue r. King 13 31. 2 Chro. 〈◊〉 1. 3 Esdr. 1 〈◊〉 Exod. 12 3. Deut. 16 2. q For the multitude and zoale of the people with the great prepara tion Leui 20 27. Deut 18 〈◊〉 r Because of the wicked hearts of the people which worde not turne vnto him by repentance 1 King 〈◊〉 23 〈◊〉 3 2. King 7 10. 2. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 s 〈◊〉 he passed through his comtrey he feared lest he wolde 〈◊〉 done him hame and there fore wolde haue 〈◊〉 him yet 〈◊〉 consulted not with the Lord and therefore 〈◊〉 slaine 〈◊〉 Chro. 36. 1. t Meaning the wicked Kings before u Which was An tiochia in Syria called also Hamáth “ Or that he shul de not 〈◊〉 a In the end of the third yere of his 〈◊〉 and in the beginning of the fourte Dan. 1. 1. Chap. 20. 17. 21. 27. b Thogh God vsed these wicked tyrants to execute his iuste iudgements yet they are not to be excused becau se thei proceded of ambicion and malice c Not that hewas buryed with hvs fathers but he dyedin the way as they led him prisoner 〈◊〉 Babylon read Ierem 〈◊〉 19. “ Or Euphrates Dan. 1. 1. d That is yelded him selfe vnto him by the counsel of 〈◊〉 e In the reigne of the Kynge of Babylon Chap. 20. 17. Isa. 39. 6. 2. Chro. 36. 10 Esther 2 6. 〈◊〉 37. 1. 〈◊〉 52. 1. f Out of Ierusalém and Iudah 〈◊〉 Babylon a 〈◊〉 is of zedekiah Iere 〈◊〉 30. 1. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 b VVhich 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 cal 〈◊〉 and it 〈◊〉 part of December and parte of Ianuarie “ Or amount c In so muche that the 〈◊〉 did eat their 〈◊〉 Lament 4. 10. d VVhiche was a 〈◊〉 dore or some secret gate to issue our at e Or condemned him for his per iurie and treason 1. Chro. 36. 〈◊〉 f Ieremie 〈◊〉 Cha. 〈◊〉 12 the 〈◊〉 daye because the fyre continued f ō the seuenth daye to the tenth “ Or captaine of the garde g VVhile the 〈◊〉 geindured Chap. 20. 17. Iere. 27. 22. h Of these read Exod. 27. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 King 7. 〈◊〉 Ierem 52. 21. 2. Chro 3. 15. i That is one appointed to succede in the hie Priestes row me if he were sicke or els otherwise letted k let emie maketh mencion of 〈◊〉 but here he speaketh of them 〈◊〉 were the chiefest Iere. 40. 5. 9. l That is he did exhorte them in the Name of the Lord accordynge to Ieremies counsel to submit thē selues to Nebuchadnezzar seing it Was the reueled will of the Lord. Iere. 41. 1. m Cōtrary to 〈◊〉 counsel lerem 40. 41 42. 43. n Thus long was he his wife hys children in Babylon whome 〈◊〉 sonne after hisfa ther 's death preferred to honour thusby Gods prouidēce of the sede of Dauid was 〈◊〉 euen vnto Christ. o Meaning that he had an 〈◊〉 in the court ” Ebr. wordes of dayes “ Or of thynges omitted to Wit in the bokes of the Kings a Meanynge that Sheth was Adās sonne and Enos h Sheths sonne b It had bene sufficic̄t to haue named Shē of whome came Abrahā and Dauid but be cause the worlde was restored by these thre menciō is also made of Ham and Iapheth Gen. 10 2. “ Or Riphath “ Or Rodanim c VVho firste did lift vp him selfe aboue others Gen. 10 8. Gen. 10. 22. 11. 10. d Of whom came the Syrians and therefore thei are called Aramites throughout al the Scripture e Of him came the Ebrewes whiche were afterwarde called 〈◊〉 of Israél which was 〈◊〉 and Iewes of Iudah because of the excellencie of that tribe f He repeateth Shē againe because he wold come to the stock of 〈◊〉 g VVho came of Shem and of him Shélah Gen. 16. 11. 17. 〈◊〉 21. 2. Gen 25. 13. “ Or 〈◊〉 h Read 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Gen. 25. 4. Gen. 21 2. i These 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 mothers Read 〈◊〉 36. 4. “ Or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 k 〈◊〉 was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 read 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Gen. 36 4. l He is also called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 mount 〈◊〉 Gene. 〈◊〉 20. m He maketh mēcion of the Kings that came of 〈◊〉 accordynge to Goddes 〈◊〉 made to Abrahā concerning hym that Kings shuld come of him These eight Kings reigned one after another in Idumeavnto the time of 〈◊〉 who cōquered their coun trey n VVhich was the principal 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 “ Or Pau. “ Or 〈◊〉 Gen. 29. 32. 30. 〈◊〉 35. 18. Gen. 38. 3. 46. 12. Chap. 4. 1. a Thogh Iudah was not I aakobs eldest sonne yet he first beginneth at him because he wold come to the genealogie of Dauid of whome came Christ. Gen. 38. 29. Mat. 1. 3. Ruth 4. 18. “ Or zabdi b Of these read 1. Kings 4. 31. “ Or Achan Ios h. 7. 1. c whome S. Mat. calleth Aram Mat. 1. 3. d That is chief of the familie “ Or Iesse 1 Sam. 16 19. 17 12. “ Or 〈◊〉 e VVho was called the sonne of Hezron vers 9. Exod 31. 2. f VVho was prince of mounte 〈◊〉 ad read Nomb. 〈◊〉 40. g That is the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the townes fromelairs children h Whiche was a towne named of the housband and wife called also Bethlehem Ephra tah i Meaning the chief and prince k who dyed whiles his father was alyue and therefore it is said ver 34. that Sheshan had no sonnes l That is the chief gouernor or prince of the ziphims because the prince ought to haue a father lie care and affection toward his people m This difference was betwene the wife and the concubine that the wife was taken with certeine solemnities of mariage and her chil dren did 〈◊〉 the concubine had no solemnities in mariage nether did her children inherit but had a porcion of goods or money giuen them Iosh. 15. 17. “ Or he that sawe the halfe because the prince ought to ouerse 〈◊〉 subiectes n Meaning the chief principal “ Or the zorites the halfe of the Manahthites o whiche were men learned and expert in the law p Read Nomb. 10 29. Iudg. 1. 16. a He returneth to the genealogie of Dauid to shewe that Christ came of his stocke b which 2. Sam. 3. 3. is called Cheleab borne of her that was 〈◊〉 wife the Carinelite c Onely Salomon was Dauids natu ral sonne the other thre were Vriahs whome Dauid made hys by adoption he that was begotten in adultetie dyed the eight daye is not rekenedamōg Dauids sonnes d Called also Bath shéba the daughter of Eliā so thei gaue them diuerse names e Elishama or Elis hua 2. Sam. 5. 15. Eliphélet dyed and Dauidnamed those sonnes whi che were next bor ne by the same names in the boke of Kings
dome is of the earth and leadeth to 〈◊〉 and is begonne and established by ambition couer ousnes beastlines craft treason and tyr 〈◊〉 q VVhiche signifie the priesthode the kingdome and therefore he giueth in his armes two keis and hathe two 〈◊〉 caryeē before him r He spake 〈◊〉 doctrine accused Gods worde of im perfection set vp mans traditions and spake things contrarie to God and his word s For the Pope in 〈◊〉 crueltte idolatrie and blasphemie did folowe and imitare the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 t 〈◊〉 them to idolatrie and astonished them with the name of that 〈◊〉 asne 〈◊〉 meth it u The man of sinne according to the operation of Satan 〈◊〉 be with all power signes ād miracles of lyes * 2 Thes. 2. 10. x Before the whole empire whiche 〈◊〉 the firste beast and is the imageth reof y For the first empire 〈◊〉 was as the paterne and this seconde empire is but an image and shadowe therof a The same things whiche the Pope or false prophets 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in b Re ceiue the ordinances and 〈◊〉 of the seat of Rome and to kisse the vilens rote if he 〈◊〉 put ther eunto c 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 Christ for as faith the 〈◊〉 and the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Christians markes so this Antichrist wil accept none 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 approue his doctrine so that it is not ynough to confesse Christ and to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 but a man must 〈◊〉 to the Popes doctrine moreouer their 〈◊〉 es 〈◊〉 vowes othes and 〈◊〉 are signes of this marke in so muche as no 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 excepted that had not manie of these marked beasts e Such as may be 〈◊〉 by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 about 〈◊〉 after this reuelation the Pope or Antichrist bega to be 〈◊〉 in the Worlde for these characters signifie 666 this nomber is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the smale nomber whiche in the whole marke 666 and signifieth Lateinus or Latin which note h the Pope or 〈◊〉 who 〈◊〉 in all things the Latin tongue and in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 contemneth the 〈◊〉 and Greke wherin the worde of God was first and best writen and because 〈◊〉 in oldetime was called Latinum the Italians are called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that hereby he noteth of what countrey chiefly he shulde come So 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ordeined the 〈◊〉 shewed him selfe one day in apparel 〈◊〉 Pope and the next day in harnes as the Emperour and the two hornes to the 〈◊〉 hops 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signes her 〈◊〉 x For excepte he Pope 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of the kyng Romaines he is not estemed 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 be made Emperour d He that is not sealed with 〈◊〉 ists mat ke can not be 〈◊〉 to liue among men a Iesus Christ 〈◊〉 in his Churche to defend ād 〈◊〉 it thogh the beast rage ne uer sō muche ād seing Christ is pre sēt euer with his Churche there cā be no vicare for where there is a vicaire there is no Church b Meanynge a great and 〈◊〉 Church c VVhiche was the marke of their election to wit their faith d Signifying that the nōber of the Church shulde be greate and that they shuld speak boldly aloude and so glorifie the Lord. e None cā praise God but the elect whome he hath boght f By whoredom ād vnder this vice he comprehen deth al other but this is chiefly mēc of idolatrie whi cheis the spiritu al whoredome g For their who le delite is in the Lambe Iesus and they loue none but hym h VVhich decla reth that the faithful ought to hue iustely ho lely that they may be the firste fiures and an excellent offringe of the Lord. i For asmuche as their sinnes are pardoned and thei are cledwith the iustice of Christ. Act. 14. 20. k By this Angell arement the true mynysters of Christ whiche preache the Gospel faithfully l The Gospel teacheth vs to feare God and honour him which is the beginning of hea uenlie wisdome m Signifying Ro me for asmuch as the vices whiche were in Babylō are 〈◊〉 in Rome in greater abundāce as perse eutiō of the Chur 〈◊〉 of God 〈◊〉 selauerie with destruction of the people of God 〈◊〉 superstitiō 〈◊〉 impietie ād as Babylō the firste 〈◊〉 was destroyed so shall this wicked kīgdom of Antichrist haue a miserable 〈◊〉 thogh it be greate and semeth to extende throughoute all Europa n By the whiche fornicatiō God is 〈◊〉 to wrath so that he suffreth many to walk in the way of the Romish do etcine to their de struction Psal. 145. 6. o That is of his terrible iugemēt Isa. 21. 9. Iere. 51. 8. p The faithful are exhorted to paci ence Chap 18. 8. q For they are deliuered frō the horrible troubles which are in the Church and rest with God “ Or for the Lords cause r VVhich are ingraffed in Christ by faith which rest and stay onely on him and 〈◊〉 to be with him for immediately after their death they are receiued into ioye s Signifying that Christ shal come to iudgement in a cloude euē as he was sent to go vp * 〈◊〉 3. 13. t The ouerthrowe of the people is cōpared to an haruest Isa. 19 5. also to a vintage Isa. 6. 3. u This is spoken familiarly for our capacitie alluding vnto an housband man who suffereth him self to be aduertised by his seruants when his haruest is rioe ād not that Christ hath nede to be tolde whē he shuld come to iudgement for the comfort of his Church and destructiō of his enemies x This was Christ who is also the altar the Pricst and sacrifice y That is a certeine place appointed and not in the heauen z By this 〈◊〉 he declareth the 〈◊〉 confusion of the tyrants and infideles whiche delite in nothing but 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 persecutions and effusion of blood 〈◊〉 13. 39. a Thys is the fourth visiō whi che 〈◊〉 the doct ine of Gods iudgemēts for the destiuctiō of the wicked ād comforte of the godlye b Meaning an in finite nomber of Gods ministers Whiche had infinite maners of sorres and punishemēt Exo 15. 〈◊〉 Psal. 145. 17. Iere. 20. 16. c Signifying this brittel 〈◊〉 world mixt with fyre that is troubles affictions but the 〈◊〉 of God ouercome 〈◊〉 all and singe diuine songes vnto God by whose power they get the victorie “ Or actes and dedes d VVhich is to declare that Gods iudgemēts are cleare iust ād Without spot e As readie to ex ecute the vengeā ce of God f By the foure beasts are ment all the creatures of God whiche willingly serue him for punishment of the infideles g God giueth vs full entrie into his Churche by 〈◊〉 his enemies for the Saintes can not clearely knowe all Gods iudgements before the ful 〈◊〉 of all thyngs a This was lyke the 〈◊〉 of Egipt Whiche was sores boiles or pockes ād this reigneth cō 〈◊〉 amōg Canōs mōkes friers nonnes Priests suche filthie vetmin which beare the marke of the beast b This is lyke to
vnto the Iebusites the inhabitāts of the land who spake vnto Dauid saying Except thou take away the blinde and thé lame thou shalt not come in hither thinking that Dauid colde not come thither 7 But Dauid toke the forte of Zión this is the citie of Dauid 8 Now Dauid had said the same day Who soeuer smiteth the Iebusites and getteth vp to the gutters and smitteth the lame blinde whiche Dauids soule hateth I wil preferre him * therefore they said The blinde the lame shal not come into that house 9 So Dauid dwelt in that forte called it the citie of Dauid ād Dauid buylt round about it from Milló and inwarde 10 And Dauid prospered and grewe for the Lord God of hostes was with him 11 ¶ Hirám also King of Tyrus sent messengers to Dauid and cedar trees and carpenters and masons for walles and thei buylt Dauid an house 12 Then Dauid knewe that the Lord had stablished him King ouer Israél and that he had exalted his kingdome for his people Israels sake 13 And Dauid toke him mo * concubines and wiues out of Ierusalém after he was come from Hebrón and mo sonnes and daughters were borne to Dauid 14 * And these be the names of the sonnes that were borne vnto him in Ierusalém Shammúa and Shobáb and Nathán and Salomón 15 And Ibhár and Elishúa and Népheg and Iaphia 16 And Elishamá and Eliad á and 〈◊〉 17 ¶ * But when the Philistims heard that they had anointed Dauid Kynge ouer Israél all the Philistims came vp to seke Dauid and whē Dauid heard he wēt downe to a forte 18 But the Philistims came and spred them selues in the valley of Repháim 19 Then Dauid asked counsel of the Lord saying Shall I go vp to the Philistims wilt thou delyuer them into myne hands And the Lord answered Dauid Go vp for I will doutles deliuer the Philistims into thyne hands 20 ¶ * Then Dauid came to Baal perazim smote them there and said The LORD hathe deuided mine ennemies a sondre before me as waters be deuided a sódre therfore he called the Name of that place Baal-perazim 21 And there they left their images and Dauid and his men * burnt them 22 Againe the Philistims came vp and spred them selues in the valley of Repháim 23 And when Dauid asked counsell of the Lord He answered Thou shalt not go vp but turne about behinde thē come vpō them ouer against the mulbery trees 24 And when thou hearest the noyse of one going in the toppes of the mulbery trees then remoue for then shal the LORD go out before thee to smite the hoste of the Philistims 25 Then Dauid did so as the Lord had commanded him and smote the Philistims frō Géba vntil thou come to Gázer CHAP. VI. 3 The Arke is broght forthe of the house of Abinadáb 7 Vzzáh is striken and dyeth 14 Dauid danceth before it 16 And is therfore despised of his wife Michál 1 AGayne Dauid gathered together all the chosen men of Israél euē thirtie thousand 2 * And Dauid arose and went with all the people that were with him from Baalé of Iudáh to bring vp from thence the Arke of God whose name is called by the Name of the Lord of hostes that dwelleth vpō it betwene the Cherubims 3 And they put the Arke of God vpō a newe carte and broght it out of the house of Abinadáb that was in Gibeáh And Vzzáh Ahió the sonnes of Abinadáb did driue the newe carte 4 And when they broght the Arke of God out of the house of * 〈◊〉 that was at Gibeáh Ahiô went before the Arke 5 And Dauid al the house of Israél played before the LORD on all instrumentes made of fire and on harpes and on psalteries and on timbrels and on corners and on cymbals 6 〈◊〉 * And when they came to Nachons thre sling floore Vzzáh put his hād to the Arke of God helde it for the oxē did shake it 7 And the Lord was very wroth with Vzzáh God smote him i the same place for his faute there he dyed by the Arke of God 8 And Dauid was displeased because the Lorde had smitten Vzzáh and he called the name of the place Pérez Vzzáh vntill this day 9 Therefore Dauid that day feared the Lord and said How shall the Arke of the Lorde come to me 10 So Dauid wolde not bring the Arke of the Lord vnto him into the citie of Dauid but Dauid caryed it into the house of Obededōm a 〈◊〉 11 And the Arke of the Lord cōtinued in the house of Obed-edóm the Gittite thre moneths and the Lord blessed Obed-edóm all his housholde 12 ¶ And one tolde Kynge Dauid saying * The Lordhath blessed the house or Obededôm and all that he hathe because of the Arke of God therefore Dauid went and broght the Arke of God from the house of Obed-edóm into the citie of Dauid with gladnes 13 And when they that bare the Arke of the Lord had gone six pases he offred an oxe and a fat beast 14 And Dauid danced before the Lord with all his might and was girded with a linen Ephôd 15 So Dauid all the house of Israél broght the Arke of the Lord with showting and sounde of trumpet 16 And as the Arke of the LORD came into the citie of Dauid Michál Sauls daughter loked through a windowe and sawe King Dauid leape and dance before the Lord she despised him in her heart 17 And when they had broght in the Arke of the Lord they set it in his place in the middes of the tabernacle that Dauid had pitched for it thē Dauid offred burnt offrings and peace offrings before the Lord 18 And assone as Dauid had made an ende of offring burnt offrings and peace offrings he * blessed the people in the Name of the Lord of hostes 19 And gaue among all the people euen amōg the whole multitude of Israél aswel to the women as men to euerie one a cake of bread and a piece of flesh and a bottel of wine so al the people departed euerie one to his house 20 ¶ Thē Dauid returned to blesse his house and Michál the daughter of Saúl came out to mete Dauid and said O how gloryous was the Kynge of Israél thys daye which was vncouered to daye in the eyes of the maidens of his seruants as a foole vn couereth him selfe 21 Then Dauid said vnto Michál It was before the Lorde whiche chose me rather then thy father and all his house and commanded me to be ruler ouer all the people of the Lord euen ouer Israél and therefore wil I play before the Lord 22 And will yet be more vile then thus and wil be lowe in mine owne sight and of the very same maid seruants whiche thou
hast spoken of shal I be had in honour 23 Therefore Michál the daughter of Saúl had no childe vnto the day of her death CHAP. VII 2 Dauid wolde buylde God an house but is forbidden by the Prophet Nathán 8 God putteth Dauid in minde of his 〈◊〉 12 He promiseth continuance of his kingdome and posteritie 1 AFterwarde* when the King sate in his house and the Lord had giuen him rest round about from all his enemies 2 The King said vnto Nathán the Prophet Beholde now I dwel in an house of cedar trees the Arke of God remaineth within the curtaines 3 Then Nathán said vnto the King Go and do all that is in thine hearte for the Lorde is with thee 4 ¶ And the same nyght the worde of the Lord came vnto Nathán saying 5 Go and tel my seruant Dauid Thus saieth the Lord Shalt thou buyld me an house for my dwelling 6 For I haue dwelt in no house since the time that I broght the children of Israél out of Egypt vnto this day but haue walked in a tent and tabernacle 7 In all the places wherein I haue walked with all the children of Israél spake I one worde with anie of the tribes of Israél when I commāded the iudges to fede my people Israél or said I Why buylde ye not me an house of cedar trees 8 Now therefore so say vnto my seruant Dauid Thus sayeth the LORD of hostes * I toke thee from the shepecote followyng the shepe that thou mightest be ruler ouer my people ouer Israél 9 And I was with thee wheresoeuer thou hast walked and haue destroyed all thine enemies out of thy sight and haue made thee a great name like vnto the name of the great men that are in the earth 10 Also I wil appoint a place for my people Israél and wil plant it that they may dwell in a place of their owne moue nomore nether shal wicked people trouble them anie more as before time 11 * And since the time that I set iudges ouer my people of Israél and I wil giue thee rest from all thine enemies also the Lord telleth thee that he wil make thee an house 12 * And when thy dayes be fulfilled thou shalt slepe with thy fathers and I wil set vp thy seede after thee which shall procede out of thy body and wil stablish his kingdome 13 * He shal buyld an house for my Name I will stablishe the throne of his kingdome for euer 14 * I wil be his father he shal be my sonne and * if he sinne I wil chasten him with the rod of men and with the plagues of the children of men 15 But my mercy shal not depart away from him as I toke it from Saúl whome I haue put away before thee 16 And thine house shal be stablished and thy kingdome for euer before thee euen thy throne shal be stablished for euer 17 According to all these words and according to all this vision Nathán spake thus vnto Dauid 18 Then King Dauid went in and sate before the Lord and said Who am I ô Lord God and what is myne house that thou haste broght me hitherto 19 And this was yet a small thing in thy sight ô Lord GOD therefore thou hast spoken also of thy seruāts house for a great while but doeth this apperteine to mā ô Lord God 20 And what can Dauid say more vnto thee for thou Lord God knowest thy seruant 21 For thy wordes sake and accordynge to thine owne hearte hast thou done all these great things to make them knowen vnto thy seruant 22 Wherefore thou art great ô Lord GOD for there is none like thee nether is there anie God besides thee accordynge to all that we haue heard with our eares 23 * And what one people in the earthe is like thy people like Israél whose GOD went and redemed them to him selfe that they might be his people that he might make him a name and do for you greate things and terrible for thy land ô Lorde euen 〈◊〉 thy people whome thou redemest to thee out of Egypt from the nacions and their Gods 24 For thou hast ordeined thy people Israél to be thy people for euer and thou Lord art become their God 25 Now therefore ô Lord God confirme for euer the worde that thou hast spoken cōcerning thy seruant and his house and do as thou hast said 26 And let thy Name be magnified for euer by them that shall say The Lord of hostes is the GOD ouer Israél let the house of thy seruant Dauid be stablished before thee 27 For thou ô Lord of hostes God of Israél hast reueiled vnto thy seruāt saying I will buyld thee an house therefore hathe thy seruant bene bolde to praye thys prayer vnto thee 28 Therefore now ô Lord God for thou art God and thy wordes be true and thou hast tolde this goodnes vnto thy seruant 29 Therefore now let it please thee to blesse the house of thy seruant that it may cōtinue for euer before thee for thou ô Lorde God hast spokē it let the house of thy seruāt be blessed for euer with thy blessing CHAP. VIII 1 Dauid ouercommeth the Philistims and other strange nacions and maketh them tributaries to Israél 1 AFter this now Dauid smote the Philistims and subdued them and Dauid toke the bridle of bondage out of the hand of the Philistims 2 And he smote Moáb and measured them with a corde and cast them downe to the ground he measured them with two cordes to put them to death and with one ful corde to kepe them aliue so became the Moabites Dauids seruāts broght gifts 3 ¶ Dauid smote also Hadadézer the sonne of Rehób King of Zobáh as he wēt to recouer his border at the riuer Euphrátes 4 And Dauid to ke athousand and seuen hūdreth horsemen and twentye thousande fotemē and destroyed all the charets but he reserueth an hundreth charets of them 5 ¶ Then came the Aramites of Dammések to succour Hadadézer King of Zobáh but Dauid slewe of the Aramites two twentie thousand men 6 And he put a garison in Arám of Dāmések and the Aramites became seruantes to Dauid and broght giftes And the Lord saued Dauid wheresoeuer he went 7 And Dauid toke the shields of golde that belonged to the seruants of Hadadézer broght them to Ierusalém 8 And out of Betáh and Berothái cities of Hadadézer Dauid broght exceding much brasse 9 ¶ Then Tôiking of Hamáth heard how Dauid had smitten all the hoste of Hadadézer 10 Therefore Tói sent Iorám his sonne vnto King Dauid to salute him and to reioyce with him because he had foght against Hadadézer and beaten him for Hadadézer had warre with 〈◊〉 who broght with